around the world - Fred. Olsen Cruise Lines

Transcription

AROUND THE WORLD
CRUISE BOOK
BALMORAL
CRUISE L1101
Welcome Aboard
I trust you are looking foward to your holiday with us.
This Cruise Book contains important information about
your forthcoming holiday and some useful information
about the ship.
The classically styled Balmoral, is the latest addition to
the Fred. Olsen Cruise Lines fleet and also the largest,
offering timeless elegance with all the modern facilities and comforts expected.
There are 741 cabins with the capacity to sail with a maximum of 1,340 guests
aboard and 471 crew. She has a gross registered tonnage of 43,537 tonnes, is 218
metres in length and has a beam of 28.2 metres. She is fully stabilised and has a
speed of 18 knots.
Our friendly, experienced staff and crews know that it’s the little things that mean
a lot and make the difference to your cruise. We do our best to get to know each
and every guest, their likes and dislikes. We really mean it when we say that for us,
‘it’s all about the people’. Over the years the company has become expert at
making guests feel welcome, which is why so many people choose to come back
time and time again.
The Captain and crew are looking forward to welcoming you on board and may I
take this opportunity to wish you “bon voyage”.
Mike Rodwell
Managing Director
Fred. Olsen Cruise Lines
Contents
Required Action Checklist
3
Things we need to know
4
Your holiday begins here
6
Before you cruise
7
Required Action Checklist
¢ Read this Cruise Book, it contains important information
about your cruise
¢ Send your insurance details to Fred. Olsen Cruise Lines
¢ Complete and return Passenger Information Form
Available upgrades for cabins and flights
11
¢ Let Fred. Olsen Cruise Lines know about your mobility
and/or dietary requirements (if applicable)
Life on board
12
¢ Make sure passport is valid
Useful information
16
¢ Check to see if you need to arrange any visas
Keeping in touch
18
¢ Call doctor’s Surgery to arrange vaccinations
(if applicable)
Let’s celebrate
19
¢ Reserve your Shore Tours
Leisure activities
21
Shopping on board
22
The art of well being
24
Your shore tours
26
Tour options
28
¢ VISAS - Passport, visa and health requirements can be
changed at any time. It is your own responsibility to
ensure that you check with a professionally qualified
source and comply with such requirements. UK passport
holders will need visas for certain Fred. Olsen cruises and
this will be advised to you at time of booking or when
the requirement arises.
Arriving in port
128
Cruise Diary
129
Terms and conditions for shore tours
133
¢ VACCINATIONS - Depending upon the ports of call
on your cruise, you may require vaccination
againstellow Fever. This would have been
advised at the time of booking.
3
Things we need to know
DECLARATION OF HEALTH
VACCINATIONS & WELL BEING AT SEA
By booking with Fred. Olsen Cruise Lines, you are saying that
Although we can make suggestions for some of our cruises,
you and any other person(s) covered by your booking are fit to
health regulations are ever changing. We recommend you check
travel. This statement is in every way emphasised in the Terms
with your GP prior to departure for up to date information, or
and Conditions (which you have agreed to), where it is made
telephone MASTA (Medical Advisory Service for Travellers
clear that you must disclose all MATERIAL FACTS to us.
Abroad) on 0906 822 4100 for health advice. In addition general
A material fact is, of course, something which you know (but
travel advice and information about visas is available from the
which we do not) which may affect our ability to allow you on
Foreign & Commonwealth Office at www.fco.gov.uk. Although
board. If you have any doubts about your fitness to travel, then
we will do our best to ensure that our guests receive this
it is your responsibility to check with your own doctor. If your
information at the time of booking, information and
circumstances have changed since booking please contact
requirements do change. It’s worth remembering that in some
Tel: 01473 292444 or Fax 01473 292345.
foreign countries general standards of hygiene, care and safety
may differ from those in the UK, so when visiting ashore common
sense is the watchword, especially when choosing drinks or
sampling the local cuisine.
4
Things we need to know contd...
MOBILITY
DISABILITY & MEDICAL CONDITIONS
Passengers relying on wheelchairs for mobility are welcome on
If you have any disability please contact Fred. Olsen Cruise Lines
board. For your own convenience, comfort and safety you must
to ensure your safety. Often we have facilities and services which
be accompanied by an able bodied companion. Please advise us
can enhance your cruise and if we know in advance we can
if you feel that you may have mobility issues. On health and
ensure that we have sufficient appropriate equipment on board.
safety grounds chairs weighing in excess of 25kg that do not
Please call 01473 292444.
dismantle cannot be carried ashore at any ports of call other
than the start/end point of the cruise. The number of wheelchairs
MEDICAL INSURANCE
accepted is strictly limited on health and safety grounds.
Don’t forget that it is a condition of your booking that you must
Regrettably, unless able to board a vehicle unassisted, it will not
have valid medical insurance when travelling with us. Ideally
be possible for wheelchair users to participate in the organised
this should include cover for repatriations and air lifts. If you are
Shore Tour programme. If your mobility is limited and you would
not adequately covered you could face a bill of up to £35,000 if
like to go ashore, we would encourage you to talk to our Shore
air-lifted from the ship.
Tours department as they may be able to arrange a private tour
SPECIAL DIETS
with the use of an adapted vehicle. When a tender service is in
operation passengers may have to negotiate up to a maximum
We will do our best to accommodate most dietary requests on
of 25 steps to/from the tender platform. We regret that on
board. We currently cater for vegetarian, low fat, dairy free,
health and safety grounds passengers confined to a wheelchair
lactose free, gluten and wheat free diets. All special requests
or unable to negotiate the steps will not be able to go ashore.
must be specified on the Passenger Information Form and we
If you require to bring a wheelchair, it is essential that you contact
the Reservations Administration department immediately on
01473 292444. Failure to do so will mean travel will be refused, in
line with our safety and security restrictions on board.
will endeavour to source the products required, but cannot
guarantee specific brands. (Some special requests may not be
possible due to the location of the vessel and availability at
local ports).
5
Your holiday begins here
This brochure has been tailored exclusively for you and your
There is also a lot of other useful information in this brochure
cruise. Please bring this book with you on your cruise, as you will
about voltages for electrical goods, information about using
find it helps to ensure you get the most from your holiday.
mobile phones on board, keeping in touch with loved ones,
Within this book we have included all the Shore Tours for your
cruise so you can decide which tours appeal and book them
embarkation, about life on board the ship and the services we
provide for your comfort and convenience.
before you go. Shore Tours may be booked from the time you
We have tried to cover all the information that you will need to
receive this brochure until seven days prior to departure, or as
know whilst you are with us but if you should have any
per booking deadlines stated on your booking form. Tours are
questions, please do not hesitate to contact our Passenger
booked on a first come, first served basis so we strongly
Services department on 01473 292444 or the Reception Desk
recommend you book your tours without delay to avoid
whilst you are on board, where our staff will be delighted to
disappointment. You will find a booking form enclosed.
help you.
With best regards
The Fred.Olsen team
6
Before you cruise
FOR PASSENGERS JOINING A SECTOR OF THE
‘AROUND THE WORLD’ CRUISE, PLEASE FIND
DETAILED BELOW SOME USEFUL INFORMATION.
FLY CRUISES
For full details of check-in and embarkation arrangements for
fly/cruises please check your ticket pack. Airport procedures are
exactly the same as going on any trip which involves a flight,
please check the airline check in times. Please check that you
have all the information.
AIRPORT PARKING
SECURED AIRPORT PARKING
If you are joining one of our fly-cruises and need airport
parking, hotels or lounges, please contact our preferred partner
supplier Superbreak on 0871 700 4395 and quote “fred” when
making your booking. Alternatively visit www.superbreak.com/
fredolsencruises.
7
Before your cruise contd...
HOW MUCH LUGGAGE CAN I TAKE?
Your luggage allowance will vary depending on the type of cruise
Wheelchair assistance is available from the port authorities
you have booked. If you are sailing from a UK port, 90kgs (200lbs)
on arrival.
of luggage is allowed.
A complimentary shuttle bus service operates between
For safety reasons, when using one of our advertised coach
Southampton railway station and the Cruise Terminal during
services each piece of luggage must weigh less than 20kgs
the morning for disembarking passengers and in the afternoon
(44lbs). Please check when booking and on receipt of your
for embarking passengers. Details of pick up and set down
holiday tickets.
points will be detailed on your confirmation invoice.
FROM THE UK
At check-in you will be required to produce your passport and
tickets. At this time you will be issued with your ship’s pass and
In general for ex-UK cruises, embarkation at the Cruise Terminal
commences 2-3 hours prior to sailing. All passengers are required
to check-in no less than 1 hour before sailing time. Exact details
regarding where and when to check-in for your cruise will be
advised in your travel documentation.
boarding card. You may then relax in the Cruise Terminal lounge
until embarkation commences.
JOINING YOUR CRUISE BY CAR
If you are going to be driving to your departure port then you
On arrival at the port you will be directed to the baggage
will need to pre-book your parking (see overleaf). Please
drop-off area where porters will be on hand to take your
remember to plan your journey in order to arrive at your
luggage from you. Your baggage will then be taken directly
embarkation point for check-in time (this will be advised in your
to your cabin after passing through security checks. Baggage
ticket pack sent to you a few weeks before departure). Our
labels will be sent to you a few weeks before departure.
vessels depart as scheduled and we regret they cannot wait for
any late passengers.
8
PARKING AT YOUR CRUISE TERMINAL –
PRE-BOOKING IS ESSENTIAL
It is mandatory at most ports, for security reasons, that you
Alternatively you can telephone 0843 0843 003 where Ports
pre-book parking. Prices quoted in this brochure are subject to
Direct will help to organise your trip and payment. Please note
change. Once you have reached the port you will be able to leave
it may be necessary to change coaches at some point in the
your car in your pre-booked local secure parking. Courtesy
journey.
shuttle buses will operate between the car park and the terminal
You need to make arrangements at least 30 days prior to your
or it will be a short walk.
departure and Ports Direct will confirm, 21 days before your
Fred. Olsen Cruise Lines recommends the off port parking
departure, the exact time you have to be at the coach hub or
facility operated by ABP. Please call 0844 880 6848 to book or
what time your taxi will be collecting you from home.
visit www.abparking.co.uk. Special long term rates are available
Ports Direct would expect one large suitcase and a piece of hand
to World Cruise passengers.
luggage. If you are expecting to take more please make
arrangements directly with them. This is a very relaxing way to
COACH TRANSFERS
Fred. Olsen Cruise Lines are delighted to offer a bespoke
door-to-door service for their passengers via Ports Direct. This
start your cruise and Ports Direct guarantee that they will take
the most direct route possible with no more than five pick-up
points for other passengers on the way.
involves a range of vehicles including a quality taxi service with
Alternatively, Fred. Olsen are pleased to offer a new range of
an approved operator, from your home to the nearest coach hub
coach services for 2011 designed to make joining your cruise
point, usually within 30 miles of your home. From there you can
more convenient for those who prefer not to drive. Portlink
transfer to an executive coach which will deliver you directly to
operates dedicated coach services from the north east and north
the Cruise Terminal. You can use the “Quick Quote” facility on
west of England to Southampton. For full details and prices
www.portsdirect.co.uk where you will also be able to book on
please see our main 2011/12 cruise brochure or call Portlink
line. The price is worked out based on your postcode.
direct on 01794 524031.
9
SECURITY
DRESS SUIT HIRE
We regret that owing to strict security measures, no visitors are
For many of you, hiring or packing dress suits for formal nights
allowed beyond check-in either in the UK or abroad. At check-in
can be a bit of a chore, but a solution is at hand. ‘Floating Formals’
you will receive a ship’s pass which acts as your security pass and
is a suit hire service, which you can pre-book by telephone from
on board account card for the full duration of the cruise. Each
your home. When you arrive on board, your tuxedo will be
time you embark or disembark the vessel your card will be
pressed and waiting for you in your cabin. When the cruise is
swiped to record whether you are on board or ashore. In addition
over all you need to do is leave the garment(s) with reception. It’s
your hand luggage may be subject to either x-ray scanning or a
that simple! Orders can be placed up to 72 hours before your
manual search each time you re-join the vessel.
sailing date. Please call ‘Floating Formals’ on 0208 802 7084 for
full details and bookings. Arrangements are correct at the time
of going to print, and may be subject to change.
10
AVAILABLE UPGRADES FOR CABINS AND FLIGHTS
We all like the best in life and this is never more true than on a cruising holiday.
Now that your cruise is getting close, this is just the time to consider upgrading to enjoy a little bit more
luxury on board.
Our special late availability cabin upgrade
Special upgrade fares available from
Contact your travel agent or call our friendly
fares start from as little as £2 per
£250 per person return – incredible value!
reservations team on 01473 292 444 to ask
person per night! (Not available on split
about upgrading either your cabin or flight –
cruise sectors.)
you’ll be glad you did!
If you’re currently in an inside cabin,
why not find out how little extra you
need to pay to have that all important
outside view?
Upgrading from an outside cabin to a
superior cabin allows more space to relax,
more natural light from a picture window
and you’ll be that much closer to all that
happens on board!
Our premium accommodation offers the
very best on board ranging from private
balconies for your own outdoor space to
separate bedrooms & sitting areas as well
as mini-bar and complimentary Canapés.
Cruising in one of our suites gives a whole
new dimension to your Fred. Olsen Cruise.
If you’re fly-cruising to the Caribbean, did
you know that we offer premium seating
on the flight?
11
Life on board
We make every effort to ensure you have a great time during
Your cabin stewardess will keep your cabin in spotless condition
your cruise. Our staff are there to make you feel completely at
and replace towels and linen as and when required. Separate
home, and answer any queries you may have. Fred. Olsen Cruise
towels will be provided for use around the swimming pool. We
Lines is especially well known for the friendliness and helpfulness
kindly ask you not to take towels from the ship ashore, so please
of its staff. We will always do our best to help you.
pack your own to take to the beach should you wish to do this.
CABIN AND CABIN SERVICE
A complimentary cabin service menu operates aboard all our
From the moment you step on board our staff will be waiting
(except during embarkation and disembarkation). Beverages are
to welcome you. Your cabin door is opened either by the use of
available 24 hours a day. The menu will be in your cabin.
ships between 10am and 10pm each day, offering light snacks
your security swipe card or by the use of a key that will be found
just within your open cabin door. A Welcome Pack of useful on
board information, and a handy ship guide, will be in your cabin
on arrival.
COCKTAIL PARTIES
All passengers will be invited to the Welcome Cocktail Party.
This is the chance to meet our staff on board and help you to
All our cabins have a television, hairdryer and complimentary
get to know your fellow guests. A farewell party is also hosted
stationery.
Higher grade cabins have additional features
towards the end of the cruise. Other cocktail parties may be
and facilities. Certain grades of cabin receive benefits such
held throughout the duration of the cruise, for example for
as champagne and mineral water on arrival, flowers, fruit
members of our Oceans Club.
and dressing gowns. Some services can also be purchased before
your cruise. If you would like to upgrade your cabin we will be
happy to help (subject to availability). Please contact your travel
agent or call us on 01473 742 424 if you have booked directly.
12
Life on board contd...
DINING
DRESS CODE
Aboard the Balmoral there are three restaurants, Ballindalloch,
Daytime wear is casual: comfortable shoes are essential for
Spey and Avon Restaurants. Mealtimes are as flexible as possible
going ashore, sightseeing and walking on deck, and as the sun
– after all you are on holiday. Times are published onboard. The
begins to set, a lightweight jacket or coat is recommended too.
Palms Café offers informal dining, with an open-sitting
During the day, an appropriate dress code is required in the
arrangement, should you wish for an alternative to the main
restaurant (e.g. no swimwear). When it comes to evening,
restaurant and lunch time snacks are available from the Marquee
dressing for dinner is traditional. Generally speaking, the style is
Pool Bar. Please note that all restaurants onboard operate a no
informal, with gentlemen wearing jacket and/or tie (lounge
smoking policy.
suit or sports jacket is fine) and ladies smartly dressed. On
Subject to availability at time of booking we can guarantee your
preferred dining option, first or second seating*. Table size is on a
request only basis. When you arrive onboard you will find a
Restaurant Seating Card in your cabin, which will advise you of
your table number and dining time. This will be your allocated
table for the duration of the cruise.
*Choice of sitting may not be available on certain fare types.
‘Formal’ evenings, gentlemen will prefer to wear ‘black tie’ with
ladies elegantly dressed in cocktail or evening dress. During
your cruise there will be some elegant casual as well as themed
evenings, such as ‘Tropical Evening’ or ‘British Night’. Please see
your ticket pack for details.
Laundry services are available on board so that you don’t
have to carry too much baggage. Please check the Useful
Information section.
13
Life on board contd...
NEW TO CRUISING
For our first time cruisers we offer a New to Cruising programme,
pages http://www.fredolsencruises.com/oceans-club for levels
so that you can feel relaxed right from the beginning of your
of membership, the points awarded and benefits.
holiday. We offer an opportunity to be introduced to the Senior
Officers as we want to make your very first ever cruise a time
to remember. We regret that due to time constraints the New
to Cruising programme excludes mini-cruises. To register, please
complete and return the tear-off section of the previously sent
A-Z booklet.
OCEANS CLUB
Membership allows you to take advantage of some exclusive
benefits each time you book and travel with Fred. Olsen
Cruise Lines.
As a member, you will be awarded a Cruise Point for each night
you have spent on board a Fred. Olsen cruise that has departed
since 1st January 2000*. The more Points you accrue, the more
benefits you can enjoy!
If you have cruised with Fred. Olsen within the past five years,
you will already be a member. You will have been issued with a
Membership Card bearing your individual six digit Membership
Number. Simply quote this number each time you make your
cruise booking to enjoy a host of special benefits! Check the web
14
*Chartered sailings and some special offer cruises excluded.
PASSENGER MUSTER DRILL
For your safety before we sail we have to carry out a passenger
muster drill. This ensures that you are fully aware of all the on
board safety and emergency procedures. This includes fitting
your lifejacket and finding your muster point.
15
Useful information
BUREAU DE CHANGE
GRATUITIES
All our ships operate a Bureau de Change on board, where
We’re confident that you’ll feel like rewarding staff on board for
foreign currency can be purchased or sold subject to local
their service, although of course tipping is entirely a matter for
currency restrictions. All major currencies are stocked, based
your own personal discretion, as is the amount you may wish to
on the cruise destinations, with no commission charge and
give to say ‘thank you’. A helpful guideline is provided on board.
competitive rates. However, any sterling cash withdrawal
against a debit card will attract a 3.5% service charge.
CHRISTIAN SERVICE
LOST PROPERTY
Any items of lost property should be registered with Reception,
in the first instance. In the event you suffer a loss of property
After breakfast on Sundays during days at sea, a Christian
you should write to Fred. Olsen Customer Services, Fred. Olsen
Service of prayer and readings will take place. Please check your
House, White House Road, Ipswich, IP1 5LL on your return to the
Daily Times for the location. On Easter and Christmas cruises a
U.K. Items of lost property are forwarded to this address as soon
member of the clergy will lead the service.
as the ship’s itinerary permits, where they will remain for three
months waiting to be claimed. If unclaimed, we reserve the
DUTY FREE
Cigarettes and cigars at tax-free prices are available to
consume during your cruise or to take home via our Cabin
right to dispose of these items to approved charities.
LAUNDRY SERVICES
Shopping Service. An order form and price list will be found
An excellent laundry, dry cleaning and pressing service is
in your cabin, simply complete the form as required, hand it
available on board. A full price list and details will be found in
to Reception and your order will be sent to your cabin.
your cabin. You will also find a self service laundrette and an
ironing room on board, where a nominal charge is made for use
of the washing machines.
16
Useful information contd...
MEDICAL FACILITIES
SECURING YOUR VALUABLES
All our ships have a medical centre and always sail with a medical
In your cabin you will find an electronic lockable safe to safeguard
team on board. The medical centres operate outside of British
valuables and important papers. Instructions of how to set a
and European health services and charges are levied for
code can be found in your cabin information pack.
consultations, prescriptions and cabin visits. A scale of charges is
displayed in each medical centre and charges incurred will be
VOLTAGE
billed to your on board account. We ask that any guest taking
Ship’s voltage is 110 volts – 60 cycle (a U.S. style 2-pin plug is
medication bring adequate supplies to last the duration of the
required) and 220 volt-60 cycle (a Continental style 2-pin plug
cruise. Please ensure you pack medication in your hand luggage
is required).
if required en route to the vessel.
To ensure your electrical appliances are safe to use, please check
PAYING ON BOARD
The currency on board all ships is Sterling. A credit account
system is operated on board allowing on board services to be
with reception. Adapters can be hired onboard, or can be bought
at the shop. For the safety of all passengers and crew, it is strictly
prohibited to bring travel irons onboard.
charged to your account. Your credit or debit card should be
registered with reception at the beginning of the cruise, which
will enable your bill to be settled automatically upon
disembarkation. The following credit or debit cards are accepted:
American Express, Diners Club, MasterCard, Visa and Visa debit
card. We also accept travellers cheques. Regrettably, we are
unable to accept: Solo, Electron, Eurocard, travel agent debit cards
or any form of Currency Pre-paid cards e.g. Travelex Cash Passport
or Worldcash Money Card by Mastercard. A surcharge of 2% will
be charged when settling your on board account by credit card.
17
Keeping in touch
USING YOUR MOBILE PHONE ON BOARD
INTERNET CENTRE
You can use your mobile phone on board to keep in touch
For many of us, the Internet is an integral part of modern life,
with your friends and family. All you need to do is contact your
so you will find an Internet Centre on your ship, for your
own mobile phone operator before you cruise to make sure
convenience. Please note that the connection with the Internet
‘international roaming’ is enabled. It’s a good idea to check the
on board is via satellite and therefore you may find access can
rates with your provider at the same time as our staff are unable
be slower than you would experience at home.
to provide you with this information.
To keep in touch with family and friends, we suggest you
The mobile service is owned and operated by Maritime
set up a web-based email account before your cruise, if you
Communications Partner AS and will show as MCP on your
do not have one already. Don’t forget to bring with you the
phone display. Please contact your home mobile phone operator
email addresses of the people you wish to contact whilst
directly for further information and bill related enquiries.
you’re away.
All cabins are equipped with telephones which operate on a
Internet charges are conveniently billed directly to your on
satellite telephone system.
board account and are shown clearly on all of our computers.
Just swipe your cabin ID card on the keyboard reader to make
your connection with the internet. For further information on
this service, please refer to the literature placed in the Internet
centre or ask at reception.
18
Let’s celebrate
If you have a celebration on the horizon, then taking a cruise
board professional. Celebrations of any birthday are also a
you’ll remember for a lifetime is a fitting and fantastic way to
popular choice. The day commences with a champagne breakfast
celebrate with your family and friends. A celebration of a
for two in your cabin and culminates with a celebration cake
wedding anniversary or a special birthday on a Fred. Olsen cruise
served with your dinner. Also included is a birthday card, gift, and
is always a great occasion. The crew are genuinely thrilled to
a souvenir photograph for just £65.
help everything go with a touch of style – if it’s special for you,
it’s special for us.
Smaller celebratory gestures for a friend or loved one can be
arranged whether or not you are travelling with them. For £60
Of course, it doesn’t have to be a major event, just being on a
per package, a card will be placed in the cabin to say who the gift
Fred. Olsen cruise is reason enough to celebrate! And to make it
is from or you can forward your own message. The package also
easy for you, our celebration packages are designed to create a
includes a floral bouquet on arrival, champagne and canapés,
luxurious feeling the minute you step on board.
hand-made chocolates and a fruit basket.
MARKING THAT SPECIAL EVENT ON BOARD
And when a simpler gesture suits the occasion, we can arrange a
variety of individual gifts that are sure to be appreciated: flowers
For wedding anniversaries (other than those listed in the section
from £27; fruit baskets from £15; hand-made chocolates from
below) our Anniversary Celebration package is the perfect way
£12; champagne from £30.50; and on board spending credit
to mark the occasion. Flowers or chocolates will be in the cabin
from £10. All prices correct at time of going to press, but are
on arrival, with champagne and canapés served on your special
subject to change without prior notice.
day. Also included in the cost of £90 per couple is an anniversary
gift, a celebration cake and a photographic session with our on
19
Let’s celebrate contd...
For more information about Celebration Packages or extra treats
on board please contact our Passenger Services Department on
01473 292444 at least two weeks prior to departure.
WE’LL MAKE THAT SPECIAL OCCASION EVEN
MORE SPECIAL
If you’re celebrating a ‘landmark’ occasion – a silver, pearl, ruby,
golden, emerald or diamond anniversary*, or an 18th, 21st, 30th,
40th, 50th, 60th, 70th, 80th, 90th or 100th birthday while aboard
– we will arrange a celebration for you with our compliments*.
All part of making your cruise as special as possible.
*For appropriate wedding anniversaries, please forward a copy of
your marriage certificate in advance. For relevant birthdays,
please ask at time of booking. For more information please
contact our Passenger Services Department on 01473 292444 at
least two weeks prior to departure.
20
Leisure activities
ON BOARD PORT LECTURES
SWIMMING POOLS AND SUN DECKS
On board Port Lectures are a fun and informative way to help
There are few things more relaxing than lying in the sun by the
you make the most of your time ashore. The Shore Tours are well
pool. Here you will find plenty of chairs and sun loungers where
organised, offering access to sites you would otherwise be
you will be able to settle into some serious relaxation. Waiter
unable to visit. The Port Lectures are a great introduction to the
service is available for drinks around the pool areas.
destination, with lots of local knowledge imparted. Fred. Olsen
Cruise Lines will be happy to assist you with local information
BARS AND CAFÉS
ensuring you enjoy each new destination to the full.
On board we have various bars and cafés where you can obtain
LIBRARY
drinks and snacks.
Each ship has its own well appointed library offering a wide
variety of books, including some in large print. There is also a
selection of board games and a variety of other media which can
be borrowed and exchanged during your cruise.
GAMING TABLES
There is a small gaming area on your ship, where you can try
your hand at Blackjack and Roulette. Please note that games of
chance may not be charged back to your cabin account.
21
Shopping on board
Shopping on board is a bit of a treat because of the large
Naturally you will also find everyday items such as batteries, sun
selection of goods from which to choose.
cream, and toiletries, plus a selection of confectionary including
The range of perfumes and lotions for both ladies and men
Cadburys chocolate.
covers many popular brands such as Lancôme, Lacoste, Boss,
During the cruise, the shop will have special promotions on
L’Oreal, Chanel and D&G. You will also find a fantastic variety of
certain items, so it is always possible to pick up a bargain!
watches including Timex, Citizen, DKNY and Accurist, and
jewellery from Swarovski, Antica Murina, Valerio and 888 Amber.
IN CABIN SHOPPING
A great choice of fashion jewellery and accessories from Bijoux
In your cabin you will find a shopping list for spirits, wine,
Terner is also available.
cigarettes and cigars. To order these items for delivery to your
The shops on board also stock a good selection of casual day
cabin at any time during the cruise, just complete the form and
wear as well as some elegant evening wear, for both ladies and
hand it to your stewardess. Your purchases will be delivered to
gentlemen, plus accessories to enable you to create a different
your cabin the next day.
look. For the ladies there is a good range of handbags including
Guess, Fossil and Radley.
Fred. Olsen offers you a wide assortment of ship’s logo goods on
T-shirts, caps, fleeces, mugs, key rings, fridge magnets and
a variety of other goods, which make both practical and
useful souvenirs.
22
23
The art of Well Being
FITNESS CENTRE
As with any holiday staying fit helps you enjoy your time to the
INTRODUCTION TO THE PASSPORT TO
WELL BEING PROGRAMME
full. The ship has a fully equipped fitness centre offering
Passport to Well Being is Fred. Olsen Cruise Lines’ fitness and
treadmills, rowing machines, exercise bikes and a variety of free
Well Being programme, designed to cater for all ages and all
weights. If this is a new experience for you then our friendly
levels of ability. Encompassing elements of exercise, well being
Fitness Instructors will be on hand to assist you.
and lifestyle, the Passport to well being programme takes place
A choice of fitness classes including yoga, aerobics, step, stretch
& tone and pilates are run at levels to suit most people. This is a
great way to keep in shape and meet other like-minded
all around the ship, on-deck, on the stairs, in the restaurants, in
the spa and in the fitness centre.
The Daily Programme highlights all the Passport to Well Being
passengers. A small charge is made for some classes. For great
activities and your Passport to Well Being co-coordinator will be
exercise with a constantly changing view, there is ‘walk a mile’ on-hand to assist you in personalising your own Passport to
around the deck each morning.
Well Being programme. You are even rewarded for participating
A steam room and sauna facility is also available on board.
in the Passport to Well Being programme at any level. Simply
complete a task, get a stamp and then take advantage of the
The Atlantis Spa and Fitness Centre is generally open from 8am
discounts you win once you have completed a number of
to 8pm whilst at sea and in port. Price lists for treatments can
Passport to Well Being activities.
be found either in your cabin or at the Salon. However, with the
popularity of the Atlantis Salon and Fitness Centre it is wise to
book your treatments early in order to avoid any disappointment.
To pre-book, call 02380 783399.
24
The art of well being contd...
THE ATLANTIS SALON AND SPA THE ART OF RELAXATION
The Atlantis Salon and Spa on board offers a full range of beauty
The hair styling salon offers the usual services such as shampoo
and grooming treatments for women and men. A holiday is the
and set, blow-drys, colour treatments and formal styles. For any
perfect opportunity to treat yourself in a way that you don’t
wet hair treatment a complimentary volumising and scalp
necessarily have time to do at home. It gives you the time to
massage are included. The hair salon is especially popular and
truly enjoy those little pleasures in life, of which spa treatments
are one of the most indulgent. Discover what it is like to be truly
pampered with our exclusive range of spa treatments. Relax in
busy for formal evenings, so it is essential that an early booking
is made to avoid disappointment.
the serene surroundings of the Atlantis Spa and succumb to the
Generally on port days, there are special promotions of
soothing hands of your expert therapist.
treatments. The Daily Times on board will have details of
There is a comprehensive selection of facials, which include
these offers.
hydrating, purifying, renewing and nourishing treatments. Body
Once on board consult the Salon Manager who will be only too
treatments offer a variety of massages including full body
pleased to advise on the services offered.
massage and hot stones, reflexology, waxing and body shaping.
A full range of manicures, pedicures, hand and feet treatments
are available. Consult your on board brochure for full descriptions
of the treatments available, or talk to the Salon manager who
As our Spa and Salon is always in demand, be sure to avoid
disappointment and secure your preferred appointment
times by pre-booking your hair and beauty appointments
before you sail.
can guide you to the suitable treatment.
Simply call 02380 783399 between 9 am – 5 pm weekdays
and your confirmation card will be awaiting you in your cabin
on arrival.
25
Your shore tours
One of the joys of cruising is getting to visit new, exciting and
Shore Tours offer a convenient and comfortable way to
wonderful places every day. To get the most out of each
explore in an unknown country. These tours are part of your
destination we recommend that you book from the organised
holiday adventure and provide a different perspective into
Shore Tours detailed in this brochure. Do this as soon as you can
lifestyles in other lands.
to avoid disappointment, as popular tours can book up quickly
and often spaces are limited. Early booking is recommended as
RESERVING YOUR SHORE TOURS
tour allocation is based on a first come, first served basis.
Bookings are now being taken for the Shore Tours on your cruise
Organised Shore Tours are well researched by our team, selecting
and will remain open (subject to availability) until seven days
the very best and most dependable companies, offering the
prior to departure or as per booking deadlines on your booking
highest quality vehicles available to ensure your personal
form. The booking form can be found enclosed with this pack.
comfort. All tours are hosted by an English-speaking guide
Posting this together with your payment, either by cheque or
and usually accompanied by a member of Fred. Olsen Cruise
credit/debit card, to the Shore Tours Department, Fred. Olsen
Lines’ staff.
Cruise Lines, Fred. Olsen House, White House Road, Ipswich,
We try to offer a wide range of tours with a variety of prices and
things you want to see. Should any tours be full or if there are
durations. A local town map and information will usually be
any changes, then our Shore Tours Team will contact you to
provided for each location to ensure that you get to explore the
discuss alternatives prior to departure.
IP1 5LL will ensure you have the best chance of seeing all the
delights of each port of call. For example in the morning you
could go on a cultural tour and in the afternoon you could go to
On board, Shore Tours can be booked at the Tours Desk. Booking
the beach.
deadlines exist for each destination and you will find these
displayed at the Tours Office and in the Daily Times. If you book
on board, the tours will be charged to your on board account.
Pre-booked tours must be pre-paid before embarkation. Please
check that you are sending the correct payment, as errors will
lead to a delay in processing your request.
26
Your shore tours contd...
PORT LECTURES
TICKETS
Sometimes it’s difficult to know which tour to choose because
Tickets for the tours you have booked will be delivered to your
there are so many great things to see. If this is the case for you,
cabin at the beginning of your cruise.
then often attending the Port Lecture can help you make up
your mind or you can talk to our team at the Tours Desk on board
TOUR SYMBOLS
the ship.
Snack or meal provided
Tours vary in their degree of difficulty but when those such as
horse riding, kayaking, rafting etc are offered it is assumed that
passengers will have some skills in these areas. If you haven’t, or
this is a new experience for you, then it is best to contact the
Tours Department if you have any queries regarding suitability.
Hot or cold refreshments provided
Free time available
For instance, horse riding may be along the flat or may have a lot
of riding up and down steep slopes. For your comfort, enjoyment
Shopping opportunity
and safety it is best to check the details first.
Opportunity to swim
27
TOUR OPTIONS
28
Funchal, Madeira
Henry the Navigator of Portugal, at the beginning of
the 15th century, planned to extend his knowledge
of the coast of West Africa. In pursuit of this objective,
two young sea captains, Joãn Goncalves Zarco and
Tristão Vaz Teixaira, were blown off course on their
journey around the African coast. After many days at
sea they found land on a small island that they called
Porto Santo; the year was 1419. It was a year later
TOUR B
that the next discovery was made. The captains had
reported a possible island on the southern horizon.
They were encouraged to explore this potential
landmass. Approaching the island they were met by
huge Atlantic rollers breaking along the north coast,
and the boiling turbulence of the crosscurrents at
the Ponto São Lourenço. However on rounding the
headland they discovered the Bay of Machico, the
doorstep from which to enter the heavily forested
island they called Madeira. Today a statue of Captain
Zarco looks down on the passers-by as they walk in
front of the Bank of Portugal building in downtown
Funchal.
The currency of Madeira is the Euro.
| EIRA DO SERRADO & AFTERNOON TEA – Funchal, Madeira
DURATION: 4 hours
PARTICIPANTS: Limited to 70
Leaving the pier, we drive through the city of Funchal for a
brief sightseeing tour before continuing to Pico dos
Barcelos. Here we can admire the breathtaking panoramic
views over the city.
Our next visit is to Eira do Serrado, where the viewpoint
1,094 metres (3,500 feet) high overlooks the valley of
Curral das Freiras (the Nun’s Valley) – a settlement that
grew after the 16th century, when Madeira was attacked
by French pirates.
are not allowed in the restaurant. Depending on numbers, it is
possible that tea may be taken at Villa Cipriani – an annex to
Reid’s Hotel. Please note that our coach will travel along
mountain roads, therefore this tour may not be suitable for
passengers who suffer from vertigo. Please note that on public
holidays, afternoon tea may be taken at a different venue to the
Reids Hotel.
Our tour will conclude with a stop at the Reids Hotel for
afternoon tea, before returning to the quayside.
TOUR NOTES: This tour includes a total of approximately 30
minutes of walking at the viewpoints. There are two steps to
negotiate at the Reids Hotel, and approximately 16 steps to
reach the viewpoint at Pico dos Barcelos (passengers can still
view the surroundings from the coach stop). Shorts and trainers
TOUR C
|
CABO GIRÃO – Funchal, Madeira
DURATION: 4 hours
We begin our tour with a drive towards Pico dos Barcelos,
from where we can see distant Funchal and its surrounding
villages scattered over the green slopes.
Our next point of call is Cabo Girão – the highest sea-cliff in
Europe and the second highest in the world. Continuing, we
pass by Estreito de Câmara de Lobos, known for its vineyards,
en route to the picturesque fishing village of Câmara de
Lobos, where Sir Winston Churchill used to stay and paint.
We return to Funchal, where we can enjoy a wine tasting at
a local wine cellar, prior to returning to our ship.
TOUR NOTES: This tour includes approximately 30 minutes
of walking, some of which may be over hilly ground. There
are approximately 16 steps to negotiate if you wish to
visit the top of the viewpoint at Pico dos Barcelos, and
approximately three steps to reach the toilet facilities at
Cabo Girão. Unfortunately a lift is not available in the
wine cellar, however there will be wheelchair access.
29
TOUR I
|
PORTO MONIZ – Funchal, Madeira
DURATION: 8 hours
Departing from the pier, we begin our drive towards
Câmara de Lobos, a small fishing village on the south coast,
where we will make our first photo stop.
on the island, at 1,400 metres (4,590 feet).
Passing by Estreito de Câmara de Lobos, we make our way
to Cabo Girão, the highest sea-cliff in Europe and the
second highest in the world, at 580 metres (1,900 feet)
above sea level.
After crossing Paul da Serra, we reach Porto Moniz – the
most northwesterly point of the island and possibly the
most spectacular – which is well known for its volcanic
swimming pools. Here we will stop for lunch and be given
some free time to explore on our own, or browse the shops
in the village.
Ribeira Brava – meaning ‘wild stream’ – is our next stop.
Located on the southwest coast, the small town was one
of the first parishes on the island and was inhabited early
on in the island’s history. The town boasts many street
cafés and shops and is certainly the place to spend a short
time to take in the sights and sounds. We then re-board
our tour coach and head to Paul da Serra, the only plateau
Following lunch, and on the way to São Vicente, we will
discover one of the most beautiful points of the north
coast, a road built on the rocks near the sea, where we can
admire the astonishing waterfalls. We then reach
Encumeada, a summit where, weather permitting, both
parts of the island (north and south) can be seen at the
same time.
TOUR J
|
We then head back to Funchal, passing the beautiful valley
of Serra D’Agua on the way to our ship.
TOUR NOTES: This tour includes a minimal amount of
walking, and at all stops it is possible to remain on the
coach, however to get the most out of this tour, we do not
recommend doing so. There are approximately three steps
to negotiate to reach the toilet facilities at Cabo Girão.
Walking at each stop is at the passenger’s discretion, apart
from Porto Moniz, where a short walk is necessary to reach
the restaurant for lunch.
PICO DO AREEIRO & CAMACHA – Funchal, Madeira
DURATION: 4 hours
Our tour takes us from the harbour in Funchal up into the
mountains, along narrow, winding roads. As we climb higher
up into the hills, we will pass pines, acacias and eucalyptus
as we head to Terreiro da Luta.
After viewing the 1917 Peace Monument, we then travel to
Pico do Areeiro, the second highest peak on the island, at
1,810 metres (5,940 feet), with impressive gorges, deep
valleys, grandiose mountains and imposing cliffs. We can
enjoy the view down into the crater of a long-extinct
volcano – Curral das Freiras – which is today one of Madeira’s
most popular attractions.
We will continue to Camacha, a beautiful village located a
few kilometres east of Funchal, known for its apple festival
and active folklore dance groups. It is also called ‘the village
of basket makers’ as it represents the centre of Madeira’s
willow craft industry. Here craftsmen create more than 800
different kinds of baskets; they also make furniture and
simple tools. Around the town we will be able to see the
willow rods at all stages of preparation for the skilful
weaving required to make the various products.
Many also consider the village of Camacha to be ‘Madeira
Island’s capital of culture’. Looking around, we will see
talented people and cultural events. One of the best
examples of this is one of the local folklore groups, perhaps
one of the most well-known Portuguese folklore groups in
the world. We can enjoy a performance from a local group
(where we may be invited to dance) and refreshments,
before returning to Funchal.
TOUR NOTES: This tour involves a minimal amount of
walking. There are 15-20 steps to negotiate at Tereiro da
Luta, approximately 25 steps at Pico do Areeiro, and there
may be some steps if passengers choose to visit the
wickerwork factory. Unfortunately Terreiro da Luta is not
wheelchair accessible, although passengers can remain on
30
the coach if they wish. Walking during the free time at
Camacha is at the passengers’ discretion. Please note that
our coach will travel along mountain roads, therefore this
tour may not be suitable for people suffering from vertigo.
There may be an opportunity to purchase souvenirs on this
tour. Refreshments at Camacha include tea or coffee and
honey cake. Passengers are advised to bring a jacket, as it
can get cooler the further we travel.
TOUR K
|
NUN’S VALLEY & PALHEIRO GARDENS – Funchal, Madeira
DURATION: 5 hours
Departing from the pier we shall travel to the belvedere of
Eira do Serrado, where we will be invited to gaze upon the
Curral das Freiras Valley (Nun’s Valley). It is located within a
deep valley which has one of the island’s most spectacular
landscapes, where dizzying views will take our breath away.
We will have approximately 30 minutes to admire the
valley’s surroundings before proceeding to the Palheiro
Gardens.
The gardens are home to spacious lawns and lakes, which
boast some of the rarest and most valuable exotic plants in
the world. We will have an approximate 30-minute walk
through a levada, which was only completed in 1970 after
an important project was commissioned by the Portuguese
Government to provide hydroelectric power.
TOUR L
|
As our walk concludes we will discover the Hortensia Tea
House, which is home to a delightful tropical garden and a
great view over Southeast Funchal Bay. We will stop here for
a refreshment break before heading back to our awaiting
ship.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that this tour does involve
approximately 90 minutes of walking over varying terrains.
There will also be several steps to negotiate at Eira do
Serrado and the Palheiro Gardens.
JEEP SAFARI OF CENTRAL MADEIRA – Funchal, Madeira
DURATION: 4 hours
Departing from the quayside by jeep, our tour will take us
inland to one of the most beautiful forest areas of the
island, passing through typical streets, which are mainly
used to transport agricultural goods that supply the
population living in these rural areas.
We will travel to Estreito de Camara de Lobos, Jardim da
Serra which has a magnificent view of the Nun’s Valley and
the famous resting place of Boca dos Namoradas – The
Lovers Nest.
TOUR NOTES: This tour is not recommended to passengers
with neck or back problems or pregnant ladies due to the
bumpy terrain that is crossed. While there is a minimal
amount of walking involved on this tour; it will be over rough,
uneven ground and is therefore not suitable for passengers
with limited mobility. All jeeps, which have steps to board
them, are fitted with seatbelts, which must be worn at all
times. For your reference there is a minimum of four and a
maximum of six passengers per jeep.
We will also pass by Quinta Grande, where we will stop at
Cabo Girao, the highest sea cliff in Europe, which is 580
metres above sea level, before returning to Funchal via
Camara de lobos for a warming Poncha (a typical Madeiran
drink).
TOUR M
|
DO CASTELEJO WALKING TOUR – Funchal, Madeira
DURATION: 4 hours
Our tour today will allow us to discover the natural beauty
of the island. Departing from the quayside we shall have a
short transfer to Porto da Cruz, where we will begin our
walk along the levada – a traditional manmade irrigation
system ideal for walkers. The first levadas date back to the
15th century, and were constructed by workers who were
often suspended from baskets carving through sheer cliff
faces. The whole network is approximately 100 kilometres
(62 miles) long. Some people believe that parts of the
network were in place before any kind of road system.
We will walk through the cultivated terraces along a flower
lined levada, which winds its way along the escarpment,
with panoramic views of the high peaks inland and the
Penha da Aguia – Eagles Rock – which stands proudly on the
edge of the endless Atlantic Ocean.
Following our guided walk, we will be transferred back to
our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: This tour involves approximately two and a half
to three hours of walking; it is therefore unsuitable for
passengers with limited mobility or wheelchair users. We
recommend wearing comfortable walking shoes or shoes with
a good grip. What flora or fauna may be seen cannot be
guaranteed. Depending on the weather conditions, some paths
may be muddy and slippery. Please note that a certain pace is
required if all passengers wish to get full enjoyment from this
tour. A bottle of water would be a handy addition to our bag.
31
Bridgetown, Barbados
The island of Barbados was uninhabited when first
settled by the British in 1627. Sugar Plantations were
established and worked by slaves until 1834, when
slavery was abolished. Sugar and its side products of
rum and molasses formed the major revenue source
for most of the 20th century. Independence from the
UK came in 1966, and now, in the 21st century,
TOUR A
tourism and manufacturing have overtaken sugar in
economic importance.
Bridgetown is the capital of Barbados and has a
population of around 80,000. The main street in town
is Broad Street. There you will find banks, department
stores and duty-free shops. The parliament Buildings
of Barbados are located at the top of Broad Street.
| FROM COAST TO COAST – Bridgetown, Barbados
DURATION: 3 hours
Shortly after leaving Bridgetown Harbour, we pass by
Pelican Village – a small arts and crafts centre which houses
a number of shops offering locally made gifts and souvenirs.
Next we drive along Broad Street, the main shopping area
of Bridgetown, followed by Heroes Square (formerly
Trafalgar Square).
Continuing through the suburbs of Bridgetown, we will
soon see the more rural scenery that Barbados has to offer.
We pass by the Emancipation Statue, depicting a freed
slave, which commemorates the abolition of slavery. Gun
Hill Signal Station, high on a hill, appears before us as we
ascend through the parish of St George. We will also notice
the large statue of a lion, carved from a single piece of coral,
which was made by an English army captain named
Wilkinson, in 1868.
Our journey then takes us past fields of sugar cane and
through sleepy country villages, descending towards the
Atlantic coastline and Bathsheba, where we will stop for
approximately 15 minutes to enjoy the spectacular views of
the East Coast Hills on one side and the pounding Atlantic
surf on the other.
Further along the East Coast Road, we stop at Barclays Park
for a photo opportunity – a 50-acre gift to the Government
of Barbados from the bank of the same name, to
commemorate the island’s independence in 1966. The area
is known as the Scotland District because Scottish settlers
remarked that the hills reminded them of the Scottish
Highlands, and has since been declared a National Park.
Through lush vegetation and past chattel houses, our drive
continues until we reach the Highland Adventure Centre,
located near the centre of the island in the parish of St
Thomas, at a elevation of more than 300 metres (1,000
feet) above sea level. On the well-maintained grounds
stands a gazebo and a bar where we will enjoy a cool and
refreshing complimentary drink. From here the view of the
East Coast is truly breathtaking! The deep blue of the
Atlantic contrasts with the unspoiled beauty of nearby
Mount Hillaby, which at 347 metres (1,138 feet) above sea
level, is the highest point of the island.
Our tour progresses westwards, across the northern part of
32
the island, to Holetown, where a monument commemorates
the landing in 1605 of the first British settlers, who claimed
the island ‘in the name of James I of England’. Continuing
southwards, we drive along the West Coast, where the clear
sea gently kisses some of the best beaches in the Caribbean
and many of the rich and famous have their ‘getaways’. This
section of the island is often referred to as the ‘Gold Coast’,
because of the number of very wealthy people who have
come to live here over the years. It also boasts some of the
finest hotels and restaurants.
Our return journey will be via the Spring Garden Highway as
we make our way back to Bridgetown and our awaiting
ship.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that this tour does involve a small
amount of walking and standing including approximately 20
minutes at the Highland Adventure Centre and 15 minutes at
Bathsheba – there will also be two steps to negotiate here.
There is also an approximate 300 metre (1,000 feet) walk
through the terminal building to reach the tour vehicles.
Please note that it is illegal to wear camouflage in Barbados.
Parliament was established in 1639 and is the third
oldest Parliament in the Commonwealth. Opposite
the Parliament Buildings, you will find National Heroes
Square.
The official currency for Bridgetown in the Barbadian
Dollar, however the US Dollar is widely accepted.
|
TOUR B CATAMARAN CRUISE & TURTLE ENCOUNTER – Bridgetown, Barbados
DURATION: 5 hours
Picture ourselves relaxing on the deck of a sleek catamaran,
the crystal-clear Caribbean Sea lapping at the sides,
beautiful palm-fringed beaches gliding by, and warm
sunshine kissing our skin. With a gentle wind blowing in our
hair, and the sweet sounds of the Caribbean in our ears, we
will realise that life doesn’t get any better than this!
The catamaran used for this tour is boarded at the Shallow
Draft, following a short minivan transfer. A friendly and
outgoing crew will greet us, before we indulge in a
continental-style breakfast (with a Caribbean twist!). Then
we shall cruise along Barbados’ scenic coastline to a
sheltered bay, where we can opt for a swim in the azure
waters, laze on the beach, or go for an optional snorkel tour
over a beautiful coral reef which teems with tropical fish.
Now it’s time for lunch, featuring local dishes and cool
refreshments from an open-bar (sodas, water, tropical
punch and rum punch – only after snorkelling!).
water (approximately six metres/20 feet). We cannot
guarantee that you will always see turtles, as these
endangered creatures live in their natural free environment.
All activities are subject to sea and weather conditions. A
waterproof camera is a must to capture this wonderful
experience. The catamaran (which is equipped with a
bathroom and freshwater showers) is not exclusive to Fred.
Olsen, and will be shared with other cruise ship passengers or
hotel guests. Please note that participating children must be
five years of age or over and accompanied by an adult.
Alcoholic drinks are only available after swimming/snorkelling
Please note that it is illegal to wear camouflage in Barbados
Let our cares drift away, as we bask in the sunshine or relax
in the shade. At another stop, we will have the unique
opportunity to swim with fascinating sea turtles – gentle
and friendly hawksbill and green turtles.
The crew will then weigh anchor, as the catamaran heads
back to Bridgetown. An unforgettable few hours!
TOUR NOTES: This tour is not recommended to passengers
with limited mobility. There is a step ladder to get to/from the
beach at the sheltered bay (we may have to wade through
water). Swimming with the turtles takes place directly from
the boat. Come already wearing your swimming costume
underneath casual clothes, and wear appropriate footwear.
Do not forget your towel and sun protection. Snorkels, masks
and life vests (which are compulsory) are included, and
instructions are provided. No fins are allowed whilst
swimming with the turtles. We will be swimming in deep
33
|
TOUR E ORCHID WORLD & PLANTATION TEA – Bridgetown, Barbabos
DURATION: 3½ hours
Our tour begins with a drive along Spring Garden Highway,
up University Hill, and then out into the countryside, past
the famous stone-carved British Lion.
We will arrive at Orchid World, where there are over 30,000
orchids on display in five orchid houses, all set within
landscaped grounds with waterfalls, fountains and a manmade stream. We can stroll through these houses and
inspect the many varieties of this exotic plant on show.
Our next call is at the Sunbury Plantation House, which is
set in the heart of the tranquil St Philip countryside. Sunbury
is a superb example of a Barbadian Sugar Estate Great
House. Built over 300 years ago, this historically listed
building is magnificently furnished and showcases one of
the country’s finest collections of antiques, china and silver,
as well as a most interesting display of old prints. The cellars
house the largest collection of horse-drawn carriages in the
Caribbean.
We will be offered tea, sandwiches and cakes, before
returning via the Emancipation Statue and Bridgetown to
the port.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that there is walking involved in this
tour whilst touring the orchid houses and grounds (where
there are steep paths), as well as at the Sunbury Plantation
House (where there are steps – although a ramp gives access
to the ground floor); rough ground may be encountered. This
tour is not suitable for wheelchair passengers. There is an
approximate 300 metre (1,000 feet) walk through the
terminal building to reach the tour vehicles. The content of
the refreshments sampled is subject to change. Driver-guides
may be used for this tour. Please note that it is illegal to wear
camouflage in Barbados.
34
TOUR G
| ISLAND SAFARI – Bridgetown, Barbabos
DURATION: 3 hours
This tour will appeal to those of us who enjoy soft adventure.
Leaving the port in 4x4 Land Rovers, we will pass Gun Hill
Signal Station and its stone-carved lion. Soon we venture
off-road, for a view of what the island probably looked like
when it was first settled in the 16th century.
We will stop at Bathsheba, for a view of the rugged coastline
and the pounding surf of the Atlantic Ocean. Then it’s on to
another incredible viewpoint, Cattlewash and its
surroundings.
Our journey will continue along the scenic East Coast road
to Barclays Park. After a short stop, we move into the Long
Pond area, where we will discover the Morgan Lewis Trail.
We then travel further to Rock Hall, for an amazing view of
the Eastern Coast Line.
On the road again, we now head along the West Coast, past
many of the island’s best beaches, hotels and restaurants. A
short photo stop will be made at the historic Holetown
Monument, commemorating the landing of the British in
1625, before we’re on the home straight back to our
awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: Passengers choosing this tour should be
prepared to get bumped around, therefore it is unsuitable for
people with neck or back problems, pregnant ladies, or those
with limited mobility; children must be five years of age or
over and accompanied by an adult. For your reference, each
vehicle is fitted with padded roll bars and seatbelts (which
must be worn at all times). Because of the nature of this tour,
casual clothing should be worn. Although the Land Rovers
have plastic side panels, which can be pulled down, in the
event of rain, you may get splashed! The itinerary may be
subject to change without prior notice, for example, in the
case of unfavourable local conditions. Please note that it is
illegal to wear camouflage in Barbados.
TOUR L
| KENSINGTON OVAL – Bridgetown, Barbabos
DURATION: 1 ¾ hours
Departing from the quayside we shall board our tour
vehicles for our journey to the famous Kensington Oval, a
venue steeped in history and home to West Indies cricket.
Legends including Sir Garfield Sobers, Gordon Greenidge,
Desmond Haynes, Malcolm Marshall and Joel Garner have
all played some of their finest games here.
grounds. Then it is off to the brand new Legends Museum
for a browse before enjoying tea and pastries with a
Barbadian and West Indian cricket legend. We will be able
to listen to some of the cricket tales, get autographs and
even pose for photos with the cricket legend!
Kensington Oval hosted the first England touring side in
1895; the first combined West Indies side – against MCC –
in 1911 and was the scene of West Indies first test match
in 1930.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that this tour will include
approximately 30 minutes of walking and there may be some
steps to negotiate. Unfortunately this tour is not accessible
for wheelchair passengers and is not recommended to
passengers with limited mobility. Tea & mineral water will be
available at the Legends Museum. Don’t forget to bring your
camera along with you! There is an approximate 300 metre
During our guided tour we will be invited to take a seat in
the media centre and enjoy a brief video on the history of
the Oval and some of the famous players before touring the
(1,000 feet) walk through the terminal building to reach the
tour vehicles. Please note that it is illegal to wear camouflage
in Barbados.
35
TOUR N
|
BARBADOS HIGHLIGHTS – Bridgetown, Barbados
DURATION; 6 Hours
Departing from the quayside, we will embark on a journey to
some of Barbados’s most beautiful and important historical
sites. Our journey will begin as we head north along the
West Coast, also known as the Platinum Coast. It is not only
home to Holetown, the site where the first settlers landed in
1627, but is also home to the rich and famous.
ferns. A small stream cascades between the exotic tropical
plants. There are some very old trees including the ‘Bearded
Fig Tree’ from which the island derives its name. The
Portuguese first discovered the island and on seeing the
long roots hanging into the sea, they called the island ‘Los
Barbados’ meaning the ‘bearded one’.
Arlington House Museum, located in Speightstown, an old
merchant settlement and port, is our first stop. Here we will
have the opportunity to explore the 18th century ‘single
house’ that closely resembles the single houses of
Charleston, South Carolina whilst learning about and
visually meeting the business people of Speightstown,
schooner trade, plantation life and other aspects of
early Barbados.
Once our tour of the garden has concluded we shall return to
our awaiting ship.
Continuing we shall proceed to the East Coast along Cherry
Tree Hill with its breathtaking views of the Atlantic Ocean. As
we look down, we will hopefully catch a glimpse of the Historic
Morgan Lewis Mill, before we reach the quaint Edgewater Inn
where we will stop for a Barbadian buffet lunch.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that this tour does involve
approximately two and a half hours of walking and standing
over varying terrain, including cobblestone paths and sloping
gardens. There will also be steps to negotiate at each of the sites
visited. Unfortunately this tour is not recommended to passengers
with limited mobility or wheelchair users due to the difficulty in
accessing the sites visited. Toilet facilities will be available.
Edgewater boasts a nine mile coastline view of the Atlantic
Ocean side and the cool calming waters of the Joe’s River on
the western side of the property. Here we will be able to
spend some time in the most picturesque setting on the
island and relish the friendly environment of New Edgewater.
A camera is a must, as there are many dramatic views that
create excellent photo opportunities!
Following lunch, we will have a short transfer to the
Andromeda Botanical Gardens, which are nestled on a cliff
overlooking the picturesque East Coast. The six acres of
carefully landscaped grounds are a nature lover’s delight!
Huge limestone boulders create a natural rock garden
planted with bougainvillaea, orchids, tropical palms and
TOUR O
|
SCENIC BARBADOS & BEACH ESCAPE – Bridgetown, Barbados
DURATION: 4 hours
Departing from the pier we will head north towards the
parish of St. James, passing through Holetown with its
monument commemorating the first British landing in
1605. The drive will continue to Highland Adventure
Centre, at an elevation of more than 1000 feet above sea
level. Here we will enjoy a refreshing drink whilst taking
in the breathtaking view of the East Coast.
Departing from Highland we will be taken to a beautiful
white sandy beach on the Caribbean Sea with warm, calm
waters lapping at the shore. With approximately 1½
hours of relaxation time we may choose just to soak up
the sun on a beach chair, under an umbrella with our
complimentary drink or for the more energetic take to
36
the crystal blue waters for a swim.
TOUR NOTES: Beach chairs and umbrellas are available to
use at the beach, however the umbrellas will need to be
shared. Approximately 15 steps will be encountered in
order to reach the beach.
TOUR Q
| HARRISON’S CAVE & SCENIC DRIVE – Bridgetown, Barbabos
DURATION: 2½ hours
Harrison’s Cave is a magnificent phenomenon in a class of
its own. Formed from a particularly beautiful type of
crystallised limestone, this stunning cavern is undoubtedly
one of the most spectacular natural attractions in the entire
Caribbean. Though created over the course of hundreds of
thousands of years, Harrison’s Cave has only been accessible
to the general public for some 15 years. The first recorded
history of Harrison’s Cave dates back to 1796, but it then lay
undisturbed until it was rediscovered in 1970 by Ole
Sorenson and developed by the Government of Barbados.
After checking in at the Visitors Centre we will be taken into
a theatre where we shall watch a short film on the formation
of Barbados before boarding the electric tram that will take
TOUR R
|
us down into the cave. As the driver pulls away, our guide
will commence with a commentary and we shall be on our
way to a memorable experience – magnificent chambers,
incredible stalactites and stalagmites, bubbling streams,
tumbling cascades, -plunging waterfalls and emerald pools.
Throughout the almost mile long cave the flowstone
covered walls glisten in the lights as the calcite laden water
drips down from the roof.
In many areas the stalactites have reached down to join
with a stalagmite and form spectacular pillars. At various
points the tram will stop to allow us to disembark and have
a closer look at the beauty at hand. Just remember how
long it has taken for these precious features to form so
please do not touch them! One stop will take place at the
lowest point in the cave, where a waterfall plunges into an
emerald pool. Don’t forget your camera!
TOUR NOTES: This tour has very little walking involved and is
therefore suitable for passengers with limited mobility. There
is approximately 10 minutes of walking over paved pathways
and three steps will be encountered during the tour. Still
cameras are permitted, however video recorders at not.
BEST OF BARBADOS – Bridgetown, Barbados
DURATION: 5½ hours
Departing from the ship we will take a short drive to our
first stop of Harrison’s Cave.
Harrison’s Cave is a magnificent phenomenon in a class of
its own. Formed from a particularly beautiful type of
crystallised limestone, this stunning cavern is undoubtedly
one of the most spectacular natural attractions in the
entire Caribbean. Though created over the course of
hundreds of thousands of years, Harrison’s Cave has only
been accessible to the general public for some 15 years.
The first recorded history of Harrison’s Cave dates back to
1796, but it then lay undisturbed until it was rediscovered
in 1970 by Ole Sorenson and developed by the Government
of Barbados.
After checking in at the Visitors Centre we will be taken
into a theatre where we shall watch a short film on the
formation of Barbados before boarding the electric tram
that will take us down into the cave. As the driver pulls
away, our guide will commence with a commentary and
we shall be on our way to a memorable experience –
magnificent chambers, incredible stalactites and
stalagmites, bubbling streams, tumbling cascades, plunging waterfalls and emerald pools. Throughout the
almost mile long cave the flowstone covered walls glisten
in the lights as the calcite laden water drips down from the
roof.
In many areas the stalactites have reached down to join
with a stalagmite and form spectacular pillars. At various
points the tram will stop to allow us to disembark and
have a closer look at the beauty at hand. Just remember
how long it has taken for these precious features to form
so please do not touch them! One stop will take place at
the lowest point in the cave, where a waterfall plunges
into an emerald pool. Don’t forget your camera!
Continuing on our second stop will be to Orchid World.
Orchid World sits on six acres of land, some 800 feet above
sea level in the central parish of St. George. A meandering
path winds its way between beautiful outcrops of coral,
rock gardens, cool shady gullies and ponds. Hummingbirds
and the soothing sound of running water add to the
natural beauty of the natural terrain.
will be encountered at Harrison’s cave, four at Orchid
World and 15 at Sunbury Plantation. Still cameras are
permitted inside Harrison Caves, however video recorders
are not.
The orchids themselves are quite spectacular; thousands
are grown in shaded houses and outside on freestanding
palisades. Many visitors are fascinated by the sight of
orchid plants growing in mid-air with their roots
completely free from any soil! Wonderful photo
opportunities abound for the professional and amateur
photographer.
Our final stop of the day will be Sunbury House which
dates back to 1660. The house was destroyed by fire in
1995, and was gracefully restored and re-opened in 1996.
It possesses one of the country’s superior collections and
antiques. The cellars, originally used for storing yams and
other root vegetable grown on the plantation, now house
a unique collection of antique carriages, the largest
collection in the Caribbean, as well as many items used in
the domestic life of the plantation. It also houses a very old
collection of optical machinery and sight testing
equipment, some of the first to come to the West Indies
including the first lens grinding plant.
While at Sunbury House we will learn how to make “Bajan
Rum Punch” and the local delicacy of cod fish cakes. This
will leave only time for us to try one of the plenty of
samples available to us before making our return journey.
TOUR NOTES: This tour involves approximately 35 minutes
of walking throughout the whole of the tour. Three steps
37
St George’s, Grenada
The earliest record of Grenada was Christopher
Columbus’ sighting of the island in 1498. In 1609 a
party of English settlers tried to establish tobacco
plantations, but abandoned the island after falling
victim to raids by native Carib Indians. In 1650 the
French bought the island from the Caribs, established
a settlement and, after a series of bloody
engagements ending with the vanquishing of the
TOUR A
|
Captured by the British in 1762, Grenada swapped
flags between the British and the French until it was
finally ceded to the British by treaty in 1783. It
remained under British influence until becoming an
independent nation in 1974. The post-independence
ISLAND DRIVE – EAST COAST – St George’s, Grenada
DURATION: 4-4½ hours
From the pier, we drive through the quaint capital of St
George’s, perhaps the most appealing city in the entire
Caribbean. Founded in the early 18th century by the
French, St George’s still possesses something of the
character of a French town, particularly in the red-tiled
roofs and pastel colours of its traditional architecture. We
pass the ruins of Government House through St Paul’s,
then travel to the parish of St David’s, where plantations of
cocoa and spices can be seen.
We continue up the eastern side of the island, viewing two
seaside villages: the first Marquis, where the locals weave
the abundant pandanus grasses into various crafts; and
Soubise, one source of the locally-built, brightly-painted
fishing boats which dot the beaches and seas of Grenada.
Our next stop is in Grenville, the commercial centre of the
East Coast and the island’s second largest city. Here we will
visit a nutmeg station, to see the processing of this
fragrant crop. We will also learn about cocoa and other
spices growing in abundance on this fertile island (we may
purchase some to take home). From Grenville we drive
inland and ascend the central peaks, arriving at the
National Park Nature Centre, where Grand Etang, a large
lake, languishes at 575 metres (1,900 feet) in the crater of
an extinct volcano. We can enjoy views of the indigenous
vegetation and forestry.
From Grand Etang we descend through the magnificent
hanging carpets of green mountain ferns, through the
quaint village of Vendome to Annandale Falls. After a short
but steep walk, we will arrive at a paradise of rushing
water and emerald greenery. Following a short interlude
we will proceed by charming villages, before returning to
St George’s.
TOUR NOTES: There is a small amount of walking around the
nutmeg station (plus a couple of steps), and also at Grand
Etang. At Annandale Falls there are approximately 23 steps to
and from the viewpoint, and an unmade, uneven path.
Tourists pay local people to dive into the pool below the falls.
This activity is extremely dangerous and we ask you please to
refrain from encouraging the locals to dive. Please note that
depending upon our berth there may be a moderate walk in
order to reach the tour vehicles.
38
warlike Caribs, set up plantations of indigo, tobacco,
coffee, cocoa and sugar, worked by African slaves.
period was politically turbulent and resulted in the
execution of Premier Maurice Bishop and some of his
followers in 1983 which was followed by an invasion
by US Forces to help reinstate democracy.
The official currency of Grenada is the Eastern
Caribbean Dollar – US Dollars are also widely excepted.
TOUR B
|
THE RHUM RUNNER – St George’s, Grenada
DURATION: 3 hours
A short walk from the port gate, the Rhum Runner waits at
the jetty. To the sound of a steel band we are greeted by a
smiling crew waiting to serve us with ice-cold rum punches.
Once onboard we loop around the Carenage, St George’s
inner harbour, before proceeding along the scenic coastline,
hugging the shore. We shall stop at Morne Rouge Beach.
The Rhum Runner is purpose-built and allows us to
disembark directly on to the sand via a gangplank. We have
free time to simply relax and enjoy the sun, sea and sand
while the rum punch keeps flowing!
Leaving the beach on the return trip, the steel band strikes
up and the crew introduces the Rhum Runner Limbo
Competition. We have a chance to show off our limbo skills,
TOUR I
|
with prizes for the winners. After more dancing – Congo and
Calypso style – it’s time to disembark after a truly hipwiggling, toe-tapping time!
TOUR NOTES: Throughout the cruise rum punches will be free
flowing, as will soft drinks. It is not advisable to drink alcoholic
beverages if you intend to swim. Come already wearing your
swimming costume under casual clothes, and don’t forget
your towel and sun protection.There is a walk of approximately
75 metres (245 feet) to embark/disembark the boat. Please
note that depending upon our berth there may be a moderate
walk in order to reach the tour vehicles.
CLEAR BOTTOM KAYAKING – St George’s, Grenada
DURATION: 3 hours
Our tour today will allow us to take a journey in double
manned ‘sit on top’ clear bottom kayaks - the next best
thing to snorkelling or scuba diving!
Departing from the quayside we will travel along the West
Coast of the island to Grand Mal Bay - a pretty little beach
next to the Sunset View Restaurant which will be our
starting point.
At this point, our Grenadian guide will give us some simple
instructions, before we board our kayak and begin a
fantastic journey, which will take us first to the coral reef off
Cherry Hill, then northward to the Grand Mal and Moliniere
Bay. Here we will view a popular reef whilst experiencing
the different underwater world.
TOUR J
|
After a one hour and 15 minute kayak tour, we will return to
Sunset View Restaurant where we will be able to recover
from the wonders of the underwater world, with a swim in
the calm bay and a complimentary drink at the bar.
an insurance waiver. Please note that depending upon our
berth there may be a moderate walk in order to reach the
tour vehicles.
TOUR NOTES: Please be advised that passengers must feel
confident they will be able to paddle for one hour and 15
minutes. We will be kayaking in the open sea and you will get
wet. The kayaks used will accommodate one or two persons. A
sun hat, sun protection and T-shirt that you do not mind
getting wet are highly recommended. A complimentary drink
is included with this tour, however additional refreshments
will be available to purchase locally. You will be asked to sign
ADVENTURE RIVER TUBING – St George’s, Grenada
DURATION: 3 hours
Balthazar River ‘aint named Grenada’s Great River for
notting’ as they say locally! Fed from sources located deep in
the island’s interior, this river is nestled amongst the exotic
tropical rainforest flora and fauna.
Departing from the quayside we shall have an approximate
45-minute journey from St George’s, through the scenic
hilly interior of the Grand Etang rainforest reserve and onto
the Balthazar Estate and our launch site. Upon arrival we
shall be given a short safety briefing, our life vest, our
modified inner tube and helmet before getting into the
river.
Wet, wild and wonderful from the word go, our guides will
accompany us on our journey, as we spin and swirl in the
currents of the river. We shall enjoy our thrilling ride down
river, stopping only in the pools along the way to catch our
breath – finally to the last pool we shall enjoy a much
deserved rum punch or local fruit juice.
pounds (just under 16½ stone). This tour is dependent upon
favourable river conditions. Please note that depending upon
our berth there may be a moderate walk in order to reach the
tour vehicles.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that this tour is not recommended
for passengers with limited mobility or wheelchair passengers.
We do not recommend this tour for passengers who suffer
from neck or back problems, or pregnant ladies. Children must
be six years and over to participate. Do not forget to bring a
towel and sun protection. We recommend that you come
already wearing your swimsuit and bring shoes that you do
not mind getting wet. The weight limit for this tour is 230
39
TOUR K
|
JEEP TOUR – St George’s, Grenada
DURATION: 4 hours
PARTICIPANTS: Limited capacity available.
Departing the quayside in our jeeps (typically ex-British
military issue Land Rovers) we shall travel through the
parish of St George and continue along the scenic East
Coast, through the island’s centre to two of the island’s
natural wonders.
Refreshed, we shall rejoin our jeeps and proceed to our next
stop, the mystic Grand Etang Crater Lake. Once a volcano,
this remaining extinct crater is the perfect setting for
photos as we enjoy refreshments in the cool rainforest.
Our first stop will be at the sulphur pond, where we will be
invited to experience the relaxing warm waters of the
sulphur pond and springs. Old folktales tell of its healing
and soothing powers, some even tell of its positive effects
on the ageing process, but we will be able to judge for
ourselves as we enjoy the therapeutic ambience of the
warm water, the sounds of the chirping of the birds and the
smell of spices from the surrounding nutmeg trees.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that this tour is not recommended
for passengers who suffer from neck and back problems or
pregnant ladies. There is an approximate 15-minute hike
along a rainforest trail to reach the sulphur pond and springs.
The hike is not intense, but some rigorous terrain including
some protruding rocks and roots may be encountered. The
trail may also be slippery. We therefore do not recommend
this tour to passengers with limited mobility or wheelchair
TOUR M
|
users. If time allows we may make a short stop at a souvenir
shop. Please note that depending upon our berth there may
be a moderate walk in order to reach the tour vehicles.
RUM & NUTMEGS – St George’s, Grenada
DURATION: 5 hours
Departing from the port we will take the short drive to
Quaranteen Point where we will take a photographic stop.
Views of the one and a half mile stretch of the famous
Grand Anse Beach will be clearly seen.
From Quaranteen Point our tour will continue through
Grand Anse Valley onto Westerhall Rum Distilleries, home of
the Westerhall Plantation Rum. We will take a guided tour
and have a chance to taste the rum produced.
Continuing on we will take a drive along the East Coast of
the island, passing through the parish of St. David’s, the only
parish on the island without an official named town. We
will pass through the small villages of Soubise and Marquis,
onto St. Andrews, the largest parish with the second largest
town named Grenville. A visit will be made to the nutmeg
40
processing station where we will be given the full experience
of the processing of nutmegs.
On departing Grenville, our next stop will be at Grand Etang
where we will find the crater of an extinct volcano.
Refreshments will be served here. If we are lucky we may
have the opportunity to see and possibly feed the Mona
Monkeys.
From the peak, our descent will take us along a fern-fringed
road to Annandale, where we will be brought to a green
paradise of rushing water and hanging ferns. After a short
stop we will put the fond memories of Grenada’s charming
villages and forests behind us and return to the port.
TOUR NOTES: This tour includes a very moderate amount of
walking over flat terrain. Please note that depending upon
our berth there may be a moderate walk in order to reach the
tour vehicles.
Oranjestad, Aruba
Oranjestad, Orangetown in English, is the capital and
most important city of Aruba located on the southern
coast near the western end of the island. In the local
language, Papiamento, Oranjestad is often referred to
simply as “Playa”.
The town was built around Fort Zoutma shortly after
it was built in 1796. Initially the town has no official
name, being known only as the town on the Bay of
Horses – a fitting designation for the place from which
many native-bred and raised horses left for
neighbouring Curaçao. The town has ever since been
TOUR A
|
the capital city of the island. The fort is still one of the
town’s attractions, others being the tax-free harbour
and the Willem III Tower, located near the fort.
The city is named after the first King Willem van
Oranje-Nassau – the first heir to the Dutch House of
Orange. The name was conferred on the city in the
1820s when interest in Aruba increased due to the
discovery of (alluvial) gold deposits.
Dutch colonial architecture is less visible than on the
neighbouring island of Curaçao, but several modern
recreations have emerged, including the outdoor
shopping mall at Royal Plaza, and a few scattered
buildings along Main Street and on the Main Square
Due to increased government interest in maintaining
the island’s cultural heritage, a number of old buildings
and houses in the centre of town have been
transformed into colourfully restored landmarks,
such as the lime-coloured Civil Registry on
Wilhelminastraat.
The official currency of Aruba is the Aruban guilder
however US Dollars are widely accepted.
SAILING & SNORKELLING – Oranjestad, Aurba
DURATION: 3 Hours
We will cruise along Aruba’s West Coast towards two
exciting snorkel sites. On the way we can relax and enjoy
refreshments while passing beautiful beaches and resorts.
At Boca Cathalina Bay, we will stop for some swimming and
snorkelling. Crew will be on hand to teach the basics to
those new to snorkelling.
Our second stop is made at a World War II wreck called the
Antilla. Encrusted with colourful sponges and coral
formations and inhabited by many species of tropical fish, it
is a wonderful site to explore.
limited. Come already wearing your swimming costume,
underneath casual clothes, and do not forget your towel and
sun protection. Snorkel equipment is provided. Passengers
must be strong and confident swimmers. What marine life
may be seen is obviously unpredictable. Please note that we
will be required to sign an insurance waiver for this tour.
TOUR NOTES: Please be aware that this tour involves a certain
amount of physical effort and is not suitable for those
passengers with limited mobility. We will be sailing for a total
of around one and a half hours, with two snorkelling trips,
due to time constraints the snorkelling at each site maybe
TOUR B
|
ATLANTIS SUBMARINE – Oranjestad, Aurba
DURATION: 1¾ Hours
Our underwater adventure begins as we board a surface
vessel to transfer us to the submarine, just off the southeast
coast, for our thrilling dive to commence!
We will journey to a mysteriously sunken aeroplane the
coaster The Morgenster. Along with these fascinating wrecks,
we’ll have the opportunity to get up close with marine life
whilst diving to depths of up to 39 metres (130 feet). Colourful
schools of tropical fish and huge sponge gardens may be
viewed, as well as the mystical beauty of the coral fields.
The educational and entertaining narration by an experienced
crew will highlight this unique experience. All of this in airconditioned comfort and no chance of getting wet!
TOUR NOTES: This tour is unsuitable for passengers with limited
mobility, as it involves boarding a launch for the transfer to the
sub, which takes place at sea. Onboard the submarine there is a
ladder of approximately 12 rungs to negotiate. The minimum
height of any participant must be one metre (three feet) tall.
Children should be at least four years of age to participate.
What marine life may be seen is obviously unpredictable, as is
the clarity of the water at the time of our call. Walking distance
to the transfer vessel is estimated to be up to 300 metres (1,000
feet). We do not recommend this tour to passengers who suffer
from claustrophobia. For your reference, there are no toilet
facilities onboard the submarine.
All too soon our once-in-a-lifetime voyage is over and it is time
to cruise back to reality.
41
TOUR G
|
BEST OF ARUBA – Oranjestad, Aurba
DURATION: 3½ Hours
This tour will give us an overview and taste of Aruba,
which will take us to some of the most beautiful spots on
the Island.
Departing from the pier our tour will begin with a drive
along the Druif Beach, the Eagle beach and pass in front of
the resort area on the very colourful Palm Beach en route
to the California lighthouse. From this western point we
will be able to admire a great panoramic view of the island
so your camera is a must!
We shall continue on our coach to the ancient Alto Vista
TOUR H
|
Chapel which was built in the 17th century, where Spanish
Missionaries are said to have converted the island’s Indians
into Catholics. Our route will then take us along the north
coast to Aruba’s most famous tourist attraction, the
Natural Bridge Ruins and the Baby Natural Bridge. This
spot demonstrates the powerful forces of the rough seas,
which over the years has carved through coral and
limestone.
Our final stop will be the Casibari Rock formation, a group
of large diorite and granite boulders. Next we head to the
south coast where we shall find the world’s largest
desalination plant before returning to Oranjestad where
we can either be dropped off in the Down Town area for
some shopping or return to our cruise ship.
TOUR NOTES: This tour involves very little walking and all
stops are optional photo stops; therefore this tour is suitable
for those passengers with limited mobility. If you chose to
stay in the down town area at the end of the tour, your return
journey will be at your own expense.
DE PALM ISLAND BEACH ESCAPE & BBQ – Oranjestad, Aurba
DURATION: 4½ Hours
Our journey to paradise will begin with a transfer by bus,
followed by a ferry ride across the Spanish Lagoon on the
unexplored south part of the island en route to the private
island, De Palm Island.
Here tropical palm trees, mangroves and natural pools
surrounded by pristine turquoise seas will await us. De Palm
Island will offer it all, spectacular coral formation and a large
variety of tropical fauna including the friendly Blue Parrot Fish.
De Palm Island will offer us a wide variety of activities from
snorkelling to swimming and the six breathtaking water slides
to relaxing on the beach, all we have to do is decide what to do
next!
A sumptuous Caribbean BBQ lunch buffet and drinks will be
served to us before we make our return to our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: This tour is a transfer from the ship to De Palm
42
Island. All food and drink is included along with snorkel
equipment and instructors. Beach facilities and sun loungers will
be available for all guests on a first come first served basis but we
do ask that these are shared. Changing rooms and showers are
available for use. Just remember a towel, sun protection and
swimming costume!
Manta, Ecuador
Manta, with a population of approximately 250,000
is Ecuador’s major port along the central coast. Colourful
fishing villages, unspoiled beaches and unusual tropical
dry forests make Manta an important tourist
destination and the starting point for exciting day trips.
Bathed in constant fresh winds, the Malecon is always a
pleasant area to walk in the evening and most
refreshing in the night breezes.
Tourism is increasingly important for Manta’s economy.
Various cruise ships find bay in Manta while travelling
the South American Pacific Ocean. Manta receives
numerous visits from foreign as well as local tourists.
The most visited beaches include “El Murciélago”,
“Santa Marianita”, “San Lorenzo” and “Barbasquillo”.
TOUR A
|
Surfers often travel to San Lorenzo to find powerful
waves (regularly head high). Kitesurfing has recently
become very popular in Santa Marianita (Playa Bonita)
because of excellent wind conditions and large beach.
Nearby is the small town of Montecristi, founded in the
early 1600’s. With its colonial architecture, this small
town is best known for its wickerwork weaving, and as
the birth place of the “Panama Hat”, which, although
historically produced in Ecuador, hats were first widely
distributed from Panama.
Montecristi is a great place for shopping for local crafts
at a number of shops across from the main plaza,
featuring ceramics, wickerwork and of course, Panama
hats in a variety of shapes and colours.
VERY IMPORTANT!
Please read the information below before booking any
of the tours in Ecuador.
Experienced travellers recommend against wearing or
bringing valuables ashore while sightseeing in Ecuador.
Please exercise caution with all personal items,
particularly when walking through crowded areas
which are frequented by tourists. Coaches should be airconditioned, although the quality of PA systems may
vary – as in all South American ports. Tour participants
should be aware that guides, although welcoming, may
speak rather limited and accented English. Flash
photography is not permitted inside churches.
The official currency of Ecuador is the US Dollar.
MONTECRISTI & HIGHLIGHTS OF MANTA– Manta, Ecuador
DURATION: 4 hours
Departing from the ship we will make our first stop at the
archaeological museum of Banco Central which highlights
the local culture and ethnic origins of the area.
We will then take a drive along the scenic seaside promenade
and through the suburbs of Manta to charming Montecristi,
home of the famous Panama hat. This beautiful little town
is indeed the highlight of the tour, and still retains the
atmosphere and faded elegance of its Spanish heritage.
We will stop at the Civic Centre and Memorial and the
Ciudad Alfaro for a photo stop. This complex was built in
2007 to be the site where Ecuador’s new constitution was
written. After the constitution was approved, it became a
Memorial for Ex President Eloy Alfaro, the most notorious
president, who led the country to a new era of progress and
liberal ideas. His main ideal was to link the lowlands with
the highlands to achieve the integration of the nation. He
accomplished this goal by building the rail road system,
whose Centennial was last year. In Ciudad Alfaro, we will
find a place to relax, and better comprehend the Ecuadorian
history and its roots of democracy.
We will also stop by Montecristi’s Central Square which
holds a cornucopia of artisan stalls selling straw baskets,
jewellery, colourful handicrafts and Panama hats.
Before returning to our ship, we’ll make a visit to the Tagua
factory. Tagua phytephas equatorialis is the nut of a 15-18
foot tall palm tree found in the tropical rainforests on the
coast and Amazon lowlands of Ecuador. Tagus nuts have a
colour and consistency very similar to ivory, and because
they can be dyed, were originally used as buttons. Button
manufacturing is still the main source of income for the
factory, but now this unusual natural material is fashioned
by skilled craftsmen into a variety of small, reasonably
priced sculptures that provide a distinct and unusual
souvenir of our day. At the conclusion of this excursion we
will return to the Port of Manta by the route of local
shipyards for the scenic view.
TOUR NOTES: We recommend wearing light weight clothing
and don’t forget your sun cream and hat!
43
TOUR B
|
MONTECRISTI BY CHIVA– Manta, Ecuador
DURATION: 2 hours
The brightly painted “Chivas” bus is the most important
means of transportation used by the local people of Manta.
They criss-cross the country, offering reasonably priced
transportation between the towns along the coast and
interior sections of Ecuador. Most will know a “Chivas”
because of the small ceramic models sold in craft stores that
are typically depicted overflowing with produce, suitcases
and the odd basket of chickens tied to the top.
On our tour a local band will ride atop one of the buses as
we set off in a convoy for a short ride to fascinating
Montecristi. This old Colonial City still retains the
atmosphere and faded elegance of its Spanish heritage. We
will stop by Montecristi’s central square which holds a
TOUR C
|
cornucopia of artisan stalls selling straw baskets, jewellery,
colourful handicrafts and Panama hats. Here we can see
Panama hats being woven. While in town, we could stroll
down one of the narrow streets for additional shopping.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that the “Chivas” is a local form of
transportation, and though great fun has a high step to enter,
wooden seats, no public address system and is not airconditioned. This tour is basically a transfer to Montecristi.
Once in town, guests are free to venture about and explore on
their own.
MACHALILLA NATIONAL PARK– Manta, Ecuador
DURATION 8 hours
Machalilla National Park is a preserved area resting along
the pacific coast. It incorporates beaches, fog forest, dry
forest, small islands and two larger islands, surrounded by
Agua Blanca, with a small community managed site
museum, showing some of the pre-Hispanic pieces that
have been found in this area (some of the oldest found
anywhere in South America) and Salango, a tiny fishing
village, once a very important place for the Manteno preHispanic inhabitants of this region. Very close is Isla de la
Plata, the latter named for a legendary hoard of silver left by
Sir Francis Drake.
In 1990 the park was named an internationally important
wetland under the Ramsar Convention. Wildlife includes
armadillos, two species of monkeys and birds of more than
270 species. Many of the large mammals in Machalilla
National Park are regionally and locally endangered.
Machalilla National Park is the only habitat outside of the
Galapagos Islands of waved albatross. The ocean regions of
the park also provide a breeding ground for the humpback
whale. Vegetation includes opuntia cactus, palo santo trees,
kapok trees and the algarroba tree. Most of the tropical
scrub desert and forest of western Ecuador, once 25 % but
now only 15 % can be found in the park.
Machalilla National Park opened an on-site centre for
educating visitors about the ecology of the park and
conservation issues. The park also hired locals to serve as
guards, increasing local awareness of the issues impacting
the park. Machalilla’s partner organisation, Fundacion
Natura, has also worked with local communities to provide
training on environmentally agricultural and fishing
practices.
On return to Manta, we will stop by Montecristi, town of the
famous hand made Panama hat.
TOUR NOTES: Please wear light-weight clothing, comfortable
44
shoes and sun hat. Sun cream and insect repellent is
recommended. There is an opportunity to swim, so don’t
forget your swimming costume. There is a moderate amount
of walking involved with this tour; therefore we do not
recommend this tour for passengers with limited mobility.
TOUR E
|
OVERLAND TO MACHU PICCHU – Manta, Ecuador
DURATION: 3 nights
SUNDAY 23RD JANUARY – MANTA – QUITO – LIMA
After early lunch onboard we shall be collected from the
pier to make our transfer to the airport for our flight to
Quito.
“Middle of the World”: Just north of Quito, the equatorial
line girdles the Earth. French scientists in the 18th century
visited Ecuador and pinpointed the location of the Equator.
Today’s readings show the French were slightly off but still
remarkably accurate and later archaeological finds indicate
that the ancient dwellers of this land know the exact spot!
A monument housing an ethnographic museum marks the
equator, and the “Middle of the World” complex features a
main square, church, post office, cafeterias, restaurants, a
display honouring the French scientists and many gift shops
with postcards and souvenirs. We shouldn’t miss the
opportunity to take a photo with one foot in each
hemisphere, and we will get a certificate for having crossed
the Equator.
Taking an afternoon flight from Quito we shall arrive into
Jorge Chavez International Lima Airport where we shall be
met and taken to our hotel. Dinner will be served at the
hotel before we retire to our rooms at the Costa del Sol
Ramada Airport Hotel.
MONDAY 24TH JANUARY – LIMA - CUSCO
one of the world’s most impressive archaeological sites.
Built by the Incas on the summit of “Machu Picchu” (Old
Peak), it sits on a mountain site of extraordinary beauty, in
the middle of a tropical mountain forest. Machu Picchu was
probably the most amazing urban creation of the Inca
Empire at its height, with its giant walls, terraces and ramps,
which appear as though they have been cut naturally in the
continuous rock escarpments. Machu Picchu is also one of
the Inca’s best kept secrets, since they did not leave written
records and Spanish chronicles make no mention of the
citadel, it remains a mystery. A buffet style lunch will be
served in a restaurant at the site and our evening meal will
be at a local restaurant close to our hotel.
WEDNESDAY 26TH JANUARY – CUSCO – LIMA
After our buffet breakfast we shall be transferred to Cusco
Airport for our flight back to Lima. Upon arrival in Lima we
shall be transferred to Callao port to rejoin our awaiting
ship.
TOUR NOTES: Prices for this tour do not include meals or
drinks not described in the above itinerary, gratuities to local
guides and drivers, telephone costs, excess baggage charges or
any items of a personal nature. All items not included must be
settled at the hotel or time or purchase. For reference the
flight to and from Cusco takes approximately 1 hour. The
train journey to and from Machu Picchu takes approximately
3 hours.
VERY IMPORTANT!
Please read the information below before booking this tour.
The weather conditions in the mountains around Cusco can
be very different from those in Lima. It is possible that flights
between the two cities may be severely delayed or cancelled
due to adverse weather conditions. Decisions to delay or
cancel flights are made solely at the discretion of the
transportation supplier and will always be in the very best
interests of our passengers’ safety.
The journey from the ship to Cusco will take you from sea
level to 3,200 metres (10,500 feet) above sea level. You may
well find yourselves feeling tired, suffering from altitude
sickness. This tour is not suitable for people with heart
problems or respiratory difficulties. There is a lot of walking
involved, most of which will be over uneven ground, as well as
many steps to be climbed, so it is unsuitable for those
passengers with limited mobility.
IF YOU HAVE ANY DOUBT ABOUT YOUR PHYSICAL ABILITY TO
PARTICIPATE IN THIS TOUR, PLEASE CONSULT YOUR DOCTOR
BEFORE MAKING A BOOKING.
After a buffet breakfast we shall proceed to the airport for
our flight to Cusco. On arrival we shall be transferred to our
hotel where we shall have the rest of the morning at leisure
to acclimatise to the altitude. Lunch will be served at the
hotel.
After lunch we shall take in a half day city tour and the
nearby ruins. During our tour we will be able to appreciate
the mestizo characteristics of the city via visits to its most
representative constructions: Koricancha or Temple of the
Sun; the Incan street Loreto, where the famous 12 sided
stone can be found; Ahuajpinta Street, along which sit the
remains of impressive Incan palaces and old colonial
buildings such as the Cathedral; and the Museum of Colonial
Art. Later we will continue on to the impressive fortress of
Sacsayhuman and the ruins of Qenqo, Tambomachay (also
known as the Incan Baths) and the Tambo de Puca Pukara.
Tonight we shall have our dinner and show at La Retama
Restaurant before our overnight stay at the Novotel Cusco
Hotel.
TUESDAY 25TH JANUARY – CUSCO
Buffet breakfast will be served at our hotel before we take
our morning transfer to the train station to board the train
that will take us to Aguas Calientes. Upon arrival in Aguas
Calientes, we will catch one of the buses that will take us to
the top of the mountain to explore the Lost City of the Incas:
Machu Picchu. This great mountain-top city abandoned by
the Inca Empire, reclaimed by the jungle and lost to
humanity until its rediscovery in 1911, is without a doubt
45
TOUR F
|
GALAPAGOS ISLANDS OVERLAND – Manta, Ecuador
DURATION: 3 nights
SUNDAY 23RD JANUARY – MANTA – GUAYAQUIL
Boarding our coach from the pier we shall depart and make
our way towards Guayaquil. En route we shall be provided
with lunch.
Guayaquil, Ecuador’s ‘second’ city (although ‘Guayaquileños’
would doubtless refute such a statement!), is the country’s
largest in terms of population, the unofficial estimate being
over three million, making the city twice the size of Ecuador’s
capital. The spirit of this bold city has been forever
immortalised in its name: a fusion of Guayas, the Puna Chief
who fought bravely against Inca and later against Spanish
invasion, and his wife, Quill, who he is said to have slain
before drowning himself rather than letting her fall into the
hands of the Spanish marauders.
Ecuador’s Pacific coastline is probably one of the least visited
areas of the country, at least as far as foreign tourists are
concerned. But this quiet and diverse area of the country is
the home to some of Ecuador’s finest hidden treasures;
tropical dry forests, quaint fishing villages, and mile upon
mile of beautiful palm-fringed Pacific Coast is fast becoming
by far the most popular beach-holiday destination in Pacificfacing Latin America.
Isabela Island is the largest island of the Galapagos with an
area of 4,640 square kilometres (1,790 square miles), and
100 kilometres (62 miles) in length. The island was named in
honour of Queen Isabella of Spain who sponsored the voyage
of Columbus.
While on the island we shall visit The Wall of Tears which is a
historic site in Isabela. Between 1946 and 1959 Isabela was a
penal colony, where prisoners were made to build a wall with
huge blocks of lava as punishment. The wall is 100 metres
long and 7 metres high. A short distance from Puerto Villamil
is the small island known as ‘Las Tintoreras’. Here a colony of
white tip sharks can often be seen resting in a lava canal.
Nearby hundreds of marine iguanas can be observed, as ‘Las
Tintoreras’ is one of the main breeding sites. This is one of
Isabela’s most beautiful visitor sites.
Isabela is also interesting for its flora and fauna. The young
island does not follow the vegetation zones of the other
islands. The island is rich in animal, bird and marine life and is
beyond compare. Other noted species on the island include
penguins, cormorants, boobies, pelicans and Sally Lightfoot
crabs. Lunch will be served whilst on the island.
During the afternoon we shall join our guide for a sightseeing
tour of Guayaquil that will show us the historic neighbourhood
of Las Peñas, the Seminario Park, and the scenic marina along
the Guayas River.
After lunch, we will board our boats once more and take the
transfer back to Santa Cruz island and the Royal Palm hotel.
Dinner this evening will be at Café Colón before our overnight
stay at the Hilton Colon Hotel.
MONDAY 24TH JANUARY – GUAYAQUIL – GALAPAGOS
After breakfast we shall be transferred to Baltra airport to
board our return flight to Quito where we shall be assisted to
meet our onward flight to Lima.
This morning we will take a transfer to the airport to board
our flight to Galapagos.
Upon arrival into Lima we shall be transferred back to our
awaiting ship at Callao.
Upon arrival at Baltra Airport we will have our luggage taken
care of as we board our private van to be driven to the Itabaca
Canal where we shall board a boat for a five minute crossing
over to Santa Cruz Island. From here we shall be taken to the
Royal Palm Hotel.
Once we have checked in, a light lunch will await us before
we begin our tour of discovery of the Enchanted Islands with
a visit to the Charles Darwin Research Station, located in
Puerto Ayora. We will be shown the breeding centre and
Giant Tortoise pens where we can witness the various stages
of development of these world renowned, indigenous
tortoises of which some are suspected to already have been
alive when Charles Darwin first visited the Islands in 1830.
This evening we shall have time to explore our surroundings
and dine at our leisure.
TUESDAY 25TH JANUARY – GALAPAGOS
After an early breakfast we shall board a chartered boat for
an approximate 2½ hour ride that normally departs at
around 7am. Leaving this early will mean that we shall have
plenty of time to visit all of the attractive spots on Isabela
Island.
46
This evening we shall have free time to ourselves once more.
WEDNESDAY 26TH JANUARY – GALAPAGOS – LIMA
TOUR NOTES: This tour has a very active itinerary and so
therefore requires a good degree of fitness. Each day will
include a fair amount of walking, sometimes over uneven
terrain; therefore this tour is not suitable for passengers with
limited mobility or wheelchair users. All meals are included
unless otherwise stated. Not included in the tour cost are
gratuities to local guides and drivers, telephone costs, excess
baggage charges, alcoholic beverages or soft drinks at meals
or any items of a personal nature. All items not included must
be settled at the hotel or time or purchase. Bottled water will
be available throughout the tour to all passengers. Baggage
weight limits for the flights are two pieces of check in luggage
(preferably soft sided) weighing no more than 20kg (44
pounds) and one piece of carry on luggage.
The boats used to navigate Isabela Island are small and each
has a capacity of 16 passengers, therefore toilet facilities will
not be available on these transfers. There are 2 types of
accommodation available to us whilst at the Royal Palm
Hotel: Villa Room - designed to provide the maximum
amount of views with open architecture bringing the outdoor
and indoor living areas seamlessly together. All have a living
room, dining area with fireplace, bathroom, dressing room
and Jacuzzi. Some have king-size beds and others have two
queens. Veranda Room – each has a spacious double bedroom
with either a king-size bed or two queens, en suite bathroom
and indoor Jacuzzi, front porch with hammock and a small
tropical garden. All rooms will be booked on a first come first
served basis.
Callao, Peru
Let us start with a wonderful fact about Peru –
without the Incas we would not be able to enjoy
chips, mash, and roast or baked potatoes. They
discovered the cooking potential of the potato and
cultivated them.
Founded by the Spanish conqueror Francisco Pizarro,
TOUR A
|
Lima is also known as the ‘City of Kings’ for its
founding at Epiphany in 1535. For more than 300
years, Lima was the most important city and the
greatest metropolis in South America. The mansions
and churches of colonial downtown, and the modern
suburbs of San Isidro, MiraFlores and Monterrico,
make Lima a study in contrasts. More than eight
million people, a third of Peru’s population, live in
this capital city overlooking the Pacific Ocean. Callao
is the port for Lima.
The official currency of Peru is the Nuevo Sol.
LIMA CITY TOUR – Callao, Peru
DURATION: 4 hours
From the pier we will travel to Plaza Mayor, the main
square, where we can appreciate the majestic colonial
architecture. Flanking the square are the Government
Palace, where Francisco Pizarro took up residence in 1538,
the Cathedral, which houses Pizarro’s remains and where
we will visit the on-site museum; the Archbishop’s Palace,
with its beautiful balconies; and the Town Hall.
Our tour continues with a visit to the 17th-century San
Francisco Monastery with its antique catacombs.
After a drive through the modern suburbs of San Isidro
and Miraflores, overlooking the Pacific Ocean, we return
to our ship.
TOUR NOTES: There is a moderate amount of walking involved
in this tour as well as some steps. Please note that the
Cathedral is closed on a Sunday, in which case this visit will be
substituted with the Santo Domingo Convent instead.
Comfortable shoes are recommended and clothing below the
knee (no shorts or short skirts) must be worn.
TOUR B
| GOLD MUSEUM – Callao, Peru
DURATION: 4 hours
On this excursion we can enjoy a visit to one of Peru’s largest
private collections, amassed over a lifetime by the late
diplomat Miguel Mujica Gallo. The museum displays
countless superb examples of pre-Hispanic gold, silver and
copper articles including magnificent necklaces, bracelets,
rings, masks, vases, pottery, tools and statuettes. The pieces
of gold are very rare, as most of the Inca gold was taken by
the Spaniards and melted down prior to being sent back to
Spain.
There is also a fine collection of textiles and remarkable
array of arms and uniforms from more modern times.
TOUR NOTES: On this tour we shall be walking around the
Gold Museum; some steps are likely to be encountered.
47
TOUR C
|
LARCO HERRERA & INDIAN MARKET – Callao, Peru
DURATION: 4 hours
Founded in 1926, in a renovated 1707 mansion, the Larco
Herrera Museum contains the biggest private collection of
pre-Columbian art that exists in the world and consists of
about 45,000 pieces, mainly pottery, that were excavated
by Peruvian archaeologist Rafael Larco Hoyle. Rafael Larco
Hoyle is considered to be one of the founding fathers of
Peruvian archaeology. Born in 1901 in the Chicama Valley,
he was first exposed to ancient Peruvian artworks through
the outstanding collections of his father, after whom the
Museo Arqueológico Rafael Larco Herrera was named more
than two decades later. This fascinating museum is famed
for its display of erotic pottery.
district of Miraflores. Here we will find pottery and typical
handicraft for us to purchase as a souvenir of our time in
Peru.
TOUR NOTES: On this tour we shall be walking around both
the Larco Herrera Museum and the Indian Market; some steps
are likely to be encountered.
After an interesting visit to the Larco Herrera Museum, we
continue our tour with a stop at the Indian Market in the
TOUR D
|
LIMA BY NIGHT WITH DINNER – Callao, Peru
DURATION: 4 hours
Starting out from Callao port we will board our coach and
be taken through the centre of Lima where we will see the
Government Palace, the cathedral and the old colonial
section to view the lights of Plaza Mayor and other main
plazas.
TOUR NOTES: The private house has a smart dress code for
dinner.
Continuing on to the modern suburbs of San Isidro and
Miraflores we will stop at Casa Garcia Alvarado, a beautiful
old private house located in the Miraflores residential
district. The house will remind us of the old lifestyle of
Lima in the early 1900s. It still conserves all of the elegant
decoration it used to have and remains a “living home”.
Here we will be able to relax and enjoy an evening meal
before heading back to our ship.
TOUR I
|
PACHACAMAC RUINS & PASO HORSE – Callao, Peru
DURATION: 8 hours
Our tour today will begin with a visit to the Larco Herrera
Museum which contains the biggest private collection of
pre-Columbian art that exists in the world and consists of
about 45,000 pieces, mainly pottery, that were excavated
by Peruvian archaeologist Rafael Larco Hoyle.
Continuing on with a 12 mile drive South of Lima, taking in
the Pacific coast we shall go to one of Peru’s most renowned
ancient pilgrimage sites dating back to A.D.200. The ruins
of Pachacamac in the Lurin Valley, which covers four square
miles, consists of adobe buildings and temples and still
visible are the remains of the Temple of the Sun.
We shall continue on to the breeding ranch, Hacienda Los
Ficus which is a delightful place full of Peruvian tradition set
in the beauty of spacious gardens. Here we will be able to
48
observe the horse’s unique leg-action during the special
show prepared for our group.
In conclusion we shall be served a Peruvian lunch before
making our way back to our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: It is recommended for participants to wear a
hat and sunscreen as the summer sun can be very powerful.
Approximately 20 minutes of walking will be involved in this
tour, and a few steps will be encountered at the ruins.
Nuka Hiva, Marquesas Island
Nuka Hiva is the largest of the Marquesas Island in
French Polynesia, an overseas territory of France in
the Pacific Ocean. The population in 2007 was
2,660 which was substantially less than that
encountered at the end of the 16th century when
the Spaniards first sighted the island. Contact with
Europeans brought infections such as venereal
disease and influenza causing high mortality
resulting in the loss of much of the local knowledge
of plants as sources of medicine.
The population is primarily Polynesian with a small
proportion of Europeans, mostly from Metropolitan
France. At the 2002 census, 92.6% of Nuku Hiva’s
residents were born in French Polynesia while 148
TOUR A
|
people, making up 5.6% of Nuku Hiva’s residents,
were people born in Metropolitan France.
The primary diet of people tends to be breadfruit,
taro, manioc, coconut and many kinds of fruit which
grow in abundance. Goats, fish and more rarely pigs
are the main source of meat but there is a growing
amount of local beef available. Imported food is
also freely available, including apples, grapes, celery
and even sliced bread from New Zealand.
There is one jail on the island, which was generally
used for ‘short stay’ internments such as the last
three months of sentences and was also often
altogether empty. Lately however, prisoners can opt
to do their full sentences here if they have no family
on Tahiti so the Nuku Hiva jail now has inmates all
the time.
Travelling to the Marquesas will be a discovery of
secluded islands with very limited facilities.
Excursions run with locals’ vehicles with drivers
speaking very limited English and guides not
certified: their English and knowledge can be very
basic. This tour is mainly a sightseeing tour and one
guide per 10-15 cars is only subject to availability.
Cars do not always come with air-conditioning.
The official currency of Nuka Hiva is the Pacific
Franc, however US Dollars and Euros are also
accepted in tourist areas.
TAIPIVAI THE HIDDEN VALLEY – Nuka Hiva, Marquesas Island
DURATION: 3 hours
Departing from the pier in a four-wheeled drive vehicle we
will use the steep trail through the lush vegetation of the
interior of the island to reach Taipivai Valley. During the
drive through mountainous terrain we will make several
stops at breathtaking viewpoints of the coastline, bays and
valleys, including the panoramic view of the Bay of Taihoae.
Our tour will allow us to discover the flora and vegetation of
this area.
The Taipivai Valley is a location made famous by the
American writer and former sailor, Herman Melville (18191891), who deserted his ship and hid in the valley. Captured
by the indigenous natives, he lived three weeks in Taipivai
where the main activity is agriculture.
We continue onto a long beach at the end of the village
from where we will be able to enjoy a beautiful view of the
valley and surrounding mountain. Taipivai Valley is also one
of the richest archaeological sites of the Marquesas Islands
but the remote sites are difficult to reach. It has lately been
made famous through the “Survivor” TV show filmed here a
few years ago.
those who suffer from motion sickness, vertigo or pregnant
women. A high step will need to be negotiated to board the
cars. It is recommended that all participants use mosquito
repellent and wear sunscreen and a hat.
Our return journey will be made via Taihoae to view the
church and the open air museum site of Piki Vehine.
TOUR NOTES: This tour involves very little walking but most
driving is off-road along rough tracks. Therefore this tour is
not recommended for passengers with back or neck problems,
Now that your cruise is getting close, this is just the
time to consider upgrading to enjoy a little bit more
luxury on board.
Our special late availability cabin upgrade fares
start from as little as £2 per person per night! (Not
available on split cruise sectors.)
Special upgrade fares available from £250 per
person return – incredible value!
reservations team on 01473 292 444 to ask about
upgrading either your cabin or flight, the perfect way
to make your cruise even more special!
If you’re fly cruising to the Caribbean, did you know
that we offer premium seating on the flight?
49
Rangiroa, Tuamotu Archipelago
About 320 kilometres (200 miles) northeast of
Tahiti lies the Tuamotu Archipelago, composed of
the largest collection of coral atolls in the world.
The biggest of these, Rangiroa, is the world’s second
largest atoll and consists of a chain of motus (islets).
The enormous turquoise lagoon in the centre is
approximately 68 kilometres (42 miles) long and up
TOUR A
|
to 26 kilometres (16 miles) wide. One hour’s flight
from Tahiti, Rangiroa – the most regularly
frequented of all the Tuamotu atolls – offers
sunshine, white coral beaches and a huge
playground for watersports enthusiasts. There are
just two small villages, Avatoru and Tiputa.
For reference, there are no taxis available in
Rangiroa and facilities are very basic. As the
Tuamotu are a group of very remote islands the
guides are knowledgeable but not certified and
their English and commentary may be limited.
The official currency of Rangiroa is the Pacific Franc,
however the US Dollar is accepted in most tourist
areas.
THE WORLD OF PEARLS – Rangiroa, Tuamotu Archipelago
DURATION: 1½ hours
PARTICIPANTS: Very limited capacity
We board a local bus and head towards the Gauguin Pearl
Farm. French Polynesia is famous for its incredible black
pearls, and a large part of the production comes from the
Tuamotu Archipelago. Upon arrival at the farm, the staff
will tell us about pearl farming, the evolution of the industry,
how oysters are selected, grown and then grafted for
production. Following the talk, we can look at the work
sheds where oysters are sorted and cleaned. We should also
be able to watch a grafter at work, as he skilfully pliers his
trade.
selection of these magnificent jewels of the ocean to
purchase.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that transportation is by local bus
that will be non-air-conditioned and have no PA system. The
prices of the pearls are fixed. Cash, Visa or MasterCard only
are accepted for payment. Walking will be very limited during
this tour, however the time spent at the pearl factory will be
approximately one hour and the transport does not have a
storage area for wheelchairs.
After listening to all the explanation and watching the
grafting process we will certainly understand why
Polynesian pearls are so precious. There will be a large
TOUR B
|
SNORKEL THE AQUARIUM GARDEN – Rangiroa, Tuamotu Archipelago
DURATION: 1½ hours
We will board a local boat which will depart the pier for our
transfer to a natural, open-water ‘aquarium’, for snorkelling.
This is one of the best snorkelling spots on the atoll and
whilst there we should admire the wonderful and colourful
world of tropical fish and coral formation.
TOUR NOTES: Snorkelling will operate directly from the boat
and participants will enter water that is too deep to stand.
Harmless black tipped sharks may be present in the water.
Participants should be able to swim confidently in occasional
currents and be comfortable wearing snorkelling equipment.
Equipment will be provided. Come wearing your swimming
costume under casual clothes and don’t forget your towel
and sun protection. Reef shoes are recommended and we
suggest bringing a bottle of mineral water. This tour may be
cancelled if weather conditions are not considered safe. As
with all wildlife in their natural environment we cannot
guarantee the presence of any animals. Swimming is
restricted to the surrounds of the boat due to the current.
The boats used can vary and are not guaranteed to be
covered. For your own safety and to help preserve the
50
environment, when snorkelling do not touch or step on the
coral reef. As many of the guides English is very limited and
sometimes non-existent, an introduction will be given on
the pier prior to departure.
TOUR C
|
GLASS-BOTTOM BOAT – Rangiroa, Tuamotu Archipelago
DURATION: 1 hour
PARTICIPANTS: Very limited capacity
This is a great way to get acquainted with the underwater
flora and fauna of Rangiroa without getting wet. We will
enjoy a visual excursion with an up close look at French
Polynesia’s bustling underwater scene. We will board a glass
bottom boat and float slowly over the huge coral heads that
cluster in shallow areas inside the Tiputa channel. We will
be able to look through large windows that open onto a
colourful world full of parrot, butterfly and surgeon fish.
It is likely that we will also encounter black tipped sharks
and perhaps see the majestic Napoleon fish. A cover will
provide us with protection from the sun and will eliminate
the glare so don’t forget to take your camera to get some
great photographs!
The Polynesian boat crew will attract the fish right under
the glass panels allowing for easy viewing and great
photograph opportunities.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that this tour can be cancelled if
weather conditions are not considered safe. Unfortunately
there is not space to accommodate wheelchairs. There are
just a couple of steps on the boat. As with all wildlife in their
natural environment we cannot guarantee the presence of
any animals.
Papeete, Tahiti
French Polynesia is comprised of over 100 islands and
atolls; Tahiti is the most famous, and also the largest –
just over 1,000 square kilometres (400 square miles) of
soaring peaks, lush valleys, cascading waterfalls, dense
rainforest, picturesque coastal areas, flowing rivers and
fertile farmland.
Considered French Polynesia’s most glamorous tropical
TOUR B
|
island, Tahiti is sometimes referred to as the ‘Island of
Love’. Around 170,000 inhabitants call this paradise
home. The fascinating city of Papeete is the capital, and
the business and administrative centre of French
Polynesia.
Please note that roads in Tahiti may appear to us as
rather basic. The traffic in the small but busy city of
Papeete can be heavy.
French and Tahitian are the official languages, however,
English is widely understood.
The official currency of Tahiti is the French Pacific Franc,
although US Dollars may be accepted (not Sterling).
We advise passengers on tour to take insect repellent
with them.
TAHITI SNORKEL EXPERIENCE – Papeete, Tahiti
DURATION: 3 hours
PARTICIPANTS: Limited to 44 per departure
Following a short walk, we board our boat for a tour of
Tahiti’s stunningly blue waters. After a short cruise around
the harbour of Papeete, during which we will see the
fishermen’s pier, we will head to the West Coast, where we
shall pass Tahiti’s international airport and the Sheraton,
Beachcomber and Sofitel hotels.
Reaching the reef, our captain will drop anchor, and we are
then able to dive into the refreshing waters. Masks and
snorkels are available for those of us wishing to discover
some of the marine life living by the coastal reef. If the
water is clear enough, we may be able to see some
shipwrecks that now lay at the bottom of these turquoise
waters.
During our tour, fresh fruits and water will be offered.
TOUR NOTES: Passengers wishing to snorkel must be
confident swimmers in deep water and occasional currents.
To get in to and out of the water there is a ladder over the
side (or front) of the boat, therefore a certain degree of
mobility is required. Come already wearing your swimwear
(as there are no changing facilities onboard), and do not
forget a towel and sun protection; reef shoes are
recommended. Please note that we shall board the boat via
the pier, a high step will be encountered. The boat is not
equipped with toilets or a PA system; it is fully covered.
Unfortunately wheelchairs cannot be accommodated.
Guests may stay onboard, but viewing from the boat will be
limited. Snorkelling equipment is provided (not fins). The
itinerary of this tour is subject to change, as it is weather
dependent; we may cruise along the East Coast instead. As
with all creatures in their natural environment, we cannot
guarantee the presence or sightings of marine life. To help
preserve the environment, please do not touch the coral.
51
TOUR D
|
IN PAUL GAUGUIN’S FOOTSTEPS – Papeete, Tahiti
DURATION: approximately 4¼ hours
PARTICIPANTS: Maximum of 78 per departure
Departing Papeete, our tour will take us along the west
coast of Tahiti. At La Pointe des Pecheurs (Fishermen’s Point),
we stop to visit the Museum of Tahiti and Her Islands, which
displays not only a number of archaeological finds, but will
help us to gain an impression of the island’s geology, its
flora and fauna, and to learn about the culture and customs
of ancient and modern Tahiti.
The highlight of our excursion is the visit to the Paul
Gauguin Museum, set in a tropical garden. Gauguin lived in
Polynesia from June 1891 to August 1893, and again from
August 1895 to May 1903 – the time of the artist’s death in
the Marquesas Islands, where he is buried on Hiva Oa. The
museum is a fascinating retrospective of his life on the
TOUR E
|
islands. There is a display of Gauguin’s works in miniature
showing where he found inspiration for his paintings (no
major works of art are kept here, as they are prized
possessions of galleries around the world).
bottled water. Insect repellent is recommended. Itinerary
and order of stops may vary dependent upon weather and
traffic conditions.
Our final stop will be at the Marae of Arahurahu – an openair temple where Ma’ohi gods were worshipped – situated
in a pretty valley.
TOUR NOTES: This tour involves walking within the Museum
of Tahiti and Her Islands where there are some steps; in the
Paul Gauguin Museum and a walk of at least five minutes
to and from the Marae Arahurahu, over uneven ground.
Passengers are advised to wear practical shoes. Bring
TAHITI’S NATURAL TREASURES – Papeete, Tahiti
DURATION: 4¼ hours
Leaving Papeete, we head towards the East Coast. We will
pass the Tahara’s point and continue to the Arahoho
Blowhole where we shall witness (conditions permitting)
the ocean spurting dramatically out from underneath the
coastal road.
We then have a short walk to the Papeeno Valley, an area
with three waterfalls where we will walk up to the nearest
waterfall – a good photo opportunity. Next a short stop will
be made at Gauguin’s restaurant where we shall have the
opportunity to use the toilets and enjoy refreshments.
Continuing on we shall make a visit to the romantic Vaipahi
Garden, where we can find trees like the Tahitian chestnut,
tropical flowers such as birds of paradise and ginger, and
plants including giant elephant ears and taro – a real
TOUR F
|
pleasure for all our senses.
A short stop at Papara Surf beach will give us the opportunity
to see one of the nicest black sand beaches on the island.
The best local surfers usually train here. Re-boarding our
coach once more we shall head back to our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: A moderate amount of walking is involved with a small amount at Tahara’s Viewpoint, including a
couple of steps; 20 metres (65 feet), plus a couple of steps, to
see the Arahoho Blowhole; walking around the Vaipahi
Garden, along an unmade trail, which can be muddy; at the
Waterfalls, which is over uneven ground and stones which
can be slippery (take great care here); and a walk of at least 5
minutes to and from both Papara Beach and the Marae
Arahurahu, over uneven
ground. Passengers are
advised to wear practical
shoes and casual clothing.
What flora is seen cannot be
guaranteed. A refreshment
and restroom stop will be
made during the tour. Bring
bottled water. Insect repellent
and sun protection is
recommended. Itinerary and
order of stops may vary
depending upon weather
and traffic conditions.
TAHITI JEEP SAFARI – Papeete, Tahiti
DURATION: approximately 4 hours
This adventurous tour will take us ‘off the beaten track’, into
Tahiti’s lush vegetation. Travelling in four-wheel drive
vehicles, we will journey towards the East Coast, making our
way to the Papeeno Valley. En route we shall pass cascading
waterfalls, luxuriant tropical vegetation and exotic flowers,
and discover an array of unspoiled treasures. We should
ensure that we have our camera to hand, to capture the
breathtaking views of the dramatic scenery on film.
Lovers of adventure and the great outdoors will not want to
miss this thrilling experience. We may be able to take a
refreshing dip in a river during our journey, depending upon
timing.
We return to Papeete.
52
TOUR NOTES: Please note that this excursion involves rough
off-road driving, and steep ascents and descents, therefore it is
unsuitable for passengers with neck or back problems, guests
who suffer from motion sickness or vertigo, or pregnant
ladies; participants should be prepared to get ‘bumped’
around. This tour is not suitable for wheelchair passengers.
Comfortable and stout walking shoes should be worn, as well
as casual clothing. Bring insect repellent and sun protection,
and wear your swimming costume under your clothes if you
fancy a dip (do not forget your towel). For reference, there will
be eight to a vehicle, which are not equipped with airconditioning or a PA system (although the driver-guide will
give a limited commentary). Please note that this tour is
weather dependent. Toilet facilities are not available for the
full duration of this tour. Bring bottled water.
Rarotonga, Cook Island
The Cook Islands lie in the South Pacific and comprise
of 15 islands that fall roughly into two groups, one to
the north and one to the south. The majority of the
population lives in the southern group, which
includes Rarotonga. Rarotonga is the capital and also
the largest of the islands at 67 square kilometres (26
square miles), and the highest at 658 metres (2,159
feet) above sea level. There are picturesque lagoons
fringed by white sand beaches and living coral reefs,
TOUR A
|
which make it safe for swimming and snorkelling.
The inland areas are dramatic and covered by lush
rainforest. The valleys are home to small plantations
and vibrant villages. It will soon become obvious that
the local people take pride in keeping their villages
clean and tidy. Because of this, the natural
environment is unspoiled and unpolluted.
The people of the Cook Islands are Polynesian and
most are bilingual – speaking Maori and English.
The population of the Cook Islands is approximately
18, 000, of whom 8,000 live on Rarotonga, which is
the business hub. There are an estimated 70,000
visitors to the islands annually. You will find the Cook
Islands’ people naturally friendly and relaxed. They
are quite conservative and religion plays a major role
in their lives.
The official currency in the Cook Islands is the Dollar,
however the New Zealand Dollar is widely accepted.
CIRCLE ISLAND TOUR – Rarotonga, Cook Island
DURATION: 3 hours
This tour is an excellent way to see the Island of Rarotonga,
whilst our guide shares with us the myths and legends of
the area. As we join our tour vehicle we shall proceed in a
clockwise direction stopping at the Cook Island Library and
Museum to view the artefacts of ancestors. Here we will
be given a quick briefing and overview by the curator of
the library and Museum. Heading onwards we shall pass
sites such as Ngatangiia Harbour, the departure point of
the Polynesian Migration to New Zealand in 1350 AD, the
historical back road – Ara Metua or Road of Toi – built in
1050 AD, and ceremonial sites including Arai Te Tonga. We
will stop at Avana Passage and the Seven stones Monument
for a photo opportunity.
Following our brief photo stop, our journey will continue
past the Marie-nui Botanical gardens in Titikaveka, where
the oldest church on the island is found, before reaching
Papaaroa Beach, where we shall have further photo
opportunities and a coconut demonstration. At the
coconut demonstration we will be told about the coconuts
TOUR B
|
life cycle, the husking of a coconut and shown how to crack
a coconut open.
A visit will then be made to Black Rock – a volcanic boulder
on the edge of the lagoon – where we will have a photo
opportunity whilst we hear the legend of the ancestors’
spirits leaving this point on their journey to the next
world.
TOUR NOTES: Varying sizes of vehicles will be used for this
tour, and it cannot be guaranteed that they will be airconditioned. Walking during this tour will be minimal. Please
be aware that due to limited timing allowed at the library
and museum a viewing inside may not be possible. A bottle
of water will be supplied.
MURI LAGOON GLASS-BOTTOM BOAT CRUISE – Rarotonga, Cook Island
DURATION: 3¾ hours
Departing from the pier we shall travel to picture perfect
Muri Beach, where we will take a ride in a double-hulled,
aluminium glass-bottom boat. The crystal clear waters will
provide us with a great chance to view the variety of marine
life, including many rainbow coloured tropical fish. We will
see the miniature black pearl farm, as well as giant clams,
located in the vicinity of the marine protected lagoon.
Our glass-bottom boat will travel to a small island within
Muri Lagoon named Koromiri - here a local guide will give us
a brief story on the island and myths of the coconut tree.
Our barbecue fish lunch is provided on Koromiri Island.
We return to Muri Beach, and transfer by tour vehicle to the
port.
TOUR NOTES: A good degree of mobility is required to
participate in this tour. Unfortunately, wheelchairs cannot be
accommodated on the boat. For reference, non-flush toilets
are available on Koromiri Island. If you wish to swim, come
already wearing your costume under casual clothes.
Snorkelling equipment is available, for those who would like
the opportunity to be as close as possible to the fish on this
tour. We recommend wearing comfortable shoes that you do
not mind getting wet (to protect your feet from sharp coral).
Do not forget your towel and sun protection. This tour is
subject to suitable weather conditions.
53
TOUR F
|
RARO SAFARI TOUR – Rarotonga, Cook Island
DURATION: 3 hours
This tour will take us to the heights of Rarotonga where the
views of the lagoon, the valleys and the inland villages are
stunning. During the tour our guide will give commentary
on various traditional uses of the local fauna and flora. We
will be treated to sights and sounds that the normal visitor
traffic would not get to experience.
Departing from the quayside, we shall join our four-wheel
drive safari trucks and our first stop is at the Orau-O-Uritau,
at the beginning of the Avatiu Valley. An introduction is
given by the guide before we then move into the depths of
the rainforest, which is in the beautiful Avatiu Valley. We
climb to 300 metres above sea level with sensational views
– said to be the most beautiful view on the Island. After
TOUR G
|
PA’S ECO TOUR – Rarotonga, Cook Island
DURATION: 3 hours
This tour with Pa will take us through some of the most
unspoilt and untouched valleys of Rarotonga. Pa is a noted
traditional Medicine man with a vast knowledge of Cook
Islands culture and traditions. His Eco tour will take us into
the lush interior of the island of Rarotonga where he will
spend time to show us the many uses of the fauna and flora
of the island for local medicine. Pa will also share with us
the great history of this special place.
Leaving the pier, Pa will tell us of the history of the township
of Avarua, the old colonial churches, graveyards and
plantations as we head to the east of the island. Pa
highlights the herbal remedy plants, fauna and secret
spiritual knowledge of Polynesia, which will astound us. We
shall continue to the viewpoint where mountain peaks are
at their loftiest. We hear the history of the marae, which is
very sacred to the Polynesians. Down to Muri Beach Lagoon,
the most renowned in Rarotonga, we will learn about the
horse racing and canoeing which is very popular. We also
visit the Noni factory - where the processing of a modern
day miracle fruit is processed and exported globally.
We then view the heart of the Island and the Needle Rock.
Pa will explain about the carved idols on the face of the
rock. We continue past the largest hotels on the island, and
pass the Rarotongan Airport. Into town, we visit the
perfume factory and shop before returning to the pier.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that this tour is not suitable for
passengers with limited mobility or wheelchair passengers.
We will visit Pa’s premises where we will receive a platter of
tropical fruits to sample, as well as view his gardens and be
given an overview of medicinal foliage used for ailments. It is
strongly recommended that passengers wear comfortable
walking shoes and do not forget your sun protection and
insect repellent. A bottle of water will be supplied.
54
Avatiu Valley we travel towards the west and Hospital Hill
overlooking the village of Arorangi and Avatiu Nikao Town.
Papua Waterfall is our next stop, followed by a restroom
stop at Papaaroa Beach. Lastly we shall continue to Arai-TeTonga Marae before returning to the pier
passengers with limited mobility or wheelchair users.
Passengers on this tour should be prepared to get bumped
around, therefore it is also unsuitable for passengers with
neck and back problems, or pregnant ladies. Passengers will be
seated on padded benches in the four-wheel trucks. There will
be a high step to negotiate in order to board the vehicle. For
your reference, the driver will also be our guide. Commentary
will be given at the stops. Because of the nature of the tour,
casual clothing should be worn; please remember your sun
protection. Passengers who suffer from vertigo may find that
this tour is not suitable for them.
TOUR J
|
HIGHLAND PARADISE CULTURAL VILLAGE – Rarotonga, Cook Island
DURATION: 3 hours
The unique Cook Islands culture is continually evolving and is
as alive today as it was in pre-missionary times. This tour is
the perfect way to see all of Rarotonga with a lively
commentary on local points of interest and an in depth look
at the sacred rite and traditions of the forefathers of
Rarotongans.
TOUR NOTES: Good walking shoes are recommended on this
tour as much of the walking involved will be over rough
ground. Cameras are a must on this tour, however we
respectfully request that these are not used during the sacred
tapu lifting welcome ceremony.
Firstly we will pass traditional planting fields and swamps,
followed by the lagoon where we shall learn about its
extreme importance to the inhabitants of Rarotonga.
Our coach will pass various modern additions to the island
and our guide will explain the significance of these – as they
relate to the past and the present cultural development of
the local people. We will experience the ancient track (now a
paved road) high up in to the mountain of “Mangaroa” to the
site of a 500 year old fortified village that was lost in time
and reverted in the 1800’s back to the jungle. Now
rediscovered and open to invited visitors as “Highland
Paradise” – the 200 acre site is a tropical garden wonderland
with awe inspiring views and hundreds of photographic
opportunities.
To be welcomed properly here we must first participate in a
spiritual “lifting of the marae tapu” by a representative of the
high chief. Here we will find replicas of village houses as they
once were, sacred places of worship and human sacrifice, of
battle won and lost and resultant umus (human ovens). Our
experiences will include ei (flower garland) making, medical
plants, the importance of the tree of life (coconut) and its
myriad of uses and the many ties of the colourful pareu. We
will be welcomed by a warrior to the Are Karioi (traditional
house of entertainment) where we will be treated to an
award winning cultural show – spectacular exotic dancing,
drumming and singing – just as the ancestors did it.
After our show and refreshments we will continue our tour
making our way back to our awaiting ship viewing many
more interesting points along the way.
55
Auckland, New Zealand
It is believed that New Zealand was first discovered
over 1,000 years ago by a great navigator, Kupe, who
sailed from his spiritual homeland of Hawaiki, thought
to be somewhere in Polynesia. He named the islands
Aotearoa, ‘Land of the Long White Cloud’. Kupe
returned to Hawaiki and left instructions for his fellow
Maoris on how to return. They did so about 400 years
later, with seven great canoes, and began to populate
the North Island.
Dutchman Abel Tasman landed in 1642. He chartered
part of the coastline and named it Staten Land,
believing it belonged to the Australian continent.
When his mistake was discovered, the country was
renamed Nieuw Zeeland.
TOUR H
|
Captain James Cook circumnavigated the two main
islands in 1769, on his ship Endeavour; he claimed the
country for the British crown before heading to
Australia.
Auckland is the main gateway to New Zealand and its
largest city, with over 1 million residents; it is located
on the North of the island. Those who think they
should know Auckland, but haven’t been here for a
few years, are in for a big surprise! The city has been
enjoying a re-birth, especially at Viaduct Harbour,
shaking off the old incarnation that was familiar and
friendly but unchallenging, slipping into a new form
that is beautifully cut and unmistakably stylish.
Auckland is accelerating into the 21st century with
enthusiasm that sets it apart from the rest of New
Zealand. Compared to 10 years ago the skyline is
barely recognisable. Viaduct Harbour on the
waterfront – once the domain of the commercial
fishermen and shipping companies – now pulsates
with bars, cafés and restaurants, that gaze out on a
haven for super yachts and America’s Cup racers.
Welcome to the ‘City of Sails’!
For reference, we will be using knowledgeable coach
drivers, who will also act as our guide, providing
commentary throughout the tour.
The official currency in Auckland is the New Zealand
Dollar.
AMERICA’S CUP SAILING – Auckland, New Zealand
DURATION: 2½ hours (approx. 2 hours sailing)
PARTICIPANTS: Minimum 15, maximum 28;
early pre-booking recommended
The America’s Cup is the world’s oldest and most prestigious
sporting trophy, and the ultimate yachting regatta. Today we
are offered the unique opportunity to sail on a grand prix
yacht!
Leaving the wharf, we will walk the short distance to the berth
of our America’s Cup Yacht. Onboard we will be treated as crew,
and be encouraged to participate in actually sailing the yacht.
If we prefer, we can simply sit back and watch the action, as we
sail down the beautiful Auckland Harbour.
With its expansive harbour, home to many yachts, no wonder
Auckland is called the ‘City of Sails’. Today we will have the
opportunity to gain an appreciation of the beauty of the
harbour area from a wonderful position – onboard a 20 metre
(65 feet) America’s Cup sailing yacht!
TOUR I
|
The yacht we may sail on is subject to change, but could be
either NZL 40 or NZL 41. NZL 40 was built for the 1995
America’s Cup in San Diego. It was originally built for the Yacht
Club d’Antibes in France, but was not finished in time to race. It
was later finished in 1998, and brought to New Zealand as a
trial boat for the 1999-2000 America’s Cup in Auckland. NZL
40 is the 40th America’s Cup yacht built to the current
International America’s Cup Class (IACC) rule, first used in San
Diego, in 1992. The Japanese Nippon Syndicate also built NZL
41 for the 1995 America’s Cup in San Diego, but it competed in
the semi-finals of the Louis Vuitton Cup alongside Team New
Zealand, One Australia and Tag Heuer. The yacht was then
bought by the GBR Challenge and used as a training boat, and
was raced at the 150th America’s Cup Jubilee 2001 in Cowes.
Unfortunately children under the age of 10, pregnant ladies and
passengers with pre-existing medical conditions will not be able
to participate in this excursion.
TOUR NOTES: A good degree of mobility is required for this tour.
For reference, toilets will be available before boarding the yacht.
BUSH & BEACH TOUR – Auckland, New Zealand
DURATION: 5 hours
Approximately 30 kilometres (18.6 miles) from downtown
Auckland, is the city’s largest regional park, the Waitakere
Ranges. In the midst of this beautiful rainforest park is the
Arataki Centre, which affords spectacular views of both
coasts and where some magnificent Maori carvings may
also be seen.
We shall visit Piha beach where our guide will explain all
about the fascinating local history, flora, and fauna of the
region, as well as giving us the opportunity to stroll along
an unspoiled black sand beach.
Our tour will then take us into dense rainforest, where we
shall find giant Tree ferns and New Zealand’s famous Kauri
trees. As we take part in the guided walk the bush
environment and native birds will give us a true insight and
56
feeling for the unspoiled bush – a classic Kiwi experience!
This ‘not to be missed’ tour, gives us a taste of what New
Zealand was like before civilisations took hold.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that this tour involves a
considerable amount of walking, broken up into manageable
portions with stops for photographs and explanations –
approximately 2 hours in total and will be over uneven and
rough ground. A reasonable degree of fitness is required and
comfortable walking shoes are strongly recommended. This
tour is not suitable for wheelchair passengers or passengers
with limited mobility.
TOUR J
|
AUCKLAND CITY SIGHTS – Auckland, New Zealand
DURATION: 4 hours
Boarding our coach we shall depart from the pier for a city
sightseeing drive about town. Along the way we shall see
the chic boutiques and galleries of Parnell Village and be
able to take in sweeping views from atop Mount Eden. This
extinct volcano is the city’s highest point.
Our first stop will be at the Auckland War Memorial Museum
which stands overlooking Waitemata Harbour. The museum
features an intriguing collection of exhibits on New Zealand
and the Pacific Islands. An 82-foot war canoe, chiselled from
an entire totara tree, presides over the Maori Court. We will
take an approximate one hour guided tour of the Museum
where we may choose to view the Maori and Polynesian
sections at our own leisure.
Continuing back on the coach we will drive towards Mount
TOUR K
|
Eden where we shall make our second stop. Taking a walk of
approximately 65 feet we will reach Auckland’s highest
natural point of the city and take in harbour views and a
vista of the distant Waitakere Ranges.
1¼ hours of walking along with a few steps at the museum;
however some of this is at your own discretion if you choose.
Making our way back to our awaiting ship we shall pass
many of Auckland’s major points of interest through the
city and across the Harbour Bridge. Downtown Auckland’s
shopping and office complexes contrast with the restored
Victorian buildings of the city’s suburbs and Parnell Village
with its colonial-style shops. The Harbour Bridge will be
viewable – the bridge that dramatically links Auckland with
the fast-growing North Shore.
TOUR NOTES: Please be aware that there will be approximately
WONDERFUL WAIHEKE ISLAND – Auckland, New Zealand
DURATION: 5¾ hours
Leaving our ship we will walk a short distance to board a
high speed ferry for an approximate 35 minute ride along
the gorgeous Waitemata Harbour affording wonderful
photo opportunities of Aucklands waterfront, surrounding
beaches and coastal scenery before we arrive at Matiatia
Wharf on the beautiful Waiheke Island.
or two. Here we will stop for a morning cup of tea and make
a visit to a local boutique vineyard for a guided tour with
wine and olive oil tasting.
Boarding a coach we shall then travel through the pretty
Oneroa Village, past the many picturesque bays and beaches
on the northern coast and through the main residential and
holiday home areas of this microclimate.
Our return journey will be by ferry back to Auckland and our
awaiting ship.
Beautiful views of the coastline will be in abundance as we
drive to the pretty Onetangi Beach which is regarded as one
of the finest in New Zealand and well worth a photograph
TOUR L
|
Departing from the vineyard we will travel to the village of
Oneroa where we will have some free time to shop or maybe
visit one of Waiheke’s many talented resident artists.
TOUR NOTES: This tour involves a very limited amount of
walking but some steps will be encountered in order to board
the ferry. There is an approximate walk of 500 yards to the
ferry terminal to Downtown Auckland.
AUCKLAND COUNTRYSIDE EXPERIENCE – Auckland, New Zealand
DURATION: 6 hours
Our tour today will allow us to explore Auckland’s
surrounding countryside including a working farm
adventure and enjoy a barbeque and a visit to a bird colony.
Departing from the pier we shall take a short drive via the
western suburbs of Auckland to Muriwai Beach. Here we
will view the resident gannet colony from the cliffs above
Muriwai Beach, standing at an overlook point for a close up
of life in a sea bird colony.
All too soon we will board our coach once more and make
our way back to our awaiting ship covering Auckland’s city
highlights, wine growing areas, farming districts and coastal
vistas along the way.
TOUR NOTES: There is approximately 400 yards walk to reach
the viewing point at the gannet colony including
approximately 30 steps, however if you choose you may stay
on the coach at this point.
Re-boarding our coach we will depart Muriwai for
Haumoana farm which stands on the Kaipara peninsula just
45 minutes from Auckland. Sheep and beef are raised on a
commercial basis here. Our lunch will be a New Zealandstyle barbecue with local beers and wines before watching a
demonstration of sheep dogs working and sheep shearing.
57
TOUR M
|
EASY AUCKLAND – Auckland, New Zealand
DURATION: 3 hours
This tour today is for those of us who like to see our port of
call from the comfort of a coach with the option of a small
amount of walking if we wish.
Taking in sweeping views of the city, harbours, and distant
Waitakere Ranges from atop Mt. Eden, we will see the
exclusive Westhaven, home to the Royal New Zealand Yacht
Squadron, the city’s most prestigious yacht club.
TOUR NOTES: An optional walk is available for those who are
feeling a little more energetic which will include approximately
65 feet and 10 steps at Mt Eden. At this stop passengers may
stay on the coach therefore this tour is suitable for passengers
with limited mobility and those using wheelchairs, providing
passengers can board the coach unaided.
Our tour will take us across the Harbour Bridge for views of
Westhaven marina before touring Auckland’s waterfront,
taking in two popular beaches. The best photo opportunity of
the day will be at the top of Auckland’s highest natural point,
Mt. Eden. The charming Parnell Village, the gardens of the
Domain, Auckland War Memorial Museum and the business
district will all be pointed out to us on our narrated drive.
TOUR N
|
NEW ZEALAND OVERLAND – Auckland, New Zealand
DURATION: 4nights
PARTICIPANTS: Minimum of 15 required
TUESDAY 15TH FEBRUARY – AUCKLAND TO ROTORUA
On arrival into Auckland, and once clearance has been given
we shall depart our ship and board the coach for a brief
overview of Auckland City, which will include a stop at the
summit of Mount Eden for views over the city and its two
harbours.
Leaving Auckland behind us we shall travel south, over the
Bombay Hills and across the Hauraki Plains to Matamata. This
area is renown as a centre of New Zealand’s thoroughbred
industry. Arriving at Longlands Farms we shall be served
lunch.
From Matamata we shall travel over the Mamaku-Kaimai
Forest Park to Rotorua. Visitors from around the world have
been going to Rotorua since the 1880s. Although it still is
mainly a tourist centre it is also a commercial centre for much
of the Bay of Plenty. The city is best known for its thermal
activity with geysers, mud pools and steam vents providing
spectacular sights. The city and its environs have many other
tourist attractions including the carving centre of
Whakarewarewa where visitors can watch young Maoris being
trained in the complex, and traditional art.
Continuing on we shall take a visit to the Agrodome where the
stars of the show are the 19 rams of different breeds. As they
trot onto the stage the presenter will give a brief description of
each breed’s commercial uses for meat and wool. Once all of
the rams are on stage a shearer will demonstrate the fine and
often back-breaking art of separating a sheep from its fleece.
The sheering will be followed by a display of the functions of a
“huntaway” sheep-dog. A dairying display will follow during
which time those who wish can try their hands at milking a
cow.
Departing the Agrodome we shall travel to Te Puia where we
58
will have a guided tour through the Maori Arts and Crafts
Institute. Here young Maori carvers are taught the skills of
their ancestors. Also seen will be a model Maori village and the
Thermal Valley where we will see pools of bubbling mud,
spouting geysers, silica terraces and steam pouring out of
vents at our feet.
Before we know it our first day is coming to an end and we
shall make our way to our hotel where this evening we shall
attend a Maori hangi (feast) in our hotel. The food is cooked in
the traditional Maori manner by natural steam in a pit in the
earth. A wide selection of foods will be provided but will
generally include wild pork, lamb and sea foods. Dinner will be
followed by a Maori concert performance which includes many
traditional action songs. Among these is the “poi” where the
action is enhanced by the use of flaxen balls on strings – the
item from which the song takes its name. Other action songs
include the “haka”, a fierce, challenging dance which is
accompanied by a chant.
WEDNESDAY 16TH FEBRUARY – ROTORUA TO QUEENSTOWN
After our breakfast this morning we will head to Rotorua
airport for our flight to Queenstown.
From Queenstown airport we shall travel past beautiful Lake
Hayes to the entrance of the Kawarau Gorge and Gibbston
Valley Wines. Gibbston Valley Wines is an award-winning wine
producer in New Zealand’s Central Otago region. Offering a
unique experience incorporating a fabulous winery restaurant,
frequent wine tours and tasting events, this outstanding
location is also an option for those considering a Queenstown
wedding.
Established in 1987, Gibbston Valley was the first commercial
wine producer in the Central Otago region and the winery
earned an internationally acclaimed reputation for the Otago
Pinot Noir and other varieties such as Chardonnay, Pinot Gris,
Riesling and Pinot Blanc. On arrival we shall be taken on a tour
of the Gibbston Valley wine cave which offers enthusiasts a
chance to better appreciate the boutique wines produced by
this award winning winery and an opportunity to
commemorate the revolutionary spirit of Central Otago’s
expert winemakers. Once inside the cave we will be able to
experience the feeling of travelling underground 76 meters
into the Central Otago hillside within New Zealand’s largest
and most innovative wine cave.
A platter lunch will be served which will be followed by a
tasting of the vineyard’s wines.
Departing from the winery we shall travel the short distance
to the picturesque holiday settlement of Arrowtown.
Arrowtown is a former gold mining settlement that has
retained much of its early pioneering character. There will be
some time to stroll around the town or to browse the souvenir
shops before we travel through the centre of Queenstown and
along the lake front to our hotel.
Our evening will be at our leisure to try one of the many
restaurants that Queenstown has to offer.
THURSDAY 17TH FEBRUARY – QUEENSTOWN
Following breakfast we will be taken by coach along the scenic
western arm of Lake Wakatipu to the small town of Glenorchy.
Once there we shall join the Wilderness Safari which will allow
us to discover and explore every aspect of the magnificent area
through a combination of exciting wilderness jet boating,
informative guided walk and picturesque back-country 4WD.
Surrounded by breathtaking snow-covered peaks, hidden
valleys, waterfalls and glacial valleys frozen in time, we will be
thrilled by an exciting jet boat journey navigating the everchanging shallow channels of the Dart Rivers braided river
system. Our jet boat driver will stop along the way to highlight
points of interest and discuss the natural and cultural
significance of this exceptional area. Our knowledgeable
guides will take us on a guided walk through ancient native
Beach forest where we will be fascinated by the unique flora
and fauna as well as discover why New Zealand is in a very real
sense the ‘Ark’ of ancient Gondwanaland.
then pass through the town of Ranfurly to Kyeburn. Turning
south with the Rock and Pillar Range to our right we shall
follow the course of the Taieri River to Pukerangi.
We shall then jump aboard our 4WD safari vehicle along a
back-country route where we shall hear stories of the
surrounding countryside and stop to view some of New
Zealand’s most spectacular scenery that has formed the epic
backdrop for many international movies, including ‘The Lord of
the Rings’.
Continuing on we shall board the Taieri Gorge Excursion Train.
En route to Dunedin we shall be amazed by the work of the
pioneers who constructed this remarkable track through some
of New Zealand’s most rugged and unspoiled landscape. At
close hand we will see the intricate work of the hardy railway
gangs. We will also be able to marvel at the skills of the
stonemasons who carved the high bridges and the engineers
who produced the lattice work of the soaring viaducts of this
historic route.
Lunch will be served at the Glenorchy Lodge before we make
our return journey to Queenstown where the afternoon will be
at our leisure. We will have the opportunity to relax in the
hotel or enjoy some shopping at some of Queenstown’s
excellent emporiums.
Early this evening we shall be transferred to the Steamer
Wharf. No visit to Queenstown is complete without a visit to
Walter Peak high country sheep and cattle station. Departing
from Queenstown, we shall take a 40 minute cruise aboard the
1912 vintage steamship TSS “Earnslaw” on scenic Lake
Wakatipu to Walter Peak. This will give us a chance to watch
the sun set over spectacular mountains and enjoy the
tranquillity of the cruise aboard the gracious old “Lady of the
Lake”.
Prior to our dinner at Walter Peak, we will have ample time to
inspect the Colonel’s Homestead with its beautiful furniture
and antiques. We can soak up the atmosphere of the
established gardens and the magnificent setting of Beach Bay,
have a chance to see sheep dogs in action and the opportunity
to view the sheep and the Scottish Highland cattle at close
quarters. There will be time for a pre-dinner drink (at our own
expense) in the Colonel’s Bar before being tempted by a superb
three course carvery dinner served from a buffet in the
Colonel’s House.
During our return to Queenstown we will have the chance to
listen to the pianist play a few old favourites from yesteryear,
making this a very pleasurable experience amidst the warm
and comfortable surroundings, a legacy provided by the coal
fired furnaces.
FRIDAY 18TH FEBRUARY – QUEENSTOWN
After breakfast we shall join our four-wheel drive vehicles for
our excursion today.
Exploring the magical side of New Zealand we shall understand
why this beautiful country was chosen to portray Middleearth. The Queenstown area featured prominently in the
filming of the incredibly popular Lord of the Rings trilogy.
This is the perfect tour for those that want the thrills of an off
road adventure but also want to discover exciting Lord of the
Rings film locations and those who delight in beautiful scenery.
The Wakatipu Basin tour will take us to The Remarkable, which
were used as various mountains throughout the trilogy
including the Misty Mountains. Travelling part way up this
beautiful mountain range we will get a bird’s eye view onto
Deer Park Heights, which was used for the refugees of Rohan
and the Battle of the Wargs scenes.
Travelling from The Remarkables we will head to the Kawarau
Gorge where the filming took place for the Argonath, or Pillar
of the Kings.
Leaving the Kawarau Gorge behind us our tour will head to
Arrowtown where the loss of The One Ring at Gladden Fields
was filmed. Near Arrowtown we will experience a true off road
adventure. Following a historic gold mining road up the Arrow
River we will cross the river to get to the Ford of Bruinen. At this
point we can indulge in morning tea and try our hand at a spot
of gold panning.
From Arrowtown we will travel to the entrance of Skippers
Canyon where we will be offered spectacular panoramic views
of the Wakatipu Basin and over Skippers Canyon. For Lord of
the Rings fans, this is the trip where Nomad Safaris really does
take you There and Back again. This scenic sightseeing tour will
include recognisable film locations and stunning natural
scenery. The Glenorchy Safari of the Scenes will take us from
Queenstown to Glenorchy stopping at breath-taking
viewpoints along the way.
Lunch will be served onboard the train.
Stops will be made along the journey where we may alight and
take photographs. On arrival in Dunedin we shall be transferred
back to our awaiting ship at Port Chalmers.
TOUR NOTES: This tour requires a certain degree of fitness with
varying gradients, terrain and steps to negotiate. Approximately
45 minutes of walking over formed paths will be encountered at
Paradise Valley Springs; approximately 500 meters over formed
paths at Te Puia with varying gradients and terrain that may be
considered hard for passengers with walking difficulties on the
guided portion of the Dart River Safari.
The above tour excludes all items of personal use, such as
telephone calls, laundry, gratuities to drivers, hotel or restaurant
staff, mini bars, wines, liquors, mineral waters, morning and
afternoon teas and so on; these must be settled direct with the
local hotel. All meals are included where indicated above, all
further meals are at your own expense. Please note that
cancellation charges will apply should you not be able to
participate on this tour after you have made a booking.
It is possible that our group may not be seated together on the
flight, this will be dependent upon final numbers. The weight
limit for baggage on internal flights is 25 kilograms per piece, 2
pieces per person allowed. It is recommended that minimal
Beyond Glenorchy we shall follow the Dart River to the
spectacular filming location for Isengard. This location offers
stunning views of Mount Earnslaw. Heading onwards to
Paradise we shall discover the location for the Forest of
Lothlorien. Leaving Glenorchy behind us we shall return
towards Queenstown where we shall stop at 12 Mile Delta to
explore the location of the Ithilien Camp.
The Safari of the Scenes, Glenorchy also includes locations
from Xmen Origins: Wolverine, and The Chronicles of Narnia:
Prince Caspian.
We shall arrive back to Queenstown in the late afternoon, time
for us to change for our transfer to the gondola terminal for a
ride up Bob’s Peak to the Skyline Restaurant for dinner.
SATURDAY 19TH FEBRUARY – QUEENSTOWN – DUNEDIN
Leaving Queenstown behind us we shall travel through the
rugged Kawarau Gorge to Cromwell. At Cromwell we will see
Lake Dunstan, newly created by the construction of the Clyde
hydro-electric dam. From Cromwell our route is by way of the
fruit growing areas of Central Otago to Alexandra and will
59
Wellington, New Zealand
Wellington, the capital, at the southern tip of the
North Island, is a cosmopolitan centre of government
and commerce. It is known for its winding streets, and
its homes clinging to the hillsides, but above all for its
harbour. It is considered to be one of the most
beautiful harbours in the world.
Wellington became the capital in 1865 when the seat
TOUR C
|
SEAL COAST SAFARI – Wellington, New Zealand
DURATION: 3 hours
Our tour today will allow us to view the wild south coast of
Wellington, right round to the Leaning Lighthouse and the
unique red rocks.
We will connect with the ‘real New Zealand’ during our
breathtaking three hour Seal Coast Safari! Stories abound
as we drive for 20 rugged kilometres along the beach, over
rocks, around the bays and headlands to Tongue Point
which is home to a colony of amazing New Zealand fur
seals. Tea or coffee with a gourmet muffin will be enjoyed
with the seals as we take in the beauty of the natural
habitat they live in, experiencing the crashing waves and
the famous Leaning Lighthouse.
To get to the seals we shall climb in our four-wheel drive
vehicles, which locals like to call ‘Seal Mobiles’, up to the
Booklyn Wind Turbine, up and over a fault-line and through
the hills of a farm which we have priviledged access to.
Here we can come face to face with wild goats, ostriches
and even horses. We will be amazed by the majestic views
of the city, the Wellington harbour, both the Pacific and
Tasman Oceans and the distant snow-capped mountain
ranges of the South Island.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that this tour involves a very
limited amount of walking if you would like to get a closer
look at the seals. Some of the driving will be off-road, and
because of this, the tour may prove unsuitable for passengers
with neck or back problems, and pregnant ladies. A certain
degree of fitness is required for this tour. Passengers who
suffer from vertigo may find that this tour is not suitable for
them, as our jeep will travel along steep, winding mountain
tracks. It is recommended that you wear casual clothing,
and sensible, comfortable shoes. There will be steps to
negotiate in order to get into and out of the safari truck. A
waterproof jacket may be beneficial. Please be advised that
there are two toilet stops on this tour. The vehicle we will be
travelling in will have a bench seat as the back seat.
60
of Government was transferred from Auckland. There
are many places of interest including the parliament
building, with its dynamic-shaped annex, the Beehive,
the Victoria University and the National Archives and
the Museum of New Zealand – Te Papa Tongarewa. For
those of us looking for ideal photo opportunities, good
views can be attained from Mount Victoria and also by
taking the cable car to Kelburn, and for those of us
preferring to relax, Oriental Bay is an attractive inner
city beach, just a few minutes walk from the Central
Business district.
The official currency in Wellington is the New Zealand
Dollar.
TOUR E
|
PANORAMIC WELLINGTON – Wellington, New Zealand
DURATION: 4 hours
Departing from the Balmoral we will begin with a
sightseeing tour of New Zealand’s capital city, Wellington. A
cosmopolitan centre of government and commerce, it is
known for its winds, its winding streets and its homes
clinging to the hillsides, but above all, its harbour.
We will travel first along the Oriental Parade before
ascending Mount Victoria from where there will be views
over the city of Wellington, the harbour and on a clear day
straight across to the Marlborough Sounds at the top of the
South Island.
conditions and materials. A stop will be made at The Lady
Norwood Rose Gardens to see the roses and begonias before
a morning tea break at the Skyline restaurant.
TOUR NOTES: This tour involves very limited walking over flat
grassland or paved surfaces. A few steps will be encountered
at the Skyline restaurant and no ramps are available.
Returning to the central city we will drive past Parliament
Building with its dynamic shaped annexe – the Beehive and
Old St Paul’s Cathedral, which is a fine example of 19th
century Gothic Revival architecture adapted to colonial
TOUR F
|
WELLINGTON PUB TOUR – Wellington, New Zealand
DURATION: 4 hours
Today we will discover why so many New Zealanders claim
that Wellington has the best pubs during this tour of the
city’s pub scene.
Departing from the pier for our drive into Wellington we
will be joined by our guide for a visit to the city’s pub scene.
Along the way we will have an opportunity to meet some
friendly and interesting people and wet our whistles at
some of the city’s most popular watering holes, including
the Rhealm, Cambridge, Southern Cross and the
Backbencher.
During our tour we can select from among New Zealand’s
finest brews including Steinlager, Lion Brown, D.B. Draught,
NcCashin’s Gold, Monteithers and other libations. We shall
TOUR G
|
be able to trade stories with the locals, soak up the
atmosphere and tip a pint of beer. After a bottoms-up it’s off
to the next watering hole for a handle of the publican’s
finest on-top. Best of all, the drinks are on us, or it’s our
shout!
the tour with a few steps in order to enter some of the
locations. At each location one drink will be complimentary,
any further drinks will be payable locally.
Following our tour we will re-board our coach for the return
drive to the pier and ship.
TOUR NOTES: Participants must be 18 years of age to
participate in this tour. Since this program takes place on foot
and alcohol will be served, participants are advised to drink in
moderation to ensure an enjoyable experience for everyone.
There will be approximately 400 yards of walking included in
MATIU SOMES ISLAND – Wellington, New Zealand
DURATION: 5 hours
This tour will allow us to discover Wellington’s extraordinary
natural features and contrasts. We will visit the summit of
one of Wellington’s central peaks for 360 degree views of
the city, harbour and coastline and learn about the legendary
warrior who landed his canoe on Wellington shore.
Explore a tranquil island and wildlife sanctuary in the
middle of Wellington’s beautiful harbour before taking a
short ferry ride over to Matiu Somes Island. As the name
suggests Matiu Somes Island has a rich Maori and European
history, sometimes colourful and sometimes tragic. The
lighthouse on the island today dates pre 1900, it continues
to guide and welcome seaborne travellers in to the safety of
Wellington Harbour. The island is fortified with heavy anti-
aircraft gun emplacements on the summit of the island.
There are two viewing platforms for bush scenery and
wildlife to be photographed.
Once a traditional pa site of Te Whanganui – a – Tara Maori,
the island became a quarantine station, an internment
camp and a military defence position, it now seeks to
protect and preserve New Zealand’s native flora and fauna.
Somes is now home to rare native birds including North
Island robins, fluttering shearwaters and kakariki, a colony
of rare native blue penguins and up to six species of native
reptiles including the mysterious tuatara. Our guide will
bring the history alive and help us to find these shy wild
creatures.
TOUR NOTES: A steep walk
will be encountered at the
beginning of the walk at
Mati Somes Island but once
at the top the land levels
out. A total of approximately 3 hours will be
spent walking on the island, therefore this tour is
not suitable for passengers
with limited mobility or
wheelchair users.
61
TOUR H
|
ZEALANDIA – THE KAORI SANCTURY EXPERIENCE – Wellington, New Zealand
DURATION: 3 hours
Winner of the 2008 Tourism Industry Award for Conservation
in Action, Zealandia: The Karori Sanctuary Experience is the
ultimate urban nature experience. Just 10 minutes from
downtown Wellington, it’s one of the best places in New
Zealand to experience iconic native wildlife like tuatara,
little spotted kiwi, hihi and saddleback in their natural
environment.
TOUR NOTES: There is approximately 1½ hours of walking
involved in this tour over mostly level ground, therefore this
tour is not suitable for passengers with limited mobility or
wheelchair users.
On this two hour guided tour our experienced guide will
point out rare and endangered native wildlife that has been
re-introduced to the predator free confines of Zealandia. In
many cases it’s the first time back on mainland New Zealand
in over 100 years. We will learn about New Zealand
conservation, native wildlife and plants as we wander
through regenerating native forest.
TOUR I
|
PENCARROW STORM COAST – Wellington, New Zealand
DURATION: 3½ hours
Leaving Wellington by coach we will follow the harbour past
Petone where Wellington’s first settlers landed, and then
travel along a coastline dotted with shipwrecks, quaint villages
and quiet bays. As we sit back and enjoy the passing scenery, a
commentary will be provided that relates to the many stories
that are now etched into the folklore of this dramatic piece of
New Zealand coast. We will enjoy the picturesque coastal
scenery as we make our way to Pencarrow. Pencarrow Station
has 700 acres which is the privately owned farm surrounded
by thousands of acres of National Park.
Arriving at Pencarrow Station, a 2000 acre sheep and cattle
farm which is also home to New Zealand’s oldest lighthouse,
we will have the opportunity to visit one of Wellington’s bestkept secrets, Pencarrow Lodge. This remote, isolated cottage
TOUR J
|
originally housed a farm worker and was built during a period
of local cattle rustling as a security measure to protect against
cattle thieves.
The view from this location, which stretches across the Cook
Strait to the snow-capped Kaikoura Ranges in the South Island,
is simply spectacular. Situated at the entrance to Wellington
Harbour, there is an unhindered view of the constant sea
traffic moving in and out of the Harbour and playful dolphins
are often spotted in the waters of the bay below.
For further enjoyment of this delightful setting, a refreshment
of morning tea and cakes will be served. The owner will give
an interesting sheep dog demonstration and an explanation
of Pencarrow and how it operates. Following our visit our
coach will return to our awaiting ship.
TE PAPA TONGAREWA MUSEUM – Wellington, New Zealand
DURATION: 2½ hours
Our tour today will visit the taonga Maori cultural treasures
held at Te Papa and our knowledgeable hosts will tell the
stories of how taonga are a living part of Maori history and
culture. The tour will visit the Bush City where hosts will
explain how early Maori gathered food, medicines and
materials for clothing from the forest.
Our tour will conclude with the Kapu Ti – a hot drink and
traditionally inspired food. This hospitality is an important
part of the Maori culture and provides an ideal opportunity
for further conversation with the hosts. There is time to
explore the Museum at our own leisure at the end of the
interactive and learning experience.
We will then re-board our coach for our return journey back
62
to our awaiting ship taking in a brief sight seeing tour on
the way.
TOUR NOTES: This tour involves a very limited amount of
walking and a few steps therefore this tour is suitable for
those passengers with limited mobility; however the museum
is not wheelchair accessible. Walking inside the museum is at
your own discretion.
TOUR NOTES: Comfortable walking shoes and a water-proof
jacket or poncho are recommended. Although very little
walking is involved in this tour, most of this is over grassy and
gravel areas. Always take a hat and use sun protection as the
sun in New Zealand is deceptively strong with very short burn
time. There are approximately 4 steps in order to enter the
lodge for tea.
Lyttelton (Christchurch), New Zealand
Christchurch is the South Island’s largest city.
Sprawling from the edge of the Canterbury Plains,
Christchurch was named after the Oxford College
attended by John Robert Godley, leader of the new
settlement.
Visitors will find Christchurch a charming city,
modelled upon English architectural styles. The River
Avon meanders through the city and the Cathedral
Square is a place to relax and take-in the proportions
of the stone-built Cathedral.
TOUR B
|
Christchurch is said to be the most English city
outside of England. The streets are named after
dioceses of the Anglican Communion and it is of
course a University City. It is a charming community,
proudly named the ‘Garden City’ with many parks
within its bounds. Most notable is Hagley Park, which
incorporates the 50 acre Botanical Gardens..
Christchurch City is approximately 20 minutes from
the port of Lyttelton. A local bus service runs regularly
from the quayside to Christchurch, and makes several
stops along the way, including at the Gondola
Station, where it is possible to reach the hilltop
lookout. Once in Christchurch it is possible to take a
trolley train tour around the city centre on antique
trams. For reference, local shops open at
approximately 08:30 hrs.
The official currency of Lyttelton is the New Zealand
Dollar.
THE TRANZALPINE RAIL EXPERIENCE – Lyttelton (Christchurch), New Zealand
DURATION: 8½ hours
PARTICIPANTS: Minimum 80/ Maximum 130
Departing from the pier by coach, we shall head for Lyttelton
Station. Here we shall pick up the TranzAlpine train
departing for Arthurs Pass.
carriage may not be exclusive to Fred. Olsen Cruise Lines
passengers. A light lunch will be served during our
journey. Included in lunch is fresh fruits and tea or
coffee. Additional drinks can be purchased whilst
onboard the train. There are toilet facilities onboard the
TranzAlpine Express.
Our journey to Arthurs Pass will offer unrivalled scenery as
we travel through the heart of the Southern Alps. Numerous
tunnels and viaducts, snow-capped mountains, native
rainforests and river gorges add to the excitement of this
remote part of New Zealand. Morning refreshments and
lunch will be provided onboard our train journey.
Once our train comes to a halt at Arthurs Pass we shall be
met by our coaches which, weather permitting will take us
to the Otira Gorge lookout point for the fabulous views, a
picture opportunity not to be missed.
Rejoining our coaches we shall depart for Home Bush.
William and John Deans settled in Homebush during the
early 1840’s, their establishment is still run by a family
member. Homebush is a fascinating place, and offers a vivid
picture of colonial farming, as it was during the second half
of the nineteenth century. The homestead, the stables, the
woolshed and the vast 8 acres of woodland gardens and
rhododendrons, are still the centre of operations for today’s
farming activity.
Here we shall be able to watch a sheep-shearing
demonstration and enjoy a afternoon tea. At Homebush
there is also a craft shop, which stocks a variety of interesting
local crafts and knitwear.
Departing from Homebush we shall begin our journey back
towards Christchurch. En route we shall make a brief
orientation tour of the city including a photo stop at the
Cathedral. If time permits we shall take a ten minute walk
through Mona Vale before the return to our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that this tour involves a
moderate amount of walking mostly over both flat and
uneven terrain. At Homebush there will be approximately
6 steps to negotiate. In order to gain entrance to the
train you will need to negotiate 3 steps. Should we only
have small numbers of passengers on this tour, our train
63
TOUR F
|
HIGH COUNTRY EXPLORER – Lyttelton (Christchurch), New Zealand
DURATION: 8½ hours
Departing from the port of Lyttelton we shall travel by coach
across the fertile Canterbury Plains into the foothills of the
majestic Southern Alps and the Waimakariri River.
After morning tea at a riverside lodge we will board our next
mode of transport – a large Hamilton jet boat – which will
take us on a thrilling and spectacular scenic journey six miles
into the heart of the Waimakariri Gorge to Flock Hill sheep
station. Upon arrival we will once more switch modes of
transport, this time to a 4x4 tussock buggy. From the river’s
edge, the tussock buggy will take us through bush-clad
slopes up into the tussock-covered high country of Flock Hill
Station.
The 14 mile journey through the vast 35,000 acre farm
includes numerous stops for photos and a chance to
TOUR G
|
appreciate the remoteness of the area; with spectacular
views of river gorges, historic railway line and viaducts,
rugged high country and the jagged peaks of the towering
Southern Alps. We shall learn about farming and the colourful
history of this remote and isolated area as our journey takes
us along the original stagecoach road, hand-built by the early
pioneers to gain access to the gold fields on the west coast.
At Flock Hill Lodge we shall enjoy lunch before we re-board
our coach and travel down from the mountains to
Christchurch City, taking a guided tour of highlights of New
Zealand’s Garden City, before returning to our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: A low level of fitness is required for this tour. 3
steps will be encountered in order to board the jet boat. This
tour may operate in reverse order.
CHRISTCHURCH ORIENTATION – Lyttelton (Christchurch), New Zealand
DURATION: 3½ hours
Leaving the port we shall travel over Evans Pass and the Port
Hills which allow panoramic views of the Southern Alps and
Canterbury Plains. Continuing on we shall pass the “Sign of
the Takahe”, an old stone roadhouse where a stop will be
made for photographs and views over the Canterbury Plains
before travelling on into the central city through the
suburban Christchurch hills.
The central landmarks of the city will be pointed out to us,
including Cathedral Square, the Town Hall, Bridge of
Remembrance, World Trade Centre memorial, Christ’s
College and the original provincial government buildings,
the Christchurch art gallery with its innovative modern
design and the Christchurch arts centre, previously the
Canterbury University buildings, home to many local
TOUR H
|
artisans and galleries.
Continuing on we will drive past the Botanical Gardens
which are situated within a loop of the Avon River adjacent
to Hagley Park. The Avon River is a beautiful tree lined
waterway which flows through the city and is home to
some of the city’s punters.
Our return route will take us through the eastern suburbs of
Christchurch through the suburb of Sumner, and return us
to our ship in Lyttelton.
TOUR NOTES: Comfortable walking shoes and a water-proof
jacket are recommended for this tour. 15 steps will be
encountered at the Sign of the Takahe. Always take a hat and
wear sun block as the sun in New Zealand is deceptively
strong with a very short burn time.
WILLOWBANK RESERVE AND ANTARCTIC CENTRE – Lyttelton (Christchurch), New Zealand
DURATION: 4 hours
Departing from our ship we shall board our coach and take a
short drive through Christchurch and along the Avon which
includes residential areas famed for their English-style homes
and gardens.
Our first stop of the day will be the International Antarctic
Centre, Christchurch’s leading visitor attraction. Located in a
working Antarctic campus it offers a fun, exciting and
interactive experience of Antarctica. Have fun in the Snow &
Ice Experience, chill out in the Antarctic storm, see little blue
penguins and take a voyage to Antarctica in the new 4D
theatre.
Our second stop of the day will be the Willowbank Wildlife
Reserve. Here we will experience New Zealand wildlife first
64
hand and learn about the diversity of this country’s natural
environment and history. Willowbank prides itself on its
conservation and rehabilitation of rare and endangered New
Zealand species. Here at Willowbank we will be guaranteed a
viewing of the native kiwi birds in a specially designed
nocturnal house that reflects their natural environment – we
will be up close to the kiwi with no glass. Other native wildlife,
flora and fauna will be at hand’s reach for us to experience and
photograph at Willowbank.
We shall then re-board our coach for our return journey back to
our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: Flash photography is not permitted at Willowbank
Wildlife Reserve. There is approximately 2½ hours of walking
involved in this tour over flat ground with a few steps to be
encountered inside the Willowbank Reserve. Please be aware
that coaches used for this tour will not be air-conditioned.
TOUR I
|
EASY CHRISTCHURCH – Lyttelton (Christchurch), New Zealand
DURATION: 3½ hours
From the port of Lyttelton our drive will take us through the
Lyttelton Tunnel on our way to the city. Once in the city we
will pass the Bridge of Rememberance, Christchurch
Cathedral and the Town Hall Conference Complex.
Our first stop will be at the botanical gardens which are
nestled in a bend of the Avon River. The 75 acre botanic
gardens offer stands of mature trees from around the world,
a rose garden, several water gardens and seasonal flower
displays.
Once back on our coach we shall make our final stop at
Victoria Square. Once the heart of commercial Christchurch,
the square is graced by statues of Queen Victoria and
Captain Cook and boasts a floral clock and the oldest iron
bridge in the city.
TOUR NOTES: This tour includes approximately 1 hour of
walking over mostly flat ground. Please be aware the coaches
used for this tour are not air-conditioned.
Continuing on we will make a stop at he Christchurch arts
centre and Canterbury museum. We will be given time to
take in displays on Maori culture, Cook’s voyages and
Antarctic exploration or, if we choose we can shop for local
artisans’ wares.
TOUR J
|
LLAMA LOOKOUT – Lyttelton (Christchurch), New Zealand
DURATION: 2 hours
Llama Lookout is found at the head of the Lyttelton
Harbour. The spectacular views from the extinct volcanic
crater rim through Governors Bay to Lyttelton Harbour
were the inspiration for its name. The 30 or so llamas of
Llama Lookout thrive in the rugged hillside of Governors
Bay.
recognised due to their unique personalities and quirky
differences.
TOUR NOTES: This tour involves very little walking over
grassy land, most at passengers own discretion. A total of 16
steps will be encountered at Llama Lookout.
The Robinson family today invite us to their home for tea
and cakes with the llamas and will provide us with a
genuine insight into a fabulous New Zealand home and
allow us to make friends and feed their llamas.
Robyn and Mike Robinson, along with their two children,
Flax and Ferne’ love the llamas and consider them part of
their extended family. They all have names and are easily
65
Dunedin, New Zealand
The City of Dunedin sits at the head of a fjord like
inlet and is ringed by seven hills. The name is Celtic
(meaning Edinburgh) and was built by Presbyterian
Scots. In early days it was the largest and wealthiest
city in the country, thanks mainly to the gold fields.
TOUR B
|
Dunedin’s Scottish heritage is everywhere, including
a statue of Robert Burns surrounded by civic dignity
located in the octagon, and the country’s only
whiskey distillery.
Please note the ship is expected to berth at Port
Chalmers, an approximate 30 minute coach journey
from Dunedin City. The usual shop opening hours are
09:30 hrs.
The official currency of Dunedin is the New Zealand
Dollar.
TAIERI RIVER GORGE – Dunedin, New Zealand
DURATION: 5½ hours
Disembarking from our ship, our train awaits us at the pier
where we will begin a journey that is sure to be a highlight
of our visit to New Zealand. The friendly crew will welcome
us onboard where we shall be offered a glass of either
sparkling white wine or fruit juice as we settle in for an
amazing journey into areas only accessible by train.
Leaving the port area we will first travel alongside beautiful
Otago Harbour before turning inland to traverse the
suburban of Dunedin. Leaving the city behind our train will
first pass through the fertile farm land of the Taieri plains
before climbing into the Taieri River Gorge. Famous for its
sheer cliff faces and dramatic ravines that frame the
paradoxically tranquil Taieri River, the kaleidoscope of
spectacular scenery that unfolds before us is quite simply,
breath-taking.
The railroad itself is a true marvel, having been built by early
pioneers through some of New Zealand’s most rugged
terrain; its very existence is considered by many to be a
remarkable feat. From our vantage point aboard the train
we will get an up-close look at the intricate work of the
skilled railway gangs, stonemasons and engineers who
carved the high bridges and produced the labyrinth of
latticework that supports the soaring viaducts that
comprise this historic train route.
As we relax and enjoy the magnificent landscape, we will be
served both morning tea and a snack lunch aboard the train.
During the course of our journey our train will wind its way
through the gorge, passing one unspoiled panorama after
another while navigating through rock tunnels and crossing
dramatic bridges suspended high above the river below.
Several stops will be made along the route in which we may
alight from the train and capture some photos that will
surely become memorable keepsakes of our holiday.
On returning to Dunedin the train will stop at the Dunedin
Railway Station, a superb example of Edwardian architecture.
From here we may continue on the train to Port Chalmers or
stay in the city and make our own way back to our awaiting
ship.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that passengers with limited
mobility or wheelchair users may experience some difficulty
when accessing the train’s carriages as the height of the steps
to each carriage is considerable. If you do wish to participate
on this tour and you will be using a wheelchair, please contact
us in advance. The distance from the ship to the train station
66
is approximately 50-100 metres. Included in this tour is a
complimentary welcome aboard drink, morning tea or coffee.
A typical lunch served onboard may consist of a vegetable
medley, filled roll, a quiche and cheese and biscuits. Please
note that both our outgoing and return journeys will be
along the same route. The Gorge is located on one side.
TOUR G
|
DUNEDIN CITY HIGHLIGHTS – Dunedin, New Zealand
DURATION: 3½ hours
Set at one end of a beautiful natural harbour is New
Zealand’s southernmost city of Dunedin. Known for being
home to some of the country’s most glorious Victorian
structures, its streets are adorned with a remarkable
collection of historic buildings, cathedrals and churches that
serve to attract visitors from around the world. Recognised
as the nation’s earliest seat of learning, it was the efforts of
the area’s early European settlers that were instrumental in
establishing the country’s commercial wealth.
Our tour begins with a picturesque drive past the charming
towns of Sawyer’s Bay, Roseneath and St. Leonards, which
all rest along the shores of beautiful Otago Harbour. Making
our way into the city our first stop will be at Olveston, a
Jacobean-styled house made of double-brick and faced with
Oamaru stone and Moeraki gravel. Set in an acre of land
that is sheltered by stately trees, this graceful and unique
home that was built between 1904-1906 gives a true
glimpse into the refined way of life in days past and holds
35 rooms within its 3 stories and basement.
to be found. Free time will be given for us to fully explore
the Gardens on our own.
At the end of our visit our coach will return us to the pier,
travelling via the city centre. We may choose to be dropped
off here and return to the ship at our own expense or
continue back to our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: There is approximately 30 minutes of optional
walking at the Botanical Gardens mostly over even ground
with ramps available to access the Winter Garden and
information centre. The Olveston tour is approximately 45
minutes in total but allows extra time for participants to
view the gift shop and grounds. Most of this tour is on the
ground floor and is wheelchair accessible however there are
24 steps to be encountered to reach the first floor. Visitors
who are unable to negotiate the stairs have the option of
watching a DVD of the upstairs rooms and collections in
reception. Please note that due to other ships being in port
the same day as the Balmoral this tour may operate in the
reverse order.
Departing from Olveston, our tour continues on through
the city passing several historical landmarks, which include
the gothic revival-styled Otago University, the law courts,
Otago Boys High School and First Church, the Edwardian
mansions of Royal Terrace and High Streets and the Greek
revival-styled ANZ Bank.
Our last stop will be at the botanical Gardens. Located at the
northern end of the city, the Gardens cover some 69 acres
and were the first public Botanical gardens to be established
in New Zealand. Set amongst well-manicured lawns,
splashing fountains and statuary, we will find an extensive
collection of camellias, annuals and herbaceous borders
along with a garden of fragrant and colourful roses. The
Winter Garden Glasshouse has a great range of temperature
species on display and there is also a substantial rock garden
TOUR H
| WILDLIFE DISCOVERY CRUISE – Dunedin, New Zealand
DURATION: 2 hours
Stepping ashore from our ship we shall take a short walk to
reach our tour boat for our chance to view the magnificent
Royal Albatros – the largest seabird in the world, in its
natural surroundings.
We shall begin by cruising part of Otago Harbour taking in
the stunning scenery and listening to informative
commentary about the geology and history of the area.
Have your binoculars at the ready and look out for the local
inhabitants – fur seals, penguins, nesting birds and dolphins
are amongst some of the wildlife that may be sighted.
It’s then time for a chance to witness the largest seabird in
the world. To sight a soaring Albatross is a truly awe inspiring
experience. With a wingspan of up to 10 feet, this huge bird
is capable of swooping at speeds of up to 90 MPH.
Refreshments of tea or coffee will be served onboard along
with home made biscuits.
TOUR NOTES: The walk from our ship to the tour boat is
approximately 300 yards, several steps will need to be
negotiated in order to board the motor launch therefore
this tour is not suitable for wheelchair passengers. Warm
clothing is recommended along with rubber-soled, low
heeled shoes. Limited pairs of binoculars will be provided on
a share basis. As all wildlife is in its natural habitat, no
sightings are guaranteed.
67
TOUR I
|
NATURES WONDERS WILDLIFE SAFARI – Dunedin, New Zealand
DURATION: 5 hours
Leaving our ship behind us we will begin our tour with a
picturesque drive past the charming towns of Sawyer’s Bay,
Roseneath and St. Leonards, which all rest along the shores
of beautiful Otago Harbour. Our drive will then continue
along the craggy coastline to Natures Wonders, located just
beyond Taiaroa Head.
Arriving at the Centre’s reception we will be given a full
overview of safety procedures by a fully trained local guide
before boarding the Argo, an eight-wheeled drive vehicle,
built specifically to take us to places that are normally
inaccessible. Although some of the track takes us over rough
terrain, the Argo provides a surprisingly smooth ride during
this completely exhilarating experience.
in the pools right before us. A beach-front ride will then
bring us to a purpose-built “hide” right on Penguin Beach.
From this location we may be able to view little blue
penguins in their nests and perhaps spot some very rare and
shy, yellow-eyed penguins as well.
Our route will then descend from the beach back to the
highest point on the farm. At 659 feet above sea level, this
spot affords an absolutely amazing 360 degree view of this
awesome peninsula and its remarkable natural setting.
Before departing for the city a light lunch will be served at
Natures Wonders.
The Otago Peninsula headland is arguably the most precious
wildlife habitat in New Zealand and the farm owned by the
Reid family is right on the forefront of this headland. Here,
amidst truly spectacular scenery, the world’s rarest
penguins, Hoiho the “yellow-eyed”, the little blue penguins,
the New Zealand fur seals and the Spotted Shags all live in
harmony. All of this may be experienced up-close from our
Argo and with an informative commentary being provided
by our knowledgeable guide.
The first stop we shall make along the route will be the
mythical “Maui’s Footprint” location which offers breathtaking panoramic views over the Otago Peninsula.
Descending from a height of 620 feet above sea level, we
will then stop at a breeding colony of Cormorants found
nestled on a rugged cliff face that rises directly above the
crashing waves of the Pacific Ocean.
Continuing on we shall arrive at a “hide” for a very close
encounter with a breeding colony of New Zealand Fur Seals
and their adorable pups. It is a definite treat to watch them
in their natural habitat, basking on the rocks and swimming
TOUR J
|
DUNEDIN CITY SIGHTS & CHOCOLATE – Dunedin, New Zealand
DURATION: 3½ hours
This is the perfect tour for those of us with a sweet tooth!
Boarding our coach we shall first travel through New
Zealand’s most Scottish city, passing the Octagon with its
statue of Robert Burns, the ANZ bank and other Victorian
style landmarks.
Our first stop will be the world’s famous Cadbury
Chocolate Factory and Cadbury World. Here we shall have
an exclusive guided tour of the visitor centre with
explanations of the chocolate making process with a
demonstration and a journey through the time tunnel.
Our tour will end in the shop for us to make those all
important purchases.
Continuing on our final stop will be the Dunedin train
68
station. Here we will stop to admire one of Dunedin’s
famous landmarks, with its Victorian façade, extravagant
tile floor and New Zealand railroad logo etched into the
glass and tile work. Finally, once more we shall conclude
our tour by taking a visit to the souvenir shop before
returning to our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: Please be aware that there is approximately
1 hour of walking involved at the Cadbury Factory with 3
flights of stairs to be encountered. Due to our call being on
a Saturday the actual Cadbury factory is closed and so
therefore a reduced tour will be given, however additional
time will be given at the other sights.
Arriving once more in Dunedin, our coach will take us on a
short tour of some of the city’s highlights before returning
to the pier.
TOUR NOTES: There is approximately 200 metres of walking
involved on this tour. Comfortable walking shoes with non-slip
soles and warm, water-proof and wind-proof jackets are highly
recommended. This tour is not recommended for wheelchair
users or passengers with limited mobility. As all wildlife that
we shall view is in their natural habitat no sightings are
guaranteed. The order of the sites visited may vary.
TOUR K
|
ALBATROSS ENCOUNTER & LARNACH CASTLE – Dunedin, New Zealand
DURATION: 6 hours
Our tour begins with a picturesque drive past the charming
towns of Sawyer’s Bay, Roseneath and St. Leonard’s which
all rest along the shores of beautiful Otago Harbour. Making
our way into Dunedin we will enjoy a brief orientation tour
of the city which includes a drive past the Botanical Gardens
and the historic University of Otago before heading east
from the city to the Royal Albatross colony at Taiaroa Head.
TOUR NOTES: The majority of this tour is not wheelchair
accessible and does involve a lot of steps inside the castle,
with no ramps or lifts available. There are approximately
100 steps in total throughout the Castle, however hand rails
are available. 17 steps will need to be negotiated in order to
enter the castle where all the main points of interest can be
seen. There is also a steep walk at the Albatross centre in
order to reach the observatory. Comfortable walking shoes
and a light raincoat are recommended. The order of sites
visited may vary.
Arriving at the Royal Albatross Centre our visit will begin at
the reception centre where we will be given an informative
introduction to the colony before being escorted to the
observatory. In order to ensure the birds are not unduly
disturbed access to the colony is strictly controlled and
extensive measures have been taken to protect the birds’
natural habitat. As we will learn, these incredible birds have
a fascinating social and family life and while seeming so
ungainly on the ground, are truly magnificent to watch in
flight. What an exhilarating experience it is to have one of
these huge Albatrosses with its incredible wing span of
nearly 10 foot glide smoothly and gracefully close by to us.
Continuing on from here we will travel a short distance to
Larnach Castle, an impressive stone mansion that was
constructed between 1871 and 1885 by financier,
businessman and politician, William Larnach. Set in a parklike setting amidst trees and colourful gardens, the castle
boasts many elaborate features, a result of the many English
and Italian artisans and craftsmen who worked on the
home. A curved hanging staircase, carved ceilings and an
array of wonderful antiques on display showcase the castle’s
exceptional design. Our time here will include a lovely
luncheon and guided tour of the premises.
Following our visit to the castle, our coach will return us
directly to our awaiting ship.
69
Sydney, Australia
The site of Sydney is a place valued by the oldest
civilisation in the world. For at least 50,000 years, its
Aboriginal people fished the waters of its sheltered
harbour, and speared the plentiful supply of animals
that inhabited its heavily-wooded shores.
The settlement of Sydney is said to have begun on the
afternoon of 26th January 1788, when the 11 ships of
the first fleet dropped anchor at Sydney Cove. By 1840,
TOUR B
|
AUSSIE WILDLIFE & BLUE MOUNTAINS – Sydney, Australia
DURATION: 8 hours
Our day will begin with a visit to Featherdale Wildlife Park,
which houses a great variety of wildlife, including kangaroos,
koalas, wallabies, Australian reptiles, Tasmanian devils,
wombats and various species of Australian birds. We can enter
enclosures for face to face, touch to touch meetings with
friendly kangaroos and cuddly koalas – we can even have our
photograph taken standing next to a koala (optional, at extra
cost).
After visiting Featherdale, we follow the trail of Australia’s
early explorers as we climb into the Blue Mountains. Rays of
light striking dust particles, small droplets of moisture and
eucalyptus oil in the atmosphere cause the blue haze, which is
present on most hot days. We will discover this continent’s
‘Grand Canyon’ of giant rock formations, geological history,
deep tree studded valleys and cascading waterfalls. We can
view the world famous rock formation ‘The Three Sisters’, and
panoramic views of the Jamieson Valley, Mount Solitary and
the Ruined Castle.
The highlight of our day will be a ride on the steepest incline
railway in the world down to a lush and hidden valley. The 415
metre descent will take us through a cliff side tunnel into
ancient rainforest. We will enjoy a short walk (380 metres of
wheelchair accessible boardwalk) through the ancient
rainforest before taking a scenic cableway out of the World
Heritage-listed rainforest of the Jamison Valley. Afterwards,
we can enjoy a buffet lunch at the Skyway Blue Mountains
Restaurant, with stunning views over the Jamieson Valley.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that at Featherdale Park, the majority
of walking will be over gravel paths; there will be steps to
negotiate, however there will also be ramps available throughout
the park. At the Skyway attraction, there are approximately 20
steps, however an elevator should be available. This tour may
not be suitable for passengers who suffer from vertigo, as the
railway is quite steep. We will have approximately one hour of
free time at Featherdale Park. Should you wish to have your
photo taken with a koala, the cost would be AUD $10 (correct at
the time of printing), however, it is not possible to hold the
koalas. It should be noted that we may be able to take a photo
of the koalas with our own camera. Lunch will be a hot and cold
buffet, and a range of soft drinks (at your own expense) and
water will be available. This tour may operate in reverse order.
70
there were around 30,000 people living in Sydney, and
by the end of the 19th century, it was one of the
largest cities in the Western world, with a population
of half a million people (it has not maintained that
position in the 21st century).
20th century additions to the dramatic harbour view
included the 1930’s Sydney Harbour Bridge and the
1960’s Opera House, both of which have become part
of the cultural overlay of this rich, natural inheritance.
The Australian sun can be very hot – it is recommended
to wear sunscreen and a hat and carry water at all
times.
The official currency in Sydney is the Australian
Dollar.
TOUR C
|
HARBOUR BRIDGE CLIMB & ROCKS WALKING – Sydney, Australia
DURATION: 5 hours
PARTICIPANTS: Minimum of 3,
limited to 14 participants per group
Experience the exhilaration of climbing to the top of the
Sydney Harbour Bridge! We will be thoroughly briefed by
professional trained climb leaders and fitted out in specially
designed ‘BridgeSuits’ before embarking on this amazing
adventure. With a guide accompanying our group, we can
feel the thrill of making our way across the catwalk to the
pylon, then setting out over the arch on our way to the
summit. Before us lies a spectacular 360 degree view of one
of the greatest and most beautiful harbours in the world!
The climb leader will be equipped with the latest in digital
photographic technology to ensure that every climber has
that all important picture of themselves and their team
members at the summit of the Bridge. The climb takes three
hours from the time of check in to return to base and will
operate in all weather conditions with the exception of
electrical storms.
flexibility, hand-eye co-ordination, complete upper and lower
body control, and a head for heights are essential. The following
conditions may impact on your ability to participate safely:
vertigo; dizziness/problems with balance; angina; visual
impairment (other than conditions corrected by glasses); severe
asthma, diabetes or epilepsy; any limb or back injury. If you are
concerned, please consult your doctor. You will be asked to sign
a declaration form before starting the climb. Pregnant ladies
should not take part. Children must be 12 years or over. A
breath test will be carried out before participation, therefore
avoid drinking alcohol before going on this tour. The Bridge
Suits are worn over our own clothes, but loose items will not be
permitted on the bridge, including cameras and video
equipment; there are lockers available. Photographs of our
experience can be purchased (one complimentary photo is
given to each passenger at the end of the climb - additional
photos can be purchased for AUD$20.00 (5x7) or 4 photos on a
CD for AUD$64.95 – prices correct at time of printing). Lanyards
are available for spectacle-wearers. Suitable enclosed shoes/
trainers with rubber soles should be worn (not leather or plastic
soled), comfortable clothes and trousers for the ladies. You will
spend at least 2 hours on the bridge, traversing one side of it
(this is not a complete crossing), during which you will be
exposed to the elements; it can be very windy.
Back on solid ground once more and invigorated by our
ascent we will receive our souvenir photograph before
making our way by foot to The Rocks, Sydney’s oldest village
for a walking tour. The Rocks is the heart of the metropolis
and the area where the city’s first settlers hammered together
a primitive village. As we tread through this centuries-old
district we will be able to discover notable buildings, classic
terrace houses and sandstone cottages. Whilst in the area we
will make a stop at a Historical Pub for a well deserved drink
before making our return by foot to the pier.
TOUR NOTES: Safety is of prime concern to the local operator of
this tour. At all times during the climb, participants will be
attached to a static line. The maximum number of people in
each group is 14, accompanied by a trained leader who you can
stay in contact with by radio and earpiece. To participate you
should have a good level of fitness. There are steep ladders and
slopes, uneven surfaces and narrow passageways to negotiate;
71
TOUR E
|
HIGH OVER HAWKESBURY – Sydney, Australia
DURATION: 5 hours
PARTICIPANTS: Limited to 12; early pre-booking essential!
We are in for the thrill of a lifetime as we enjoy the
experience and romance of water-based flight! We shall fly
directly from Sydney Harbour to the tranquil waters of the
Hawkesbury River and the Ku-Ring-Gai Chase National Park,
and enjoy lunch as the waters of the river lap against the
shore.
We shall fly from Rose Bay in a De Havilland Beaver Seaplane
to one of Sydney’s best-kept secrets – Cottage Point Inn.
Following the coastline from the harbour along Sydney’s
Northern beaches, our flight will then turn inland and fly
over the majestic Ku-Ring-Gai Chase National Park and
Hawkesbury River. The aircraft will set down on the tranquil
waters of Cowan Creek, where will disembark from our
flight at the private wharf of the Cottage Point Inn, located
on the bank. Here we shall enjoy modern Australian cuisine
and sample specially selected wines from around the
country. We can relax amid the sights of the Australian
bushland and birdlife.
On the return flight to Sydney Harbour, we will circuit the
harbour in front of the bridge and Opera House before
landing at Rose Bay – a truly spectacular way to end our
riverside lunch experience!
TOUR NOTES: This tour is subject to safe flying conditions, and
can be cancelled or delayed without prior notice at the Air
Company’s discretion. Flight time each way is approximately
20 minutes. The pilot will be the tour guide. Please note that
the restaurant cannot guarantee any particular seating, and
our group is likely to be seated indoors. One glass of wine or
beer will be served complimentary, any further refreshments
are available to purchase at your own expense. Smart casual
attire is recommended. The flight may not be exclusive to
Fred. Olsen passengers.
TOUR F
|
SYDNEY HIGHLIGHTS & OPERA HOUSE – Sydney, Australia
DURATION: 4 hours
Today we can admire Sydney’s many historical buildings and
the magnificent harbour coastline. We begin by visiting the
historical Rocks area, where the first fleet landed in 1788 to
establish Australia’s first European settlement. We can
observe examples of early architecture and the beautiful
sandstone buildings, made out of the same rocks, which gave
this area its name.
We then visit Sydney Opera House for a guided tour. The
Opera House is situated on Bennelong Point and reaches out
to the harbour. Described as the eighth wonder of the modern
world, it is certainly one of the most recognisable images,
along with the Eiffel Tower and the Empire State Building –
and one of the most photographed.
Continuing by coach we shall pass St Mary’s Cathedral,
72
Parliament House, Darling Harbour, Chinatown and Mrs
Macquarie’s Chair for splendid views of this magnificent
harbour. With a shoreline extending 2,400 kilometres (1,500
miles), dotted with secluded bays and coves, Sydney’s harbour
ranks as one of the world’s largest and most dazzling.
Our journey will then take us through Kings Cross, Rushcutters
Bay, Double Bay and Watsons Bay before stopping at the
world famous Bondi Beach to enjoy some free time.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that our guided tour of the Opera
House will last for approximately one hour. There are
approximately 200 steps at the Opera House to negotiate, and
walking will be over uneven surfaces. At Bondi Beach, we will
have approximately 30 minutes of free time
TOUR G
|
CRUISING ON SYDNEY HARBOUR – Sydney, Australia
DURATION: 3½ hours - Tour duration dependent on cruise
berth – please see tour notes.
Discover the grace and magic of Sydney Harbour, a stunning
and unique destination. A cruise on the harbour is a must
for all visitors to Sydney, and provides magnificent views of
waterfront homes, secluded bays and beautiful beaches.
We will enjoy light refreshments onboard and a
comprehensive commentary detailing the history and
features of this magnificent harbour. Be sure to bring plenty
of film, as the photo opportunities are endless!
With a shoreline extending 2,400 kilometres (1,500 miles),
dotted with secluded bays and coves, Sydney’s harbour
ranks as one of the world’s largest and most dazzling.
Departing from Circular Quay, we will experience a leisurely
cruise around Sydney Harbour. We shall see the magnificent
Opera House, Fort Denison, the Sydney Harbour Bridge,
Royal Botanical Gardens, million-dollar waterfront homes
and secluded harbour side beaches.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that this tour involves a coach
transfer to join our boat. However, if Balmoral is berthed at
Circular Quay, there will instead be an approximate 200
metre walk to reach the boat, in which case the tour duration
will be three hours (actual cruise length is 2½ hours). There
will be a ramp to negotiate in order to board the boat. Life
jackets and flotation devices will be available. This tour will
not be exclusive to Fred. Olsen Cruise Lines passengers.
TOUR H
|
AUSSIE WILDLIFE EXPRESS – Sydney, Australia
DURATION: 4 hours
Joining our coach we will drive west through Sydney to the
renowned Featherdale Wildlife Park, one of Australia’s
largest private collections of Australian native animals and
bird life. Operating since 1972, Featherdale has more than
2200 animals from over 230 species.
We will be able to enjoy lots of activities at Featherdale
where the philosophy is ‘the less fencing the better’. Here
we will experience a unique wildlife experience such as
hand feeding a kangaroo, wallaby or emu and enjoy a faceto-face encounter with one of the friendly koalas. Other
wildlife will include dingoes, possums, owls, fixes, wallabies,
Tasmanian devils, a crocodile exhibit and animal nursery.
old with the park at a level throughout the whole
experience.
TOUR NOTES: A total of approximately 1½ hours will be
given at Featherdale Wildlife Park, all at your own pace.
Any refreshments or food will need to be purchased at your
own expense.
Featherdale’s facilities include a café, souvenir shop and
shady picnic areas with BBQs, and it is ideal for young and
TOUR I
|
A NIGHT AT THE OPERA – Sydney, Australia
DURATION: Approximately 5 hours
PARTICIPANTS: Very limited availability
Capture the dynamic spirit of Sydney and savour the
experience of a lifetime as we attend a performance at the
world-famous Sydney Opera House! This epic building’s
outrageous sail-shaped roof has immortalised it in the
hearts of Sydneysiders and visitors alike.
Our evening will begin with a coach transfer to the Opera
House. Located in A-Reserve seats in the theatre, we will
then relax for a dazzling performance of Madame Butterfly
by talented professionals in this unparalleled performing
arts venue.
One of Opera Australia’s most beautiful productions is
ready to capture our imagination and our heart, whether
for the first time or all over again. The sculptural, richly-
coloured costumes, gracious choreography and spare
elegance of Moffatt Oxenbould’s legendary production
complement the lush, romantic sound of Puccini’s score in
this living artwork.
Our performance tonight will be performed in Italian with
English Subtitles.
limited spaces for wheelchair users and these MUST be
requested at the time of booking. Any mobility limitations
must also be declared at time of booking in order to allocate
appropriate seats, however these will be subject to
availability and cannot be guaranteed. Opera House staff
will be available to assist participants to their seats but will
not be able to lift or carry anybody.
TOUR NOTES: Dress code is smart casual to semiformal.
Participants must walk 150 yards outside the security gate
from the drop off point and for the return coach transfers.
The Opera House has approximately 200 steps in order to
reach the entrance, there are lifts but with limited capacity,
therefore there could be a wait for their use. There are VERY
73
TOUR J
|
SYDNEY HARBOUR DINNER CRUISE – Sydney, Australia
DURATION: 3½ hours
Sydney is a harbour like no other. Inside its narrow heads lie
more than 250 kilometres of bays, coves, beaches and
promontories just waiting to be explored. Natural beauty
remains everywhere, in broad and tiny beaches, in wide and
narrow bays, on high green headlands and on the water
itself, where pleasure vessels mix and ferries, working boats,
cargo vessels and ocean liners in a constant swirl of traffic.
Leaving our ship, we will take a short walk to board our
luxury vessel for an approximate 2½ hour leisurely dinner
cruise around this stunning harbour. We will enjoy a seven
course degustation menu set to the brilliant backdrop of
Sydney by night.
passes the many prominent landmarks that dot Sydney
Harbour.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that if our ship berths at Darling
Harbour Wharf or White Bay then an additional transfer
will be required. Our vessel is boarded by a flat ramp,
however a few steps will need to be negotiated in order to
reach the ramp. This tour will not be exclusive to Fred Olsen
Cruise Lines passengers.
Afterwards we can spend time star gazing and taking in the
lights of Sydney from the spacious “Star Deck” as our cruise
TOUR K
|
TEA NEAR THE SEA – Sydney, Australia
DURATION: 5 hours
Beach, bush and bay – three words that sum up the relaxed,
outdoor lifestyle that is Sydney’s beautiful Northern
beaches. Framed by bustling, vibrant Manly in the south
and exclusive Palm Beach in the north, this spectacular 30
kilometre long peninsula contains 22 glorious sandy
beaches and three national parks.
Departing from the pier we will travel over the Sydney
Harbour Bridge stopping under the bridge for a photo
opportunity of the city and Circular Quay. Travelling north
towards Manly we will stop at Seaforth Lookout for a
panoramic view over middle harbour and the spit.
Continuing around the bays through Narrabeen to Pam
Beach where we will stop for a delightful morning/
74
afternoon tea at Jonahs Restaurant while taking in more
breathtaking views of the bay. Jonahs Restaurant is the
only Relais & Chateau Hotel in Sydney which is one of the
most prestigious hotel associations in the world.
Reboarding our coach we will head back towards the city
stopping at North Head for magnificent views across
Sydney Harbour and back towards Manly Cove, before
arriving at the ship.
TOUR NOTES: Please be aware that this tour is predominantly
a coach tour and very little walking is included.
Approximately 5 steps will need to be negotiated in order
to enter Jonahs restaurant, however there is a ramp
available for wheelchair uses.
TOUR L
|
THE RED CENTRE OVERLAND – Sydney, Australia
DURATION: 4 nights
PARTICIPANTS: Very limited availability
FRIDAY 25TH FEBRUARY – SYDNEY TO AYERS ROCK – OLGAS
TOUR AND SOUNDS OF SILENCE
Departing the ship this morning we will take a transfer to
Sydney Airport for our flight to Ayers Rock. Upon arrival in
Ayers Rock we will be met and assisted with our transfer to
our hotel.
After lunch (at your own expense) we will experience the
harsh Outback on a visit to the massive series of domes
known as Kata Tjuta (Olgas). The walking trail through Olga
Gorge follows the natural creek between two of the domes of
Kata Tjuta. Here we will spend some time exploring the gorge
and the unusual rock formations.
This evening we will be able to enjoy “Sounds of Silence” – the
quietest restaurant on earth. We will be transferred to a desert
dune to sip champagne and listen to the haunting sounds of
the didgeridoo as we watch a magnificent sunset over Uluru
(Ayers Rock). When the sun has finally set, lanterns will be lit
and a delicious Northern Territory gourmet barbecue will be
served. After dinner the lights will be turned down to reveal a
star filled sky, clearer and brighter than most city dwellers will
ever see. The resident Astronomer will then introduce us to
the magnificent constellations, stars and planets that make
up the skies of the Southern Hemisphere. At the conclusion of
our dinner we will be transferred back to our hotel.
SATURDAY 26TH FEBRUARY – LIRU WALK AND ULURU BASE.
AYERS ROCK TO ALICE SPRINGS
After enjoying an early breakfast in our hotel we will be
transferred to the Uluru Cultural Centre where we will be met
by our Aboriginal guide for the Liru Walk. This tour is a walk of
discovery along a path to Uluru following the track of the
ancestral Liru. We will hear the ancient Tjukurpa of the
Western Brown Snake, the Liru. Opportunites to watch
demonstrations of traditional bush skills such as how to make
adhesive resin from spinifex grass, a multi-purpose spear
thrower from the mulga tree and a water carrying bowl from
the inner bark of the bloodwood tree will be given. After our
tour we will have time to browse the Cultural Centre’s
Aboriginal art galleries, shops and interpretative displays.
Later this morning we will take a transfer to the airport for a
scenic flight to Alice Springs. Upon our arrival we will visit the
fascinating Alice Springs Desert Park to discover the unique
birds, plants and animals of the Australian Desert. We will
have the chance to see free flying birds of prey, rare and
endangered animals in the world’s largest nocturnal house
and experience a cinematic journey through millions of years
of desert evolution. The park showcases the landscapes,
animals and plants of Australia’s deserts and their traditional
use and management by Aboriginal people.
Later this afternoon we can explore the town or relax and
enjoy the facilities of the hotel. This evening we will enjoy a
traditional Aussie meal at a local restaurant.
SUNDAY 27TH FEBRUARY – ALICE SPRINGS TOWN TOUR.
ALICE SPRINGS TO BRISBANE
After breakfast we will embark on a tour of the town, taking
in the sweeping views of the region from Anzac Hill lookout.
We will visit the Royal Flying Doctor Service and learn how
this marvellous facility operates to provide a “Mantle of
Safety” to people of the outback. We will see how routine
medical clinics are provided to isolated outback areas.
Later this morning we will transfer to the Alice Springs Airport
for our flight to Brisbane.
Upon arrival in Brisbane we will take a transfer to our hotel
with time given to freshen up. Dinner tonight will be served in
a local restaurant, a short walk from the hotel.
MONDAY 28TH FEBRUARY – MT TAMBORINE & THE GOLD
COAST
Today we will drive south and then inland to the Mount
Tamborine volcanic plateau, home to rain forest, waterfalls,
wineries and orchards. After our sojourn, we will descend the
mountains, travelling through Oxenford to the Gold Coast
famed for its many resorts, fine shops and dazzling beaches.
Mount Tamborine – lying inland from the fabled Gold Coast,
this volcanic plateau is home to national parkland, rainforests
and groves of macadamia nut, kiwi and avocado. Our trip will
include a guided walk through a mystical Glow Worm Cave
and wine tasting at a local winey, as well as a tour of the area’s
thriving arts, antiques and crafts scene where we will have
time to browse for art, antiques, crafts and souvenirs. We will
have a hearty lunch at a charming winery restaurant
overlooking a lake alive with native wildlife.
The Gold Coast, every year has more than five million visitors
flock to its stretch of dazzling beachfront south of Brisbane.
Our drive will take in resort hotels, casinos and beaches and
includes free time at the legendary beach known as Surfers’
Paradise.
Later this afternoon we will return to our Brisbane hotel with
time to freshen up before joining the rest of the group for a
final farewell dinner in the hotel restaurant.
TUESDAY 1ST MARCH – BRISBANE CITY HIGHLIGHTS & LONE
PINE KOALA SANCTUARY
After breakfast we will take a visit to the world’s largest Koala
sanctuary on our discovery of Brisbane “The City of Sun Days”.
Our city Highlights tour will explore this rapidly growing city
built along the winding picturesque Brisbane River and will
let us get up close and personal with Australian Wildlife.
We will travel through the city past the Botanical Gardens, the
historic buildings of Parliament House and the Treasury
Casino before crossing the river past the Arts and Cultural
Centre and South Bank Parklands. View the city skyline from
Kangaroo Point cliffs before heading out to Lone Pine.
We will be able to take the opportunity to hand feed friendly
kangaroos, take a leisurely stroll around the park to view
animals such as emus, Tasmanian devils, wombats, dingoes,
reptiles and many more native Australian animals. We can
have our picture taken with a Koala (payable locally) and walk
through 20 hectares of natural setting and meet the funloving and dedicated Sanctuary staff. Before we know it we
will become an expert on Australian animals through Lone
Pine’s regular animal talks or we could just relax and enjoy a
cold drink (at own expense) in the picnic grounds on the banks
of the Brisbane River.
Early this afternoon we will board our coach and take a
transfer to Portside Wharf where we will rejoin the awaiting
Balmoral.
TOUR NOTES: This four night tour will be accompanied
throughout by local guides (other than during free time and
leisure time) and includes meals unless otherwise stated. It
excludes all items of personal use, such as telephone calls,
laundry, mini bar, additional drinks and so on; these must be
settled direct with the hotels. This tour involves a moderate
amount of walking, some of which may be over uneven ground.
Steps will also be encountered throughout the tour. This tour is
not suitable for passengers with limited mobility and wheelchair
passengers. Luggage allowance on domestic flights is a
maximum of 23 kilograms total, the number of pieces is
unrestricted. Due to the limited availability and flight
requirements, this tour must be pre booked in advance – please
see the booking form for booking deadline. Costs are subject to
increase should any federal or state government levies or taxes
be introduced.
75
Eden, Australia
The Port of Eden is one of two regional ports in New
South Wales administered by the New South Wales
Maritime Authority, the other is at Yamba on the
North Coast. The Port of Eden is the largest fishing
port in New South Wales and the major export
handled by the port is woodchips. The port is the most
southern declared port in NSW and services the south
coast of NSW including the towns of Bega, Merimbula,
TOUR A
|
Bombala and Cooma.
476 kilometres (297 miles) south of Sydney, Eden is a
quiet former whaling town on Twofold Bay bounded
by national park to the north and south and by
woodland to the west. Near the boarder with Victoria,
located between Nullica Bay to the South and Calle
Calle Bay, Eden is built on undulating land adjacent to
a deep harbour, Snug Cover on its western boundary.
Fishing and timber are the towns main industries
with whale watching becoming Eden’s key tourist
attraction.
At the 2006 census, Eden had a population of 3,006.
Please be aware that the standard of coaches available
to us in Eden may not be of such a high standard as we
come to expect in major cities.
The official currency of Eden is the Australian Dollar.
WILDLIFE & THE EDEN KILLER WHALE MUSEUM – Eden, Australia
DURATION: 4 hours
Departing from the pier we will travel to Potoroo Palace, a notfor-profit wildlife organisation where we will enjoy a short
guided tour. We then have some free time on our own to savour
the rare opportunity to see a koala wander amongst the
kangaroos, touch a snake or stroll through the cooling mist of the
walk-through aviary before enjoying morning/afternoon tea.
visit the Eden Killer Whale Museum. Established as the first
shore whaling station on mainland Australia, Eden became
famous for its killer whales. In the 1920s and 1930s Twofold Bay
and the area around Eden was the home for a group of killer
whales led by a whale that became known to locals as Tom. The
museum also offers fine views of the bay from the gallery.
Many of the animals at the sanctuary are native to Merimbula.
Some of the animals that we will see here are Long-nosed
Potoroos, Swamp Wallaby and Eastern Grey Kangaroos, Bare
nosed Wombats, Short-beaked Echidnas and Long-nosed
Bandicoots. Koalas and Long-nosed Potoroos were once
abundant in the region but are now very rare.
Our tour will be complete with a visit to Lookout Point before
returning to the pier.
We will depart Merimbula and travel back to Eden where we will
TOUR B
|
discretion at the killer whale museum. Approximately 15 steps
will be encountered at the killer whale museum. Most ground is
even with some grassed and wood chipped areas.
TOUR NOTES: All participants are advised to take a hat, sunscreen
and bottled water. Approximately 1½ hours of walking at
passengers’ own discretion will be encountered at the Potoroo
Palace and approximately 1 hour of walking at passengers’ own
CRUISING TWOFOLD BAY – Eden, Australia
DURATION: 2½ hours
Relax as Cat Balou cruises the two folds of Twofold Bay
which covers an area of 30 square kilometres. Surrounded
by the Ben Boyd National Park, the state forest, stunning
scenery and pristine bays and beaches will be viewed as Cat
Balou cruises around this deep water port.
Our cruise will highlight the history of this whaling port
including Boyd’s Tower, Seahorse Inn at Boydtown, Edrom
Lodge and whaling station sites. The naval/multi purpose
wharf which is also used by visiting cruise ships, woodchip
mill, mussel farms and large fishing fleets will also be seen.
On most trips Cat Balou encounters dolphins or seals.
TOUR C
|
TOUR NOTES: All participants are advised to take a hat,
sunscreen and bottled water. A 100 metre walk will be
encountered from the tender point to the Cat Balou. The Cat
Balou is able to accommodate passengers using wheelchairs
however these spaces are very limited and the area in which
the chairs can be seated are on the outer deck which is not
enclosed. One step will need to be negotiated in order to reach
the enclosed area of the vessel. We cannot guarantee the
sighting of any wildlife.
A TASTE OF WILDLIFE & OYSTERS – Eden, Australia
DURATION: 4 hours
Departing from the pier we will travel to the Pambula-Merimbula
Golf Course for a unique wildlife experience. The golf club is
located on 150 acres of natural Australian Bush with rolling
fairways splitting through coastal eucalypt forest. It is the home
for an abundance of Australian Wildlife and a chance for us to
view these fascinating animals in their natural environment.
Upon arrival we will be met by a gold club representative and
taken on a guided walk of the course. There is a possibility to see
Kangaroos, Echidnas and large Goannas and the occasional
black snake alongside native wild flowers. Native Australian
76
birdlife is also abundant. On our return back to the gold
clubhouse we will enjoy a refreshing morning/afternoon tea.
From here we will travel to Wheelers Oyster Farm. Oyster
farming in Australia’s oldest form of aquaculture, but until now
very little information has been available to the public about
how oysters are formed. While here we will enjoy a guided tour
of the farm where we will learn how they grow the oysters and
even get to have a taste of these succulent shellfish before
returning back to the pier.
TOUR NOTES: All participants are advised to take a hat, sunscreen
and bottled water. A total of approximately 3 hours walking will
be involved in those tour, most
of which will be over grass or
concrete areas. Golf buggies
are available to hire at
the Pambula-Merimbula golf
course, however these MUST
be booked at the time of the
tour booking and are an
additional cost of AUS$20.00
per person (correct at time of
going to print).
TOUR D
|
HAYCOCK POINT ABORIGINAL EXPERIENCE – Eden, Australia
DURATION: 4 hours
Named after a prominent 19th-century Far South Coast
entrepreneur, Ben Boyd National Park is a striking stretch of
coastal wilderness offering a variety of photo opportunities
and activities.
We will take our coach through the Ben Boyd National Park
to Haycock Point where we will be met by one of the National
Park Rangers. The walk to Haycock point (approximately 800
metres over uneven surfaces) will provide us with spectacular
coastline views. Australian flora and fauna will be a feature
of the walk, with possible sightings of sea eagles and
Australian gannets along with bush birds.
On our return walk we will stop at a picnic area and listen to
our Aboriginal Ranger talking about tools and weapons,
TOUR E
|
bush tucker, clapping sticks and boomerangs. Authentic
material will be passed around and questions will be
answered while damper and a cup of tea will be prepared
over an open fire.
We will then travel back through the National Park and
return to the pier.
sunscreen and bottled water. Participants MUST wear enclosed
footwear and be capable of walking approximately 800
metres over uneven surfaces. People NOT wearing appropriate
footwear will be unable to participate in walking activities.
This tour is not exclusive to Fred Olsen Passengers as the site is
publicly owned.
GOURMET EDEN – Eden, Australia
DURATION: 7 hours
Departing from the pier we will take a short journey to
Oaklands where we will have some free time to enjoy some
of the rustic Australian architecture. Oaklands is made up of
an art gallery, antique shop, animal nursery and cafes.
From here we shall travel the short distance to the popular
Pambula Beach, where we may get the chance to view
Australia’s icon “the kangaroo” roaming wild. Here we shall
have some free time to view these amazing animals in their
natural habitat or just relax on the beach before re-boarding
our coach for a short drive to The Grange Restaurant.
Set on 13 acres of landscaped grounds this is a perfect
setting to enjoy a private wine tasting of some of the local
wines and partake in a leisurely three course lunch, sampling
some of Australia’s finest cuisine.
TOUR F
|
After lunch we will travel back to Eden making our last stop
of the day at the famous Wheelers Oyster Farm. Oyster
farming is Australia’s oldest form of aquacultures, but until
now very little information has been available to the public
about how oysters are formed. We will take part in a guided
farm tour where we will find out how oysters are grown and
even get to have a taste of these succulent shellfish.
Re-boarding our coach we will travel to the Lookout Point
for a photograph stop before returning to the pier.
sunscreen and bottled water. There will be approximately one
hour of mandatory walking involved in the tour. Some uneven
surfaces and inclines will be encountered on this tour.
DAVIDSON WHALING STATION & BEN BOYD TOWER – Eden, Australia
Duration 6 hours
PARTICIPANTS: Very limited capacity!
Leaving our ship and Eden behind us we will head into the
Ben Boyd National Park where we will find out about the
Whaling History of Eden and take a walk to Boyd’s Tower to
enjoy magnificent views across the Pacific Ocean.
Experience the lives of the early settlers and walk through
the cottage where the Davidson family lived next to the
whaling station on the picturesque Kiah Inlet. The stroll and
talk will be richly woven with the whaling history of Twofold
Bay, its legendary Killer Whales and their contribution to
shore based whaling. The spectacular views of the coastline
south to Green Cape will let us see the colourful and
contorted ancient geology of Red Point. We will learn about
aspects of Aboriginal culture over thousands of years and of
the more recent interaction of Aboriginal and European
cultures during the days of early settlement.
Departing from the tower we will make our way to the
Seahorse Inn for a pleasant lunch. The Inn was built in 1843
by the flamboyant entrepreneur Benjamin Boyd using
convict labour. It is situated on the shores of Twofold Bay
with stunning views across the bay of Eden.
After lunch we make our short trip back to the pier.
sunscreen and bottled water. Participants MUST wear enclosed
footwear and be capable of walking approximately 1100
metres over gravel and boardwalk surfaces and negotiate
approximately 28 steep
wooden steps with the
use of a handrail. People
NOT wearing appropriate
footwear will be unable to
participate
in
walking
activities. This tour is not
exclusive to Fred Olsen
Passengers as the site is
publicly owned.
77
Brisbane, Australia
Settled in 1824 along the winding Brisbane River, this
vivacious Australian City is a harmonious mix of
elegant colonial sandstone and modern glass
skyscrapers. Brisbane, Queensland’s capital has a
warm climate, with the average temperature ranging
from 21 degrees Celcius (70 degrees Fahrenheit) in
winter to 30 degrees Celcius (86 degrees Fahrenheit)
in the summer months. It was a penal colony for only
TOUR A
|
The city has experienced rapid growth since the
1950’s, in a familiar Australian story – a mining boom,
in this case the discovery of large mineral deposits
throughout the state. The Brisbane River cuts a
THE BEST OF BRISBANE – Brisbane, Australia
DURATION: 4 hours
Experience the best of Brisbane – the ‘River City’ – on this tour,
which takes us along the winding picturesque Brisbane River,
through the lively South Bank Parklands, and up to the city’s
favourite vantage point, Mount Coot-tha.
Queensland’s busy capital city is positively buzzing with energy,
and ready to give other cities a run for their money. Brisbane’s
casual atmosphere, distinctive architecture and sub-tropical
ambience set it apart, but it’s the abundance of things to see
and do which gives it an extra dimension.
Boarding Brisbane’s most relaxing mode of public transport – a
high-speed City Cat – we will cruise along the scenic Brisbane
River, and take in all that Australia’s third largest and most
progressive city has to offer. We shall pass by exclusive
residential developments and numerous leafy parks and
gardens on our journey, before arriving at South Bank. This lush,
sub-tropical, 17 hectare parkland includes Australia’s only manmade beach and lagoon in the heart of the city, rainforest walks,
picnic and barbecue areas, water features, a picturesque
riverfront promenade, and even a Nepalese Pagoda. We can
enjoy approximately 30 minutes of free time in this ambient
riverside location, with its street entertainers, pubs and cafes.
South Bank is also home to the Queensland Art Gallery,
Performing Arts Centre, Queensland Museum and the State
Library of Queensland – all within a short walk from the ferry
stop.
Following our free time, we board our coach and continue onto
Mount Coot-tha for panoramic views of the city and surrounds.
On a clear day it is possible to see as far as the Glass House
Mountains to the north, the Gold Coast Hinterland to the south
and Moreton and Stradbroke Islands to the east. We can enjoy a
short photo stop here before we travel back through the city.
On our way back to our ship, we shall pass by the historical
buildings of Parliament House, the Treasury Building/Conrad
Casino, Customs House and City Hall.
TOUR NOTES: Walking on this tour will be during photo stops and
free time, so is much to passengers’ own discretion. Places of
interest may be visited in a different order to that described. Views
from Mount Coot-tha are obviously dependent on the weather.
The ferry that we will be using is non-exclusive to Fred Olsen
passengers and will offer no commentary. This tour may operate
in the reverse depending on numbers.
78
a short time, from 1825 to 1842, and in 1859 Brisbane
became a separate colony from New South Wales, its
proclamation as a city following in 1902.
winding course through the capital, and is lined by a
series of walks, reserves and picnic spots.
For reference, the distance from where we shall dock
into the city is approximately 10 kilometres (6 miles).
The official currency of Brisbane is the Australian
Dollar.
TOUR B
|
CRIKEY! AUSTRALIA ZOO – Brisbane, Australia
DURATION: 6 hours
Today we board our coach and head for the Sunshine Coast to
spend a thrilling time at Australia Zoo – home of the family of
the late ‘Crocodile Hunter’ Steve Irwin. Here we will see some
of Australia’s most unique and amazing wildlife, as well as
some interesting animals from around the world, including
freshwater and saltwater crocodiles, kangaroos, dingoes and
snakes.
Set over 60 acres, Australia Zoo is a tropical oasis amid beautiful
natural bush. As well as the lush greenery and well maintained
gardens, the most striking tributes of Australia Zoo are the
adventurous, spacious and artistic wildlife enclosures. See the
newly created Tiger Temple – built to resemble the famous
Angkor Wat temple in Cambodia, which is a work of art as well
as an architectural first (Tiger Temple boasts the southern
hemisphere’s only underwater viewing of tigers and cheetahs).
There are always plenty of exciting wildlife shows to see,
friendly and knowledgeable zoo keepers to chat with and
many animals that can not wait to get up close and personal.
We will have approximately three hours to explore the zoo at
our leisure. We may be able to meet the cuddly koalas, view the
majestic birds of prey, feed the kangaroos (at our own expense),
have our photo taken with a giant python or kiss a camel (if we
dare!). The highlight of the day will be when the keepers
demonstrate how crocodiles launch a strike from the water’s
edge, which is truly incredible! We will have time for lunch at
one of Australia Zoo’s fun food outlets (at our own expense).
Every day at Australia Zoo is an adventure, and you never know
who or what you will meet.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that we cannot guarantee the
activities at Australia Zoo. Walking will be during free time and
therefore at your own discretion. There are steps to negotiate
at Australia Zoo, however there will be ramped access. Do wear
comfortable shoes, and do not forget your sun protection.
Please note that refreshments are not included.
79
TOUR E
|
4X4 ADVENTURE – Brisbane, Australia
DURATION: 9 hours
We shall climb aboard our 4-wheel drive vehicle for an
unforgettable journey through the dramatic landscapes of
the Gold Coast Hinterland. We will travel through one of
Queensland’s farming and grazing regions before ascending
the Mountain Plateau of Tambourine Mountain via a bush
track – the original path built by pioneers to transport their
produce from the volcanic plateau of the mountain to the
coast.
used varies from 5 to 16 seaters. Some of the driving will be off
road, and because of this, the tour may prove to be unsuitable
for passengers with neck and back problems. Professional
driver/guides are used, and they will give an informative
commentary. We can not guarantee which wildlife and flora
will be seen. It is recommended that you wear casual clothing,
sensible, comfortable enclosed shoes, sun protection and
insect repellent. You may wish to bring swimwear and a
towel, as a refreshing dip in a cool mountain creek may be
possible (this is dependent on weather conditions). Please be
aware that swimming too soon after a meal can cause severe
cramps. A selection of refreshments are available with lunch,
including beer and wine - it is not advisable to drink alcoholic
beverages if you intend to swim.
We can enjoy a homemade morning tea in the rainforest,
and a leisurely nature walk with an experienced bush guide
through the subtropical rainforest. Marvel at the waterfalls
and panoramic views, and learn about bush tucker and the
local flora and fauna.
Lunch will be an Aussie barbecue at Spring Gally, which will
satisfy the heartiest of appetities. Spring Gully is tucked
away in the Aussie bush beside a crystal clear creek, and is
surrounded by 300 acres of bush and farmland – home to
both native and farm animals, where cattle, wallabies and
kangaroos graze contentedly side by side. Colourful parrots,
kookaburras, magpies and butcher birds are frequent
visitors, with the less timid willing to pose for that special
photograph. Lunchtime entertainment includes a whipcracking demonstration, boomerang throwing and a
refreshing swim in a cool mountain stream.
Following lunch we shall re board our coach and make our
way back to our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: This tour involves a moderate amount of
walking, and rough ground will be encountered. It is not
suitable for wheelchair users and is not recommended for
passengers with limited mobility. The nature walk will take
approximately 20 minutes, and some varying gradients will
be encountered. The size of the covered 4-wheel drive vehicles
TOUR F
|
CITY HIGHLIGHTS & LONE PINE – Brisbane, Australia
DURATION: 4 hours
Visit the world’s largest koala sanctuary and discover
Brisbane – ‘The City of Sun Days’. Our tour today will
explore this rapidly growing city built along the winding
picturesque Brisbane River.
We travel through the city past the Botanical Gardens, the
historic buildings of Parliament House and the Treasury
Casino, before crossing the river and passing the Arts and
Cultural Centre and South Bank Parklands. We can view
the city skyline from Kangaroo Point cliffs, before heading
out to Lone Pine, the world’s largest koala sanctuary.
At Lone Pine we will have the opportunity to hand feed
friendly kangaroos, take a leisurely stroll around the park
to view animals such as emus, Tasmanian devils, wombats,
80
dingoes, reptiles and many more native Australian animals.
We can have our photograph taken with a koala (this is
optional and at our own expense). We may also walk
through 20 hectares of natural settings, meet the fun
loving and dedicated sanctuary staff that hold regular
animal talks, or simply relax and enjoy a break in the picnic
grounds on the banks of the Brisbane River.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that on certain occasions, for the
safety and medical protection of the animals, it may not
be possible to pet the animals or cuddle a koala. It is
recommended that passengers wear comfortable walking
shoes and sun protection. There are a few steps to
negotiate, however ramped access is available. It may be
possible to have your photograph taken with a koala for
AUD $16.00 (price correct at the time of printing).
TOUR G
|
MOUNT TAMBORINE & THE GOLD COAST – Brisbane, Australia
DURATION: 8 hours
From Brisbane we will take a drive south and the inland to
the Mount Tamborine volcanic plateau, home to rainforest,
waterfalls, wineries and orchards. After our sojourn here, we
will descend the mountains, travelling through Oxenford, to
the Gold Coast, famed for its many resorts, fine shops and
dazzling beaches.
Mount Tamborine, lying inland from the fabled Gold Coast,
a volcanic plateau is home to national parkland, rainforests
and groves of macadamia nut, kiwi and avocado. Our tour
includes a guided walk through a mystical Glow Worm cave
and wine tasting at a local winery, as well as time in the
area’s thriving arts, antiques and crafts scene where we will
have free time to browse for souvenirs to take away with us.
TOUR I
|
Whilst at this stop we will be served a hearty lunch at a
charming winery restaurant overlooking a lake alive with
native wildlife.
The Gold Coast, every year, more than five million visitors
flock to this stretch of dazzling beachfront south of Brisbane.
Our drive will take us past the resort hotels, casinos and
beaches and we will be given some free time at the
legendary beach known as Surfers’ Paradise.
TOUR NOTES: This tour involves approximately 4 hours of
walking that is all optional and at your own discretion. If you
are wishing to swim at the Gold Coast please come with your
swimwear under your clothes and don’t forget a towel!
HIGH TEA AT PALAZZO VERSACE – Brisbane, Australia
DURATION: 6 hours
Boarding our coach we will head south from Brisbane to the
Gold Coast. Arriving at Q1 Resort we will take the lift up 77
floors to the QDeck. QDeck is Australia’s only beachside
observation deck located in one of the world’s tallest
residential towers. Rising a sheer 230 metres into the sky
we will take in the 360 degree views of the Gold Coast that
extend from the surf to the hinterland and beyond.
After our visit to QDeck we will reboard our coach for an
hour long city sights tour of the Gold Coast before arriving
at our tour highlight – Palazzo Versace – the famous hotel
that houses the “I’m A Celebrity – Get Me Out Of Here!”
contestants before and after their stay in the jungle.
Palazzo Versace on the Gold Coast is the evolution of the
Versace lifestyle, a place of Renaissance splendour, elegance
and ease – in location of breathtaking beauty. On arrival we
will make our way to the Le Jardin room where we will enjoy
High Tea of scones with jam and cream, selected cakes and
finger sandwiches together with our choice of tea or coffee.
After we have taken in the surroundings of this fabulous
hotel we will have some free time to explore either Marina
Mirage, a boutique shopping strip located right next to
Palazzo Versace or we can use our time to hit the beach
directly across the road from Marina Mirage. The Gold Coast
beaches have been renowned as some of the best in the
world so it is our opportunity to lay back and relax.
All too soon we will reboard our coach back to Brisbane and
our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: All walking on this tour is at passengers own
discretion and all stops are wheelchair accessible.
81
TOUR J
|
QUEENSLAND BY RAIL OVERLAND – Brisbane, Australia
DURATION: 4 nights
PARTICIPANTS: Very limited availability, early booking
recommended!
TUESDAY 1ST MARCH – BRISBANE TO MARYBOROUGH,
TRANSFER TO FRASER ISLAND
Departing the ship this morning we will be transferred to
Brisbane’s Roma Street Railway Station and board the Tilt
Train for our journey to Maryborough. Upon arrival we will
board a coach for the one hour drive to Hervey Bay where
we will board a ferry and cruise to magnificent World
Heritage-listed Fraser Island.
Later this afternoon we can explore the resort and enjoy the
facilities. This evening we will enjoy a welcome drink before
dining in the Maheno restaurant.
WEDNESDAY 2ND MARCH – EXPLORING FRASER ISLAND
After enjoying an early breakfast in our hotel we will leave
for our full day tour where we will learn about the natural
and cultural history of Fraser Island. We shall be given the
chance to swim in the crystal clear, blue waters of Lake
McKenzie, the island’s most beautiful perched lake. From
Central Station we will walk along the banks of Wanggoolba
Creek as it flows silently through the rainforest. Marvel at
the tall, majestic satinay trees of Pile Valley and drive along
spectacular Seventy-Five Mile beach before making a stop
to swim in the cool fresh Eli Creek. This swift-flowing creek,
the largest on the Eastern beach, spills 80 mega litres of
water into the ocean every day. We will then take a visit to
the Maheno shipwreck and marvel at the coloured sands of
the Pinnacles before seeing an ancient forest being
uncovered as Stonetool Sand Blow moves across the island.
All too soon we will make our return journey in the late
afternoon back to our hotel to freshen up before Dinner in
the Maheni Restaurant.
THURSDAY 3RD MARCH – FRASER ISLAND TO CAIRNS
This morning we will take a transfer back to Hervey Bay
where we will board the MV Krystal Klear, a 40 foot glass
bottom boat for a coral viewing tour. We will be given the
opportunity to snorkel the reef, feed fish, view turtles,
admire dolphins and swim in calm waters. Most days
dolphins are seen, both the Indo-Pacific and bottlenose
dolphins are prevalent in the Great Sandy Straits and
occasionally dugongs are spotted. Except for two months in
the winter close sightings of large green and loggerhead
turtles are guaranteed.
Once back onboard our boat we will head to the deserted
Round Island for a sumptuous barbecue lunch.
In the afternoon we will be transferred back to Hervey Bay
for our transfer to Maryborough where we will board the
Sunlander Train for our journey to Cairns. Travelling in
Queenslander class, we will enjoy the breathtaking scenery
on a journey that has been voted one of the World’s Top 25
trains by the Society of International Railway Travellers.
Our air conditioned Queenslander Class berths feature a
panoramic window which will allow us to sit back and enjoy
82
the scenery, an in-cabin commentary service, complimentary
robes and slippers, vanity unit, full length mirror, wardrobe,
wash basin, bedside reading light, 240 volt power point,
fresh crisp linen and towels will all be available to us on our
overnight moving accommodation.
Dining in Queenslander Class is one of the true highlights of
the journey. We will enjoy mouth watering gourmet meals
prepared by the expert onboard chef, made from the
freshest local produce and complemented by an award
winning selection of Australian wines. The signature
seafood platter, delivered direct from the trawler to the
train in Townsville, is a firm favourite with Queenslander
Class passengers. Meals are served in the fine dining
atmosphere of an exclusive restaurant car.
FRIDAY 4TH MARCH – CAIRNS AND THE KURANDA
EXPERIENCE
Our train ride experience will continue today travelling
through Proserpine, Bowen and Townsville as we make our
way North to Cairns.
We will arrive in Cairns late this evening where we will be
transferred directly to our accommodation.
SATURDAY 5TH MARCH – CAIRNS AND THE KURANDA
EXPERIENCE
After breakfast we will transfer to Freshwater Station to
board the scenic Kuranda Rail for a picturesque ride through
Barron Gorge. Our train ride will offer sights of deep gorges
and rugged mountains, take us past magnificent waterfalls,
through 15 tunnels and across 40 bridges on our journey up
the Kuranda Ranges. Upon arrival at Kuranda Village we will
be able to enjoy some free time to browse through the many
art and craft studios, visit the Australian Butterfly Farm (at
our own expense) or sit back in a café and watch the colourful
and vibrant village life go by. In the afternoon we will
experience the breathtaking descent from Kuranda to Cairns
aboard the Skyrail Rain Forest Cableway, travelling high
above the rain forest canopy aboard a six-passenger gondola.
Below will be spectacular views of the region and of the
North Queensland coast, the Coral Sea and Green Island. The
journey down the mountain will include a stop at the Rain
Forest Interpretive Centre and Red Peak Station where we
will have the opportunity to gain an insight into the intricate
ecosystems that make up the rain forest. After we arrive at
Caravonica station we will join our coach and transfer to
Trinity Wharf where our ship will await our arrival.
TOUR NOTES: This four night tour will be accompanied
throughout by local guides (other than during free time and
leisure time) and includes meals unless otherwise stated. It
excludes all items of personal use, such as telephone calls,
laundry, mini bar, additional drinks and so on; these must be
settled direct with the hotels. This tour involves a moderate
amount of walking, some of which may be over uneven
ground. Steps will also be encountered throughout the tour.
This tour is not suitable for passengers with limited mobility
and wheelchair passengers. Due to the limited availability
and train requirements, this tour must be pre booked in
advance – please see the booking form for booking deadline.
Costs are subject to increase should any federal or state
government levies or taxes be introduced.
Hamilton Island (Whitsunday Islands), Australia
Stretching for 2,012 kilometres (1,250 miles) along
the coast of North Queensland, Australia’s Great
Barrier Reef is the most massive structure on earth
create by living organisms. Formed over 10,000 years
by tiny, limestone-secreting coral polyps, the Great
Barrier Reef is actually a vast coral complex composed
of more than 2,000 individual reefs and 71 coral
islands.
Bordered by the Great Barrier Reef and one of
Australia’s most desirable holiday destinations, lie the
Whitsundays, boasting 74 tropical islands, which rise
from the pristine turquoise waters. The Whitsundays
are continental islands, many surrounded by fringing
reef, and with 70% of the region protected by national
TOUR D
|
and Marine Parks, this is a truly unique and beautiful
destination.
James Cook named the islands when he sailed through
it aboard the Endeavour on what his log indicated as
Whit Sunday – the seventh Sunday after Easter – in
1770. In fact, the usually meticulous Cook hadn’t
allowed for his crossing, earlier in the voyage, of the
international dateline, and was thus a day late with
his name! The Whitsundays are an ideal place to
explore the wonders, colours and unusual creatures
that make up Australia’s Great Barrier Reef.
For reference, we shall tender into Hamilton Island.
Although unlikely, there is a chance that there may be
jellyfish around the islands, if they are in the area
there will be signs on the beach indicating this. If you
wish to swim, ‘stinger suits’ are recommended (full
Lycra bodysuits – they do not cover the head or neck
and are thinner than wetsuits – also good for sun
protection). They are available for hire from the beach
sports office at a cost of AUD$20 (Correct at time of
going to print); you may be required to leave a deposit
(such as a driver’s licence).
It is important to note that all tours in the Whitsundays
are weather dependent, due to the tendering
involved.
The official currency of Hamilton Island is the
Australian Dollar.
SCENIC WHITSUNDAYS BY PLANE – Hamilton Island (Whitsunday Islands), Australia
DURATION: 3-3½ hours
(approximately 50 minutes flying time)
PARTICIPANTS: Very Limited Capacity
Let’s go on a spectacular one hour scenic flight by seaplane
over the Great Barrier Reef and the amazing Heart Reef
before experiencing a water landing to spend one-and-ahalf hours on the famous Whitehaven Beach. Chilled
sparkling wine and complimentary tropical fruits will be
served whilst relaxing in the sun or under a sunshade.
During our flight we will be able to enjoy commentary
whilst flying over the Whitsunday Islands and the Great
Barrier Reef. We will experience breathtaking aerial views
of luxurious Hayman Island, Whitehaven Beach, Day
Dream Island and other surrounding islands that are
scattered throughout the Whitsunday waters.
TOUR E
|
TOUR NOTES: Please be aware that passengers will need to
advise of their weight in kilograms to the tours manager
onboard no later than 48 hours before tour departure. Scenic
planes have weight restrictions dependant on the size of
aircraft used. Seating on the Seaplane will be allocated by
the pilot based on individual passenger weights. Not all
seats have a viewing window seat, however windows are
large enough for passengers not sat next to them, not to
have an impeded view. We do ask that passengers who have
sat next to a window on the outward journey offer these
seats to others on the return. There are approximately 8
steps in order to board the seaplane. Passengers are advised
to take swimwear, a hat, towel, sunscreen and bottled
WHITSUNDAY SAILING – Eden, Australia
DURATION: 2 hours
We can soak up the peace and tranquillity of the
Whitsundays aboard an 18 metre (60 foot) sailing yacht.
The sheltered waters of the Whitsunday passage are one of
Australia’s most popular and scenic sailing destinations.
We board our yacht at the Hamilton Island Marina, and
enjoy a relaxing two hour cruise amongst islands of this
paradise. We may help hoist the sails and work the boat, or
just sit back and enjoy the passing scenery of tropical
islands, dazzling beaches, secluded coves and emerald
water. Our local and experienced captain will provide an
entertaining commentary along the way, and point out
historic landmarks as we sail the sheltered waters around
Hamilton Island.
We can enjoy tea as the world passes by and the wind
rushes through our hair – if we are very lucky, a dolphin or
giant sea turtle may make an appearance as we glide over
the reef. Later we return to Hamilton Island, wind-kissed
and relaxed after our sailing experience.
to bring your sun protection, camera, hat and sunglasses! We
will depart from and return to Hamilton Island (transfers to
and from Hamilton Island are by ship’s tender).
passengers with limited mobility or wheelchairs, as the boat is
boarded by gangplank. To ensure the safety of all passengers,
the captain of the vessel reserves the right to deny boarding to
any passengers whose comfort and safety may be at risk due to
their low mobility levels and weather conditions on the day. If
there is a lack of wind, the yacht may use its motor. Remember
83
TOUR F
|
WHITEHAVEN BEACH & SCENIC REEF HELI EXPERIENCE – Hamilton Island (Whitsunday Islands), Australia
DURATION: 2½ hours (15 minutes each way flying time)
Spoil yourself with a romantic getaway to our own piece of
island paradise for approximately 1½ hours.
Whitsunday waters and coral reefs and back to Hamilton
Island.
We shall be flown by helicopter and dropped off on the white
silica beach of Whitehaven to enjoy ice-cold champagne and
a delicious picnic-style snack. Whitehaven Beach is located in
the Whitsunday Islands and Airlie Beach region. The beach is
almost 6km long and consists of a very fine dazzling white
sand that is 98% pure silica! The sand is a minute powder-size
grain of quartz, well above the minimum requirements for
glass making and is suitable for the finest glass in Binocular
optical lenses.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that our helicopter will fly through
the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park and over fringing reefs but
not over the outer reef. It is possible to snorkel at Whitehaven
beach, however there are no coral reefs there. Your snack will
typically consist of a pastry, meat or salad roll, fruit platter and
refreshments. Please be aware that passengers will need to
advise of their weight in kilograms to the tours manager
onboard no later than 48 hours before tour departure.
Helicopter types and configurations are subject to availability
on the day of our tour. Seating arrangements onboard the
helicopter will be decided by the pilot. Three large steps will
After swimming in the azure waters of Whitehaven and
relaxing under the sun, our helicopter will fly us back over
TOUR G
|
need to be negotiated in order to board the helicopter. This tour
is weather dependant. Please note that this tour may not be
escorted, therefore all participants are required to exercise their
own due caution with regard to sea and bathing conditions.
DAYDREAM ISLAND – Hamilton Island (Whitsunday Islands), Australia
DURATION: 5 hours
PARTICIPANTS: Minimum of 80 required
Spend the day at one of the jewels of the Whitsundays –
Daydream Island Resort – and take part in the many activities
of this luxury resort which has recently undergone a multimillion dollar refurbishment. Relax in the lagoon-style
swimming pool, play mini golf (at our own expense) or take
advantage of the variety of water sports on offer. Daydream’s
famous Lovers’ Cove, a private sheltered inlet with a white
coral beach will offer us the chance to explore the wonders of
the Great Barrier Reef just a short swim from shore. Snorkel
equipment is available to rent or we can take our own along.
of us who have a sense of adventure.
The resort also has a colourful 19-hole Australian-theme mini
golf course. Glass-bottom coral viewing, waterskiing, banana
boat rides, jet skiing and parasailing are all available for those
TOUR NOTES: All passengers are advised to take swimwear, hat,
towel, sunscreen and bottled water. All activities are payable
locally and are not included in the price of this tour. A high
84
Daydream Island is also home to an outdoor aquarium,
believed to be the world’s largest man-made living coral reef
lagoon system. It is a complex and stunning network of reef
lagoons containing thousands of tropical fish, live coral species
and diverse sea creatures such as sharks, sting rays, clown fish,
sea cucumbers and star fish.
A barbecue buffet lunch with an assortment of desserts will be
served during our stay at the resort. Our time is ours to enjoy!
speed catamaran will be used to collect passengers from the
Balmoral and taken directly to Daydream Island. Ten steps will
need to be negotiated in order to access the upper level of the
catamaran. Approximately 3 hours of free time will be given at
the resort. A lunch voucher must be collected on arrival at the
island in order to receive your complimentary meal.
Cairns, Australia
Cairns is the best known city on the Queensland
Coast – a tropical, laid-back, yet modern centre where
anything is possible. This region is as diverse in
natural treasures as the cosmopolitan mix of cultures
and peoples that call it home.
The city takes its name from the Irish born State
Governor of the day, Sir William Wellington Cairns,
who does not appear to have taken much interest in
his namesake, then a swampy tent settlement. For
generations prior to European settlement, the
tropical north was home to numerous indigenous
TOUR A
|
tribes who inhabited the coastal plains and the
hinterland. Today, that culture and way of life is
celebrated by new generations of aboriginals, who
proudly trace their roots back to these ancient
people. Many galleries of genuine Aboriginal arts
and crafts can be found throughout Cairns and the
District.
memorable and inspiring. The colourful, sophisticated
capital of the tropical north, Cairns City is alive with
life and charm. Here, warm northern hospitality and
enthusiasm are the order of the day.
Listed by the World Heritage Society and acclaimed
as amongst the world’s most wonderful assets are
the Great Barrier Reef and the Wet tropics Rainforests.
These year-round natural attractions are truly
The official currency of Cairns is the Australian
Dollar.
Please note that swimming from coastal beaches
will be unsuitable for our call, due to the large
number of poisonous jellyfish.
A DAY ON THE BARRIER REEF – Cairns, Australia
DURATION: 8¼ hours
PARTICIPANTS: Limited to 100; Early booking recommended!
Here is our opportunity to experience one of the true
wonders of the natural world – Australia’s Great Barrier
Reef. We shall board a high speed catamaran for our
destination, the unique wilderness of the Outer Barrier Reef,
where we will have the opportunity to explore the magic of
this natural treasure from a pontoon called Marine World,
stationed on the reef.
A marine naturalist will, during the journey out to the reef,
conduct an informative presentation on the marine life of
this area. It is an area of extraordinary beauty, an incredible
underwater world filled with colour and variety. We will see
this exotic reef from an underwater observatory or a semisubmersible craft, or by using complimentary snorkel gear.
We can watch him feed fish from the underwater
observatory or simply learn more about these creatures
from the Marine Touch Tank. If this is our first time
snorkelling, there are qualified safety officers on hand to
assist and instruct us.
These options must be paid onboard the reef vessel prior
to leaving the site. Helicopter flights are subject to a
minimum number, weather conditions, air traffic control
and availability.
The pontoon is accessed via a gangplank; there are a few
steps to reach the swimming platform, and 15 steps at
each end of the observatory. For reference the catamaran is
equipped with a toilet, and a bar from which to purchase
refreshments. A drinks package will be offered for 2 hours
over lunch; all other refreshments must be purchased at
your own expense. It is not advisable to drink alcoholic
beverages if you intend to swim. The semi-submersible
craft can accommodate 30 passengers on each trip, which
last for approximately 25-30 minutes.
Do not forget your swimming costume, sunglasses, towel,
sun protection and a sun hat. Jellyfish are not normally a
problem this far out from the coast but there are stinger
suits available to hire. A waterproof camera is a must!
Passengers prone to seasickness may wish to bring
medication as we will be travelling to the ‘Outer’ Great
Barrier Reef which means traversing through open sea
conditions. Seas may be rough and ALL trips are subject to
weather/tidal conditions.
A history of certain medical conditions may preclude you
from scuba diving unless a current Diving Medical
Certificate can be shown to the instructor. All introductory
divers over the age of 55 years must produce a current
Diving Medical Certificate. All divers are subject to a
medical questionnaire, and their fitness to dive will be
assessed by an instructor, also it is a must that all certified
divers bring along their dive card. The minimum legal
diving age is 12 years old.
We will have approximately 5 hours on the Great Barrier
Reef, and whichever way we choose to explore it, we are
sure to be amazed. For lunch we will be offered a tropical
smorgasbord along with a 2 hour drinks package. Afternoon
tea are also included.
TOUR NOTES:
Optional Extras (prices correct at time of printing)
• Certified Diving – 1st dive & all equipment – AUD$60
• Certified Diving – 2nd/3rd dive & all equipment – AUD$30 each
• Introductory Diving – 1st dive & all equipment – AUD$99
• Introductory Diving – 2nd/3rd dive & all equipment – AUD$69 each
• Reef-scenic Helicopter Flight (5 minutes) – AUD$79
• Guided Marine Snorkel Tour – AUD$35
• Guided Marine Snorkel Safari – AUD$45
• Wet Suit/Lycrasuit Hire – AUD$6
• Reef Magic Massage (10,20,30 & 60 minutes) – From AUD$20
85
TOUR H
|
RAINFORESTATION CULTURAL PARK – Cairns, Australia
DURATION: 5 hours
Our tour today will allow us to experience Aboriginal
culture; wildlife and an amphibious army duck ride at
Rainforestation. We will learn interesting facts about
Aboriginal culture on the Dreamtime walk and see the
Pamagirri Dancers perform traditional song and dance in
the rainforest amphitheatre.
would not be suitable for passengers with limited mobility.
We will have approximately 30 minutes of free time.
Refreshments are not included on this tour, therefore we
recommend that you bring bottled mineral water with
you. These will be cafes and outlets available if you do wish
to purchase any refreshments. The running order of
Rainforestation activities is subject to change.
Upon arrival at the Rainforestation Culture Park , we shall
begin our Dreamtime walk along the Rainbow Serpent
walkway, which takes us through Aboriginal traditions,
myths and legends. We will be able to watch spear throwing,
learn to throw a boomerang or even play the didgeridoo!
Next we shall discover the magic of the rainforest from an
amphibious WWII army duck (officially spelt DUKW) as an
experienced guide explains the mysteries of the ancient
ferns, orchids and trees, as well as birds and a host of other
animals and reptiles. Once onboard we shall travel around
the 40 hectare property along rainforest tracks, before
splashing into the lake and cruising up through the
rainforest along the waters edge.
Following our ‘Duck ride’, we can observe the many unique
Australian animals which are found in the Koala and Wildlife
Park. For the more adventurous of us, we will have the
opportunity to fee the kangaroos and wallabies, cuddle a
koala, (photos are an optional extra), watch the wombats
and say hello to Jack, a large saltwater crocodile!
On our return journey, we will be able to take in the views of
Cairns and the Coral Sea as we descend the Kuranda range,
passing through lush rainforest and fern gullies.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that the journey to the
Rainforestation Park will take approximately 60 minutes
each way. Walking will mostly be over paths, although
some walking may be over uneven ground, boardwalks and
some steps will be encountered. Due to the heat experienced
by North Queensland at this time of the year, this tour
TOUR I
|
EASY CAIRNS & SKYRAIL – Cairns, Australia
DURATION: 4 hours
Boarding our coach at Cairns we will travel past sugar cane
fields to reach our destination of the Kuranda Range.
From the base of the Kuranda Range we will experience the
breathtaking ascent from Cairns to Kuranda aboard the
Skyrail Rainforest Cableway. Skyrail is the single most
popular tourist attraction in North Queensland. We will
travel high above the rainforest canopy aboard a 6passenger gondola. Having spectacular views of the tropical
rainforest below and of the surrounding region we will be
able to see the sparkling north Queensland coast. The
cableway will take us over the rainforest canopy, affording
superb views of the Coral Sea and Green Island.
The journey up the mountain will include a stop at the
86
Rainforest Interpretative Centre and Red Peak station and
will conclude at the lovely rainforest village of Kuranda.
Upon arrival into Kuranda we will rejoin our coach for a trip
through Kuranda and down the mountain range, stopping
at a scenic lookout for panoramic views of the mountains,
the city of Cairns, fields of sugar cane and the Coral Sea.
On our return to Cairns we will be able to enjoy a narrated
drive taking in the city’s tree-lined esplanade, the protected
mangroves offshore, and the marina. Entering the business
district our guide will recount the city’s history and will
point out architectural highlights.
TOUR NOTES: Very little walking is involved in this tour, mostly
over flat ground. There is one step in order to board the
gondola however these are fully wheelchair accessible.
TOUR J
|
TJAPUKAI, SKYRAIL & SCENIC RAIL – Cairns, Australia
DURATION: 8 hours
Enjoy a day in the tropics indulging in some of the regions
best known attractions!
Our first stop is Tjapukai Aboriginal Culture Park. Dedicated
to preserving authentic Aboriginal culture with the aid of the
most modern technology, the centre provides insight into
this magical and mystical world. Five theatres, a museum, art
gallery and a traditional Aboriginal camp combine to present
40,000 years of history and culture. Stone Age artefacts and
murals tell the legends of the past, while colourful song and
dances re-create ancient celebrations. Here we will enjoy a
delicious buffet lunch before continuing on.
Following lunch the next part of our adventure will begin.
Skyrail Rainforest Cableway is a world first in environmental
TOUR K
|
tourism taking us on an amazing experience over Australia’s
World Heritage listed Tropical Rainforest canopy and deep
into the forest.
The Skyrail experience, spanning 7.5 kilometres over pristine
rainforest will allow us to explore the wonders of an ancient
tropical rainforest and learn about one of the most botanically
fascinating and diverse areas on earth.
this great railway.
TOUR NOTES: This tour involves very little walking mostly over
flat, even ground. A few steps will be encountered throughout
the tour; however ramps and lifts are available.
Once at Kuranda we shall be able to enjoy some free time
before boarding the Kuranda Scenic Railway for our trip down
the range. Here we shall discover the pioneering history of
the tropical north from way back in the late 1800’s, we shall
be astounded by a magnificent engineering feat and explore
some of the great characters involved in the construction of
PORT DOUGLAS ON YOUR OWN – Cairns, Australia
DURATION: 7 hours
Picturesque Port Douglas, hub of the region is just 70
kilometres north of Cairns along a spectacular scenic
coastal drive. Holidaymakers relish Port Douglas’ natural
beauty and excellent year round climate. Its relaxed
seaside village ambience blends superbly with the vibrant
atmosphere of tropical style and sophistication. It captures
visitors by the heart and has made Port Douglas a favourite
international destination. Nestled at the end of a
peninsula, the tranquil waters of a natural harbour on one
side of the village embrace a lively marina. Along the other
side of the peninsula stretches the breathtaking sandy
sweep of beautiful Four Mile Beach.
Having the day to ourselves we can choose to soak up the
sun on the beach or stroll among the village shops,
galleries and historic buildings. Play a round of golf, visit a
rainforest wildlife centre, relax over drinks at a boardwalk
café or enjoy a delicious tropical lunch at one of the many
fine restaurants.
From the sprawling seaside weekly markets to the
speciality boutiques and leisure retail stores and the funky
rainforest craft shops, the quality of goods and service
excellence is unrivalled in the region. Shopping is a part of
any holiday, whether we are searching for a simply made
local souvenir, jewellery, designer clothing, good book or
exclusive piece of artwork, Port Douglas has it all.
TOUR NOTES: All walking on this tour is at your own
discretion. All activities are at your own expense; this tour is
a transfer only.
luxury on board.
87
Bitung, Sulawesi, Indonesia
well as commercial fishing. The town itself has a
quaint provincial charm and is distinguished by its
12 metre replica of the Eiffel Tower as one of the
roundabout intersections leading into town.
Apparently the unusual monument was built by a
previous mayor who has studied in Paris in his
earlier years and was built as a testament of his
love for the “City of Lights”.
A limited amount of air-conditioned coaches are
Bitung is a city on the northern coast of the island
of Sulawesi in Indonesia. It is in the province of
North Sulawesi and faces Lembeh Island and the
Lembeh Strait which is known for its colourful
marine life, in particular sea slugs. Bitung has a
population of more than 100,000.
The port town of Bitung, with its fine natural
harbour protected by the adjacent island of Lembeh,
is the centre for shipbuilding and maintenance as
TOUR A
|
INNER CITY TOUR – Bitung, Sulawesi, Indonesia
DURATION: 4 hours
Departing from the pier we will embark on this half day
tour to Manado city, stopping en-route to Sukur village to
see how the local people produce the coconut oil in their
conventional way.
Continuing on, we shall make our way towards Manado,
the capital city of the North Sulawesi Province, passing the
Blessing Statue. Once in the city we shall take a sightseeing
tour of Manado town passing the Centrum Protestant
Church, Manado Boulevard Centre, Sam Ratulangi Statue,
Government office and finally taking in Gita Waya Garden
to enjoy some traditional dances and the Bamboo music
performance where we will have the opportunity to join
in. We shall also be able to observe the making of the
TOUR B
|
Karawang embroidery and be served a coconut drink with
traditional Manadonese snacks.
We shall then make our return journey back to our
awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: A small amount of walking at a slow pace will
be involved in this tour, however much will be at participants’
own discretion. Comfort stops are available at Gita Waya
Garden but these will be very basic.
AIRMADIDI – Bitung, Sulawesi, Indonesia
DURATION: 4 hours
Airmadidi is the site of mineral springs and legend has it
that nine angels flew down from heaven on nights of the
full moon to bathe and frolic here. Our first stop will be
made at this site in Sawangan where we will also witness
the ancient Minahassan tombs.
Continuing on we shall take a short bus ride to Manado
City where we will pass Malalayang Seaside with Manado
Tua Island in the back ground. Here is the site where 2,800
divers celebrated Indonesia Independence Day with a new
world record that is in the Guinness Book of Records for
the largest number of divers at one time.
We shall pass the Chinese temple Ban Hin Kiong which
was built in the 19th Century and is the oldest Buddhist
88
temple in Eastern Indonesia, and has been recently
beautifully restored. We shall take a drive up the Bumi
Beringin hill to enjoy the view over Manado before
returning back to our awaiting ship via the new Blessing
Statue.
TOUR NOTES: A small amount of walking at a slow pace will
involved in this tour, however much will be at participants’
own discretion. Comfort stops are available along the way
but these will be very basic.
available in Bitung, therefore these will be booked
on a first come first served basis. When and if
required the use of non air-conditioned local public
transport will be used.
The official currency of Bitung is the Indonesian
Rupiah.
Please be aware that standards of cleanliness in
Bitung are not always at a very high level.
Kota Kinabalu, Borneo
Kota Kinabalu, formerly Jesselton is the capital of
Sabah state in Malaysia. It is also the capital of the
West Coast Division of Sabah. The city is located on
the northwest coast of Borneo facing the South China
Sea. The Tunku Abdul Rahman National Park lies on
one side and Mount Kinabalu, which gave the city its
name, is approximately two hours away. Kota Kinabalu
proper has a population of 617,972 while the larger
urban area has an estimated population of 900,000. It
TOUR A
|
is the largest urban centre in Sabah and the sixth
largest in Malaysia.
Kota Kinabalu is often know as K.K. within Malaysia
and internationally. It is a major tourist destination
and a popular gateway for travellers visiting Sabah
and Borneo. Kinabalu National Park is located about
90 kilometres from the city and there are many tourist
attractions in and around the city. Kota Kinabalu is
also one of the major industrial and commercial
centres of East Malaysia. These two factors combine
to make Kota Kinabalu one of the fastest growing
cities in Malaysia.
The official currency of Borneo is the Ringgit, however
the US Dollar and Pound Sterling is widely accepted in
tourist shops only.
Please be aware that standards of cleanliness in
Kota Kinabalu are not always at a very high level.
KOTA KINABALU HIGHLIGHTS – Kota Kinabalu, Borneo
DURATION: 3½ hours
On our tour today we will board our coach from the pier and
begin a panoramic drive of Koto Kinabalu.
Kota Kinabalu city, capital of Sabah is a beautiful city located
by the sea. This tour will allow us to capture an overview of
the City’s aspiration as we drive through the town and
suburbs passing by major landmarks such as the State and
City Mosque where we will make a short photo stop, Tg. Aru
beach and the highest building, Tun Mustapha Tower.
Square shopping centre will involve some curb steps. At this
stop you are welcome to take some free time to browse the
shops and make your own way back to the pier at your own
expense. 1 bottle of water will be given to each participant.
Our final stop will be at the Warisan Square shopping centre
where, if we wish we may stay and return back to our ship in
our own time.
TOUR NOTES: This tour is predominantly a coach tour with a
very limited amount of walking involved. Three stops made
are for photographs only and passengers may remain on the
coach if desired. The stop at Tg. Aru Beach will involve
approximately 20 metres and 1-2 steps. The stop at Warisan
TOUR B
|
BORNEO – ITS PEOPLE & WILDLIFE – Kota Kinabalu, Borneo
DURATION: 4½ hours
This tour will allow us to learn about the culture and wildlife
of Borneo. The Borneo rainforest houses two very unique
animals that are endemic to the area, namely the Orang
Utan and the Proboscis monkeys. The Orang Utan also
known as Pongo Pygmaeus, is man’s closest relative sharing
up to 96.4% of the human genetic makeup.
Making a drive by the Tun Mustapha Tower & the City
Mosque we will continue onto the Heritage Village where
we shall make a stop to take a look around this museum for
a closer view of Sabah’s ethnic diversity highlighted by the
unique local architectural styles of homes in North Borneo
and the colourful costume displays.
Our final stop will be the LokKawi Wildlife Park where we
will get close to the well known wildlife. We shall learn
about the habits and favourite foods of the Orang Utan as
we watch them lazing on the greens or playing on the rope
obstacles. We will be given the chance to meet the long
nose Proboscis monkey, famous for its big pendulous nose
and distinctive pot belly. En-route to meeting Borneo’s two
famous animals we can enjoy a guided tour of the wildlife
park where we will see other animals such as the Asian
pygmy elephants or the exotic Hornbill birds in Borneo’s
largest zoological park.
All too soon we will reboard our coach taking a drive past
the State Mosque and through the city centre on our return
back to our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that this tour may operate in
reverse to avoid overcrowding. Approximately 60 uneven
steps will need to be negotiated at the Heritage Village
and approximately 150 metres of uneven ground.
Approximately 20 steps will be encountered at the Wildlife
Park with 600 metres walking over tarmac, cement and
wooden walkways. It is possible to remain on the coach at
all stops if desired. 1 bottle of water will be given to each
participant.
89
TOUR C
|
COLOURS OF BORNEO – Kota Kinabalu, Borneo
DURATION: 5 hours
PARTICIPANTS: Limited to 60; early booking recommended
A fun day out to explore the different aspects of Borneo!
Leaving the pier we shall take a drive past the Tun Mustapha
Tower and the University of Malysia (Sabah Campus) before
arriving at the Shangri-la Rasa Ria Reort and Dalit Nature
Reserve.
At the Dalit Nature Reserve we will have a first hand glimpse
into the Borneo jungle. Encompassing 64 acres within 400
acres of Shangri-la- Rasa Ria resort, the Nature Reserve is a
conservation effort between the Sabah State Wildlife
Department and Shangri-La Hotels and Resorts. The Reserve
is aimed primarily at nature conservation and Orang Utan
rehabilitation, with research, study and education activities
carried out as well. Baby Orang Utans (due to the small area,
generally only 2-5 Orang Utans are rehabilitated here at
any one time) are helped along their development as in the
wild and stay with their mothers until they are about seven
or eight years old. Once they are older, they are transferred
to other conservation areas in Sabah. Sharing 96.4% of the
human genetic make up, the Orang Utans are very curious
animals and are the largest tree-climbing animal in the
world.
TOUR NOTES: This tour is very special and has been organised
as an exclusive arrangement by our local tour providers as the
Dalit Nature reserve is usually only available to hotel guests.
We have got a very limited number of spaces available to us
due to the safety and wellbeing of the Orang Utans, once
places have been sold there will not be any more available to
us. Please be aware there are approximately 100 steps to be
encountered at the Dalit Nature Reserve along with
approximately 1000 metres of walking over tiled and uneven
All too soon we will have to leave to enjoy a short cruise on
a unique local thatch roof raft through mangroves. Once
aboard we will learn about the importance of this riverine
forest and some of us will be able to try our hands at crab
catching. Once back on dry land we will learn the art of
Batik painting before trying our hands at making “Roti
Canai”, a Malaysian bread made like a pizza. We will be
given some time at leisure as we enjoy a cup of “The Teh”
tarek which literally translates to “pulled tea”, a popular
drink amongst the locals as we immerse ourselves in the
sounds of nature in this rustic setting.
TOUR D
|
KLIAS WETLANDS RIVER SAFARI – Kota Kinabalu, Borneo
DURATION: 8 hours
Departing from the pier we will take an approximate two
hour drive south to the Klias wetlands for a river cruise in
search of wildlife such as the elusive long nose Proboscis
monkey, rare Silver Leaf monkey, the mischievous macaques
and myriad species of birds that inhabit this unique river
environment.
Our boat cruise will last approximately 1½ hours and as
dusk falls we will be able to look out for crocodiles lurking
by the riverbanks. Dinner will be served, once back on dry
land, as we immerse ourselves in the sounds of nature in
this rustic setting.
TOUR NOTES: Please be aware that boats used for the cruise
90
are basic and do not have toilet facilities available. A
wooden platform is used to board the boat and so therefore
participants must be agile enough to board unaided.
Wildlife sightings are not always guaranteed, however it is
generally known that monkeys will start settling down for
the night at dusk so therefore will heighten our chances of
sightings. In the event of heavy rainfall, our river cruise
may be shortened.
ground. Walking time to the Orang Utan platform is
approximately 15 minutes. Time at the feeding platform is
approximately 20 minutes. All participants will be asked to
sign an indemnity form before entering the trail as the ground
is very uneven and can be slippery when wet, good sturdy
shoes are therefore recommended. Please also be aware that
due to safety, if there has been a heavy rainfall the Orang
Utan Nature reserve call may be cancelled. This tour is not
recommended for users of wheelchairs or the less mobile.
Muara (Bandar Seri Begawan), Brunei
Bandar Seri Begawan has an estimated population of
27,285 (as of 2002) and is the capital city of the
Sultanate of Brunei.
Habitation on the banks of the Brunei Rover can be
traced back to the 7th Century where there had been
settlements similar to those in Kampong Ayer,
located on areas close to the present site of the
TOUR A
|
Brunei Museum.
Seri Begawan was named after the Sultan’s late
father Sir Omar Ali Saifuddien on 5th October 1970,
its original name being Bandar Brunei. Begawan is a
name given to Bruneian monarchs who have
abdicated, originally coming from the Sanskrit word
for “god”.
On 1st August 2007, the Sultan of Brunei gave
consent for the extension of Bandar Seri Begawan
from 12.87 square kilometres to 100.36 square
kilometres.
The official currency of Brunei is the Bruneian Dollar.
BRUNEI HIGHLIGHTS – Muara (Bandar Seri Begawan), Brunei
DURATION: 4 hours
Brunei, the richest country in the island of Borneo, is a
mixture of old and new. Spanning from the elaborate
Istanas (Sultan’s Palaces) and Mosques to the simple water
villages, the culture of Brunei is very distinct from other
parts of Borneo.
Our first photograph stop will be the Jame Mosque
followed by a distance shot of the Royal Palace “Istana
Nurul Iman” which means the Palace of Light.
Continuing on we will make a stop at the Royal Regalia
which houses the regalia used by the Sultan during his
Jubilee celebrations. Officially opened in September 1992
the building consists of four different galleries: Royal
Regalia (Coronation 1968), Royal Exhibition gallery, Silver
Jubilee gallery and Constitutional History Gallery. Here we
will be given time to look around the many displays that
are on offer.
Our final stop will be at the Omar Saifuddien Mosque
where we will also take a very short walk to view from a
distance the Water Village, home to 30,000 people,
comprising of schools, hospitals, police stations, shops and
mosque over water before making our return journey back
to our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: Please be aware there is very limited amount
of walking involved in this tour, however approximately six
steps will be encountered at the Royal Regalia to enter and a
further 20 steps to reach the upper level; three to five steps
at the Omar Saifuddien Mosque and three to five steps at
the view point to the water village. No ramps are available
at any of the stops and so therefore this tour is not suitable
for wheelchair users or those with less mobility. It is possible
to stay on the coach at any of the stops on this tour, however
to gain the full experience we recommend that all stops are
visited. Free time at the Royal Regalia is at your own
discretion or a guided tour can be followed. One bottle of
water will be given to each guest on this tour.
91
TOUR B
|
JERUDONG WITH TEA AT THE EMPIRE HOTEL – Muara (Bandar Seri Begawan), Brunei
DURATION: 3½ hours
The richest man in the Sultan of Brunei prides his wealth with
palaces and a majestic looking mosque. Brunei is one of only a
few countries that does not impose income taxes and the
Sultan actually gives out money during the Hari Raya Festival.
Departing from the pier we will take a drive towards the
Jerudong area where the Sultan’s siblings reside and the
playground for the Sultan. Here we will stop for a quick
photograph at the Diamond Arch which is the gateway to
Jerudong Park – one of Asia’s biggest amusement centres and
the Sultan’s gift to the people for the enjoyment.
Continuing on we will drive passed the Sultan’s sister’s
residence and onto the Sultan Polo Horses Royal Polo Ground.
Our final destination is the Empire Hotel which is a luxurious 5
star hotel with an opulent lobby made of marble and gold.
Here we will be treated to a cup of tea or coffee before we
make our way back to our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: There is very limited walking involved in this
tour and all stops have wheelchair access.
TOUR C
|
BRUNEI CULTURE & WATERVILLAGE – Muara (Bandar Seri Begawan), Brunei
DURATION: 4½ hours
Brunei, the richest country in the island of Borneo, is a mixture
of old and new. Spanning from the elaborate Istanas (Sultan’s
Palaces) and Mosques to the simple water villages, the culture
of Brunei is very distinct from other parts of Borneo.
We will begin our tour with a quick photo stop at one of
Brunei’s landmarks, the Jame Mosque and then take a
distance view of the Royal Palace “Istana Nurul Iman” which
literally means Palace of Light.
Continuing on we will take a short drive to the Royal Regalia
which has a replica of the inside view of the Palace and the
regalia used by the Sultan during the Jubilee celebrations.
To complete our Brunei experience we will take a short
journey to the jetty to embark on a boat to take us to the
water village. This area is home to 30,000 people and has
schools, hospitals, police stations, shops and mosques. We
will be taken to a local home where we will be served tea
before returning to the main jetty by boat and making our
coach ride back to our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: Please be aware that there will be approximately
six steps to negotiate in order to enter the Royal Regalia and a
further 20 steps in order to reach the upper level. No lifts or
ramps are available; therefore this tour is not suitable for
wheelchair users or those with limited mobility. A further 5-10
uneven, cement steps will be encountered to board the boat to
the water village. In the event of heavy rain, due to safety the
boat ride to the village may be cancelled and will be replaced
by a photostop of Sultan Omar Saifuddien Mosque and some
free time at the Yayason shopping complex.
Laem Chabang, Thailand
Laem Chabang is a sub district municipality in
Chonburi Province, Thailand. It covers the Tambon
Bang Lamung of Bang Lamung district and the
complete Tambon Bueng, Sura Sak, Thung Su Khla and
parts of Nong Kham of Si Racha district. As of 2006 it
had a population of 61,801.
Laem Chabang is home to Thailand’s largest port by
the same name, about 25 kilometres north of Pattaya,
92
and south of the city Chon Buri. Starting in 1988, a
major development to encourage development
outside Bangkok and take advantage of proximity to
the Gulf of Thailand, was the Laem Chabang container
port that was completed in 1991. As of 2005 it was
the 20th busiest port in the world. Much of the
international shipping reaching Thailand goes through
Laem Chabang.
As a port town, the economy is based on shipping
services as well as retail and tourism. The town is
being marketed along with Bang Lamung township as
an alternative to seedy Pattaya.
Please be aware that Laem Chabang is the closest port
to Bangkok, however this does involve a 2½ hour drive
each way to reach the city.
The official currency of Thailand is the Thai Baht.
TOUR A
|
GRAND PALACE & EMERALD BUDDHA – Laem Chabang, Thailand
DURATION: 8 hours
Departing from the pier we shall begin our drive to Bangkok.
Once in the city our first stop will be at the Grand Palace, one
of the most beautiful examples of an ancient Siamese court,
which incorporates several palaces and halls used for all
different occasions. Bangkok’s former royal palace is an
intriguing blend of Italian Renaissance architecture and
classical Thai roofing. It was begun in 1782 by King Rama I
and improved upon by subsequent rulers. If Wat Phra Kaeo
evokes the Orient then the Grand Palace will remind us of
Europe. Whilst inside the Grand Palace we shall see the
Throne Hall, the Coronation Hall, the Reception Palace and
the Funeral Palace.
Our second stop of the day will be the Emerald Buddha
Temple (Wat Phra Kaeo). Bangkok’s Royal Temple is Thailand’s
TOUR B
|
most important and sacred wat. Built at the end of the 18th
century by King Rama I, this splendid example of Thai
aesthetics and religious architecture houses the Emerald
Buddha, Thailand’s most venerated image. So small and
distant that it can hardly be seen, the jade image symbolises
the independence, strength and good fortune of the country.
Interior walls are painted with superb frescoes. Murals
between the window frames depict Jataka scenes from the
life of Buddha.
TOUR NOTES: A very limited amount of walking is involved in this
tour with a few steps to be encountered at the Grand Palace.
Please note when visiting the Grand Palace you are required to
wear appropriate clothing, therefore shorts, short skirts and
sleeveless shirts are not permitted to be worn within the grounds.
BANGKOK’S MARKET AND TEMPLES – Laem Chabang, Thailand
DURATION: 8 hours
Today we shall begin our tour, once in Bangkok, with a visit to
the Bangkok flower market or Pak Klong Talad as it is known
locally. This market is Bangkok’s answer to London’s Covent
Garden, a lively, colourful place presenting an excellent
opportunity for us to see the rich variety of Thailand’s fresh
produce. We shall be given time to wander through the many
stalls that hold orchids, roses and any other cut flowers of
every colour and variety thinkable by the thousands.
Continuing on we shall take a look around Wat Pho, built by
Rama I nearly 200 years ago which houses the gigantic
reclining Buddha or Phra Buddhasaiyas. This distinctive image
is 150 foot long and almost 50 foot high and entirely covered
in gold leaf. The soles of the feet are intricately inlaid with
108 auspicious signs of the Buddha. Wat Pho is also regarded
TOUR C
|
as the first centre of public education and the birthplace of
traditional Thai massage, and is sometimes referred to as
“Thailand’s First University”.
We shall finish our tour today with a stop at Wat Traimit – the
Temple of the Golden Buddha, this temple is known for its
famous Golden Buddha. Thought to have been constructed
during the Sukhothai period and at three metres high and
weighing five and a half tons, the Golden Buddha, officially
titled Phra Phuttha Maha Suwan Patimakon, is the world’s
largest solid gold statue.
involved in this tour mostly over paved areas with a few
steps to be encountered. The market area is not wheelchair
accessible, however passengers wishing to participate in
this tour may stay on the coach for this part of the tour.
We shall then re-board our coach and make our return
journey back to Laem Chabang and our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: There is approximately 2 hours of walking
NONTHABURI KLONG – Laem Chabang, Thailand
DURATION: 7½ hours
Departing from the pier we shall take the approximate 2½
hour journey in the direction of Bangkok.
Once at the far north of the city we shall board our private
boat to explore the Nonthaburi Klongs, where the cityscape
turns into countryside and the skyscrapers give way to
teak houses, noodle shops, fruit orchards and rice fields.
We shall crisscross the face of Bangkok using the network
of klongs (canals) which will highlight the traditional Thai
way of life that once gave Bangkok the title of “The Venice
of the East”, using the mighty Chao Phraya River (the River
of the Kings). This tour will provide us with a glimpse of
the still-active waterborne life of the residents of
Nonthaburi, from their stilted homes to floating bank
barges.
We shall need to keep our eyes peeled as we travel along
the Klongs, passing the Temple of Dawn (Wat Arun),
embedded with pieces of multi-coloured porcelain which
catch the rays of the morning sun. Wat Arun once housed
the Emerald Buddha before it was moved across the river
by Rama I.
If the tide is low we will have the opportunity to disembark
and explore the Royal Barge Museum where several royal
barges are displayed. These barges were originally war
vessels, but are now used by the royal family for festivals
and the important rites of passage such as royal marriages,
coronations and funerals.
Leaving the klongs we shall re-board our coaches for the
return journey to Laem Chabang.
TOUR NOTES: Walking on this tour is very limited, however
passengers must be able to board the boats, therefore this
tour is not recommended for passengers using wheelchairs.
93
Sihanoukville, Cambodia
Sihanoukville, also known as Kampong Som is a
province in southern Cambodia on the Gulf of
Thailand. This port city is a growing Cambodian urban
centre located 185 kilometres (115 miles) southwest
of the Cambodian capital, Phnom Penh. The province
is named after King Father Norodom Sihanouk and
grew up around the construction of Sihanoukville
Port. Construction on the port began in June 1955 and
it was the only deep water port in Cambodia.
Sihanoukville’s beaches have made it a popular tourist
TOUR A
|
destination.
The province is served by Sihanoukville International
Airport, 18 kilometres (11 miles) from downtown,
although it has a limited commercial operation.
Sihanoukville attracts tourists with its laidback beach
atmosphere when compared to Thailand’s more
developed ones. However, the city has attracted not
only tourists, but several NGOs and foreign and
national investors in the last years in order to develop
not only the growing tourist industry but its capacity
as an international sea port and other sectors like
textile and real estate. Located in Sihanoukville is the
main factory of Angkor, the Cambodian national beer.
It should be noted that the buses and guides are
brought in from Phnom Penh, therefore the prices will
reflect this. The coaches used are fully air conditioned
and have PA systems but are not luxury.
The official currency of Sihanoukville is the Riel
however the US Dollar is widely accepted.
TOUR TO PHNOM PENH – Sihanoukville, Cambodia
DURATION: 11½ hours
Departing from Sihanoukville we will begin an approximate
two hour coach ride towards Phnom Penh. Reaching Pich Nil
we will take a short comfort break before continuing on for
approximately one hour to reach our destination.
Phnom Penh is the capital of Cambodia. It is found at the
conjunction of the Four Branch River (the Upper Mekong, the
Lower Mekong, the Tonle Sap and the Bassac Rivers). Phnom
Penh serves as the centre of culture, economy, society and
politics in Cambodia. This city is populated by approximately
1.5 million people. Reputed for its relaxed lifestyle and the
beauty of its khmer and Colonial architecture, Phnom Penh is
a unique destination. The tree-lined streets congested with
cyclos and the growing number for motorbikes make the city
one of Asia’s bustling spots. With attractions such as the
Silver Pagoda, the Royal Palace, the rivers and other interesting
sites, Phnom Penh is a fascinating city.
Arriving a little after lunch we will make our way to the
deluxe hotel in Phnom Penh where we will be served a meal
before we take to the coach once more to discover the
delights of this city. Our first visit will be to the Royal Palace
which is the residence of the King and Queen and subsequent
families. In common word it is like a small town of Kings’
dynasties. The Royal Palace was constructed twice; the first
was constructed in 1434 before moving to Oudong, north of
Phnom Penh and the second was constructed in 1866 and
still stands today. The Royal Palace covers an area of 435
metres long and 402 metres wide and its complex is
surrounded by great high walls which are decorated with
Seima-shap and were constructed in 1866-1870 under the
reign of King Norodom. The building is regarded as the
symbol of the whole nation and all the pavilions are adorned
and painted with yellow and white colours. The yellow
represents Buddhism and the white represents Brahmanism.
Continuing on our next stop will be at the Silver Pagoda
which stands inside the palace area. The temple was built in
1892-1902 and renovated in 1962 in the style of traditional
Khmer architecture. The pagoda is located in the southern
94
section of the Royal Palace compounded and enclosed by
high galleries. These galleries were used as contemporary
classrooms for Buddhist monks studying Pali before 1930.
On the walls of the galleries are mural paintings illustrating
the Ramayana legend from the beginning to the end. The
temple is called the “Temple of the Emerald Buddha” due to
the fact that the main image housed inside is made of
emerald. There are 5,329 silver tiles which cover the whole
floor of the pagoda, each silver tiles weighs 1.125 kilograms.
Inside the pagoda there are 1,650 artifacts, most being
Buddhist statues, made of a variety of precious metals such
as gold, silver and bronze into which diamonds, sapphire,
rubies and other precious stones are inlaid.
Our final short stop will be at the Toul Sleng museum.
Formerly the Tuol Svay Prey High School, named after a Royal
ancestor of King Norodom Sihanouk, the five buildings of the
complex were converted in August 1975, (four months after
the Khmer Rouge won the civil war) into a prison and
interrogation centre. The Khmer Rouge renamed the complex
“Security Prison 21” (s-21) and construction began to adapt
the prison to the inmates; the buildings were enclosed in
electrified barbed wire, the classrooms converted into tiny
prison cells and torture chambers, and all windows were
covered with iron bars and barbed wire to prevent escape.
From 1975 to 1979 an estimated 17,000 people were
imprisoned at Tuol Sleng; the prisoners were selected from all
around the country and usually were former Khmer Rouge
members and soldiers, accused of betraying the party or
revolution. Prisoners’ families were often brought en masse
to be interrogated and later murdered at the Choeung Ek
extermination centre. In 1979 the prison was uncovered by
the Vietnamese army. In 1980 it was reopened as a historical
museum memorializing the brutal actions of the Khmer
Rouge.
Our return journey back to our awaiting ship will be via Pich
Nil once more for a comfort stop before arriving in the early
evening.
TOUR NOTES: This tour is a very long day but is the only way
to reach Phnom Penh, the capital of Cambodia. All walking
that is involved will be over flat paved ground.
TOUR B
|
SIHANOUKVILLE HIGHLIGHTS – Sihanoukville, Cambodia
DURATION: 4½ hours
Sihanoukville is a small but nice town with beautiful
beaches and pagodas. The town is named after the former
respected king of Cambodia. Sihanoukville is the only exit
to the Pacific ocean of the country. Beaches are famous for
white sand and unspoilt landscape. Opposite beaches are
some green islands of diversified vegetation.
Our tour will begin with a visit to the Krom pagoda. It has
another name of Unthnean Pagoda. Cambodian people
practice Buddhism of Small Vehicle. Monks in yellow cloaks
are chanting the canons daily with young monks learning
Pali language and visit people’s family for food in the
morning. No women are allowed to become nuns in the
pagoda. Around the pagoda are many nice stupas which
preserve dead people’s ash and bones. Rich families have
TOUR C
|
large and high stupas. Khmer architecture is marked by the
well-decorated Naga snakes on the roof top of the pagoda
and the four faced God on the rooftop of most stupas.
wheelchair accessible. Our stop at the Sokha hotel will be very
brief so if you are wishing to go for a swim please come
wearing your costume under your clothes.
Our next stop will be a brief photo stop at the war memorial
in the town before continuing on to the local Psa Leu market
which will be full of local products such as palm sugar, palm
juice, fabrics, meat and finally the fish market where we will
be able to see fish and crabs from different places.
Finally we will take a short drive to Sokha hotel resort for
refreshments where we can take a brief swim or relax on
the beach before returning to our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: There is a very limited amount of walking
involved in this tour however the stops we make are not
ADVENTURE TRIP TO REAM NATIONAL PARK – Sihanoukville, Cambodia
DURATION: 8 hours
Eighteen miles from downtown Sihanoukville, towards
Phnom Penh we will enter the Ream National Park where
we will meet our ranger.
Ream National Park is one of seven national parks in
Cambodia and was established in 1993 by the former King,
His Majesty Norodom Sihanouk. The park covers 15,000
hectares of land and 6,000 hectares of marine habitat. This
Cambodian national park offers secluded beaches,
mangrove forests, tropical jungles, 155 different species of
birds, monkeys and during the months of December, January
and February the infamous white fresh water dolphin.
place where many villages come to gather medicinal plants.
They believe the mountain’s plants are blessed by the
ancient spirits that dwell there, which gives them
extraordinary potency.
Continuing on we shall then visit and explore the many
glorious statues of Buddha created by the local people from
the original mountain stone. We shall then re-board our
coach for the return journey back to our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: This tour includes approximately 2½ hours
of constant walking and standing and approximately 60
minutes of optional walking therefore this tour is not
suitable for wheelchair uses or those with walking
difficulties. A certain level of fitness is required for
anybody wishing to participate in this tour. Comfortable
shoes and mosquito repellent are a must. Very basic
facilities are available at both the park and village. Due to
us viewing wildlife in their natural habitats it is not
always guaranteed what we shall see.
Beginning our trek with the ranger we will take an
approximate 90 minute walk into the park to see what
wildlife we can discover before hoping on a boat and
heading towards the river Prek Tuk Sap located inside the
park. For approximately 90 minutes we shall glide down the
river through gorgeous Mangrove forest where we will be
able to marvel at the beauty this country has to offer. The
park is a bird watcher’s paradise; so we must not forget our
binoculars! There are over 155 different species of birds,
not to mention mouse deer (muntjac), pangolin (spiny
anteaters), macaques and sun bears.
Docking once more at a small village called Thmor Thom we
shall have the opportunity to truly experience the way most
Cambodians live. We shall receive a warm welcome from the
children of the local village school house. Departing from the
village we shall begin a short trek to Koh Som Poch Beach
which is approximately 1.5 kilometres from the village.
On arrival, we will be provided with our packed lunch boxes
before being given time to relax on the white sandy beach
at Koh Som Poch or even go for a refreshing dip if we wish.
Once we have regained our strength, we shall drive up to
Meditation Mountain (Phnom Samathik) considered a holy
95
TOUR D
|
SIHANOUKVILLE BEACH & BBQ – Sihanoukville, Cambodia
DURATION: 7 hours
Departing from the pier we will head towards the city for a
short tour of Sihanoukville visiting the Unthnean Pagoda
called Wat Krom. Wat Krom was built in 1963 by the initial
request of the chief of monks called Untnhean with the
support of the governors and the people of Sihanoukville. It
is 57,700 square kilometres and in the complex of the
pagoda is a temple which is a house, dinning hall, stupas,
statues and one school for monks. Recently it has become a
cultural site for local and international tourists. There are
five villages surrounding the pagoda totalling 19,788
people and in this pagoda there are 61 monks. From this
pagoda we will be able to see the view of the village and
some parts of Sihanoukville.
driving to visit a typical Khmer family.
Our final destination will be Sokha Beach resort which is set
amidst 23.5 hectares of beautiful landscaped beachfront
and garden with its own 1.5 kilometre pristine white sandy
beach. Here we will spend the afternoon where we can eat
lunch before relaxing on the white sandy beach or having a
gentle swim in the warm blue sea.
TOUR NOTES: This tour includes a small amount of walking
which is optional. Full use of the beach resort is included
along with towels from the resort. The BBQ is inclusive of two
cold refreshments per person. It is recommended that you
take a light rain jacket.
We will then move on and visit the local market before
Kuantan, Malaysia
Kuantan is the state capital of Pahang, the largest state
in Peninsular Malaysia. It is situated near the mouth of
the Kuantan River and faces the South China Sea. The
population of Kuantan is 57% Malay, 32% Chinese, 4%
Indian and 7% other races. If one measures the distance
along the east coast of Peninsular Malaysia, it is located
roughly halfway between Singapore and Kota Bharu.
Kuantan’s population is approximately 607,778 and it
is the 9th largest city in Malaysia. According to the
World Gazetteer, a calculation indicates that the annual
population growth of Kuantan is the greatest amongst
the East Coast of Peninsular Malaysia, which is 3.88 in
general.
TOUR A
|
Kuantan in the first century was a part of the Chih-Tu
empire. In the 11th century this piece of land was
conquered by another small empire called PhengKheng before being taken over by the Siamese during
the 12th century. During the 15th century Kuantan was
ruled by the Malacca Empire.
Recently the National Physical Plan 2005 identified
Kuantan as one of the future growth centres and a hub
for trade, commerce, transportation and tourism.
Kuantan is also considered as the social, economic and
commercial hub for East Coast Peninsular Malaysia due
to its strategic location. Rapid development since early
21st century has transformed and modernised
EASY KUANTAN – Kuantan, Malaysia
DURATION: 4 hours
Located near the midway point of the east coast, Kuantan
is a busy town and a major stopover for travellers heading
north, south or across the peninsular.
Departing from the quayside we shall head towards
Tanjung Api Fishing Jetty. Along the way we will be able to
see quaint Malay Villages and typical countryside. Once at
Tanjung Api Fishing Jetty we shall make a photo stop
where we will be able to capture photos of life at a local
fishing village.
Continuing on we shall be taken on a scenic drive of the
residential suburbs which will take in the Regent and Chief
Minister’s residence as we head towards Teluk
Chempedak.
Teluk Chempedak is approximately 5 kilometres from the
96
town centre and the local beach resort. Here we will be
given some free time to explore this area on our own. We
can either explore the local stalls selling all kinds of
handicrafts and local food or enjoy a snack to eat (at your
own expense), shopping or just take a walk along the
beach. The nearby Hyatt Regency hotel is in close proximity
to purchase a drink whilst you relax and watch the world
go by before our return journey back to our ship.
TOUR NOTES: All walking in this tour is at your own discretion
and very limited, therefore this tour is suitable for passengers
with less mobility. Toilets are available at Teluk Chempedak,
however these are chargeable at 50 cents.
Kuantan.
Due to Kuantan port being mainly a container port a
shuttle bus service will be provided for any independent
travelers wishing to go ashore. The drop off point
should be within walking distance to local souvenir
shops, the mosque and Kuantan River, however apart
from this there is very little else in the local area.
Due to a very limited number of coaches and guides in
Kuantan it is necessary to bring these in from Kuala
Lumpur, approximately three hours drive, to operate
our tours. This will reflect in our tour prices.
The official currency of Malaysia is the Malaysian
Ringgit.
TOUR B
|
KUANTAN & CHERATING VILLAGE – Kuantan, Malaysia
DURATION: 4½ hours
Kuantan is the capital of Pahang and the largest state in
Peninsula Malaysia. It offers visitors an experience of a laid
back lifestyle that is rich in traditional and cultural
activities.
Our first stop on this tour will be at Pandanus weaving
centre where we can admire the local grass craft which have
been artfully woven into hats, handbags and table-mats.
Just a short walk from the centre we will find the beach
where we can watch the art of flying the Malaysian kite.
Kites, called waus, are painstakingly designed and crafted in
vibrant colours and patterns. Intricate floral cut outs are
pasted on, building up the design until the kite is ready for
the bright paper tassels that complete its decoration. Kite
construction is an ancient art passed down from the nobles
TOUR C
|
of the Melakan court.
Continuing on we shall make a visit to the coastal village to
observe and maybe participate in some of the cultural
activities. These will include top spinning and watching a
trained monkey plucking coconuts from a tall coconut
palm.
Our final stop will be the Batik Workshop to see how handpainted batik is created.
TOUR NOTES: There is a moderate amount of walking involved
in this tour, mostly over even surfaces. Toilet stops will be
available at Pandanus Weaving Centre and Batik workshop,
however these will incur a 50 cent charge.
RIVER CRUISE & MANGROVE WALK – Kuantan, Malaysia
DURATION: 4½ hours
Departing from the quayside we shall make our way to
Kuantan jetty where we shall begin our tour with a boat
cruise along the Kuantan River. The upstream boat ride will
be a visual delight where we shall be able to observe monitor
lizards and monkeys on the river banks and the different
species of eagles hovering about us during our journey.
Quaint fishing jetties and villages border the coastline along
the way.
Once on dry land we shall begin a tranquil walk into one of
the mangrove forests to see the different types of mangrove
trees. What appears to be a wasteland plays an important
part in moth earth’s ecosystem. We may view various species
of mangrove plants such as “Rhizphora Mucronata”,
Excoecaria and Xylocarpus, which is processed into high
quality charcoal. The mangrove reserve forest which is spread
over an area of 339 hectares appears as a green lush area
along the Kuantan river, and has been in existence for over
500 years.
mobility or wheelchair users. There will be a toilet stop at the
jetty point, however these will be chargeable at 50 cents.
Boarding our boats once more we shall make our way back to
the jetty to reboard our awaiting coach. On the return journey
we shall make a photo stop at the Statue Mosque before
returning back to our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: This tour involves approximately 45 minutes of
walking during the mangrove forest walk over uneven ground;
therefore this tour is not suitable for passengers with limited
97
Singapore
When Sir Stamford Raffles claimed Singapore for the
British East India Company in 1819, it was nothing but
a swampy, thickly jungled island populated by a handful
of fishermen and sea gypsies. Strategically placed at
the tip of the Malay Peninsula, there had been many
visits from a variety of sea craft, including Chinese
junks, Indian Vessels, Arab dhows and Portuguese
battleships – Raffles’ arrival merely formalised
Singapore’s status as a port of international renown.
TOUR A
|
Merchants of every race, colour and creed were quickly
drawn to the island, and by 1911, Singapore had a
population of 250,000 people, comprising 48 races and
speaking 54 languages!
For many years Singapore was considered Britain’s key
defence base in the Far East. The myth of the island’s
impregnability was shattered when it fell to the
Japanese in 1942. After Japanese occupation, Singapore
became a crown Colony in 1945, a self-governing state
CITY EXPERIENCE – Singapore
DURATION: 3½ hours
This tour showcases the contrast between the old and new,
and the blend of East and West. We shall start our tour by
driving past the Colonial District for a view of the Padang (a
large, open green expanse), the Esplanade Theatres on the
Bay, and the Merlion – a mythical beast, Singapore’s original
half-lion, half-fish.
We shall then make a stop in fascinating Chinatown, where
temples and traditional stalls retain the Chinese character
in this enclave. We may have the chance to visit the Sri
Mariamman Temple.
TOUR NOTES: This tour involves a moderate amount of
walking, including walking at Chinatown, Mount Faber and
the National Orchid Garden. At Mount Faber, there will be
approximately 40 steps to negotiate in order to reach the best
viewpoint. Unfortunately Mount Faber is not wheelchair
accessible, however passengers can remain on the coach is
they wish. There are also a few steps to negotiate at the
National Orchid Gardens.
Travelling up to Mount Faber, 105 metres (344 feet) above
sea level, we can capture a bird’s-eye-view of the world’s
busiest port and the oil refineries on the offshore islands.
Our tour concludes with a visit to the National Orchid
Gardens, located in the Botanical Gardens.
TOUR C
|
JURONG BIRD PARK – Singapore
DURATION: 3½ hours
Jurong Bird Park is a 20-hectare, open concept park, which is
the largest Bird Park in the Aisa Pacific region. We will be
fascinated by its collection of more than 8,000 birds from
over 600 species. It is thought to be amongst the largest
collection of its kind in the world.
We shall take a ride on the air-conditioned Panorail, enjoying
panoramic views of the park. We can then see the
spectacular Penguin Parade, where more than 200 of these
adorable creatures live and play, in an environment similar
to that of the South Pole. At ‘The World of Darkness’ – Asia’s
first nocturnal bird house – we shall get the impression that
we are walking along a quiet star-lit jungle path at night,
watching the birds in their natural habitats as their haunting
calls beckon.
The all-star bird show at Jurong is reputed to be world-class,
and features a variety of feathered friends, including
cockatoos, macaws, flamingos, pelicans and hornbills.
98
Tour Notes: Please note that there is a lot of walking and
standing involved in this tour, including some steps to
negotiate. The all-star bird show is dependent upon favourable
weather conditions. It is possible to remain in Jurong after our
tour has concluded, however additional fees and the return
transfer to our ship will be at your own expense.
in 1959, and an independent republic in 1965.
For reference, the distance into the city from our berth
is approximately 10 kilometres (6 miles). There is a walk
of approximately 10 minutes from our ship in order to
reach our tour transport. This is only applicable if the
Balmoral is berthed at the Singapore Cruise Terminal.
The official currency of Singapore is the Singapore
Dollar, although US Dollars may be accepted.
TOUR E
|
SINGAPORE BY NIGHT – Singapore
DURATION: 3½ hours
Leaving the pier, we shall proceed on a drive around Suntec
City’s Fountain of Wealth – an impressive structure
supported on four 13 metre (43 feet) high bronze legs,
measuring 21 metres (69 feet) in diameter, and weighing
85 tonnes. Following this, we will board a bumboat, for a
ride down the Singapore River through a night of glittering
buildings, both historical and modern.
TOUR NOTES: Unfortunately, this tour is not suitable for
wheelchair users as both the bumboat and the trishaw are
unable to accommodate wheelchairs. The bumboat will be
boarded by a gangplank, and there are no toilet facilities
onboard. If time permits it may be possible to do some quick
shopping in Bugis Village.
Our next stop will be at Bugis Village, where we shall
experience the vibrancy and atmosphere of the ‘Pasar
Malam’ (night bazaar), as we walk through it. From here, we
hop on a trishaw, for a ride through the narrow roads of
Little India to our next destination – the Raffles Hotel. In this
world renowned hotel, the oldest in Singapore, we will be
serves the famous ‘Singapore Sling’ cocktail.
TOUR G
|
PADDLE & PEDAL – Singapore
DURATION: 3½ hours
Departing the pier we will proceed on a drive around Suntec
City’s Fountain of Wealth – an impressive structure on four
13-metre (43 foot) high bronze legs, measuring 21 metres
(69 feet) in diameter and weighing 85 tonnes.
On this tour we will be able to discover Singapore on top of
Asia’s most iconic architectural and engineering marvel –
the Singapore Flyer. Once onboard we will enjoy the
breathtaking, panoramic views of Singapore and beyond:
the magnificent Marina Bay, towering skyscrapers and
tropical greenery. All of these are possible (weather
permitting) to view on the 30 minute flight.
Our final stop will be at Bugis Village to hop onto a trishaw
for a ride through the narrow roads of Little India before
returning to our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: All walking is over even terrain and is very
limited, however a few steps will need to be negotiated along
a gangplank in order to board the bumboats. There are no
toilet facilities on the bumboats. Each trishaw holds 2 people.
Please be aware that if the EVE departure is chosen for this
tour then it will be operated in the dusk/dark. For your
reference, the Singapore Flyer is Singapore’s answer to the
London Eye.
Following our flight we will board a bumboat for a ride
down the historic Singapore River for a different view of this
wonderful city.
99
Phuket, Thailand
The second largest island in Thailand (the largest is
Koh Chang), Phuket is about the same size as
Singapore. Situated 8º north of the Equator, it is below
the latitudes where destructive storms are common.
Phuket is the natural base for exploring the Andaman
Sea, which is separated from the Bay of Bengal by the
Andaman-Nicobar Ridge, and constitutes part of the
TOUR A
|
Phuket is a granite island, with low-forested mountains
and fine white sand beaches, mainly found on the
West Coast. Most of the forest has been cleared,
originally for rubber plantations and subsequently for
tourism development. The one remaining rainforest is
in Khao Phra Thaeo Park.
PHUKET CULTURAL TOUR – Phuket, Thailand
DURATION: 5 hours
Once we have boarded our coach we shall take a drive into
the south of Phuket to visit Wat Chalong, one of the island’s
most famous temples. In the tranquil Wat we shall hear the
tale of the gilt statues of monk-hero Luang Pho Chaem and
his aid Luang Pho Chuang enshrined in the temple and learn
a little Buddhism along the way.
Moving on we shall board a Baht Bus; a wooden bus, which
is the original local transfer up to a high view to see how
the local people live, a rubber plantation and take in the
view over Phuket. We shall then visit the Big Buddha, the
biggest marble Buddha in Phuket which is dedicated to
Buddhist monks.
Returning back to Wat Chalong we shall then head to the
centre of Phuket town, first passing the local “wet market”
famous for its fresh vegetables, seafood, fish and local
spices. Our guide will give us detailed information on all the
local produce of this market. Many hotels and restaurants
as well as local shop owners can be found here every
morning for their daily fresh produce.
Later on we shall take a short sightseeing tour around the
old part of town where we shall have time to explore the
old Sino-Portuguese buildings, which make up this part of
town and are a stunning example of typically “Old Phuket”
architecture. We shall also visit the Sino-Portuguese
architecture building – Baan Chin Pracha, which is still well
preserved. This building is one of the oldest houses of
Phuket, built in 1904. All furniture and floor tiles have their
own history and have attracted many famous film producers.
Well known movies which have been filmed in their houses
include Indiana Jones, Heaven & Earth and many more.
Our final stop will be for lunch at “Phuket View” where we
can enjoy the stunning views on top of Rang Hill
overlooking Phuket Town before being transferred back to
our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: This tour involves very little walking over mainly
flat ground although 10 steps will need to be negotiated at
Chalong Temple, 3 steps at Chin Pracha House and a further
12 steps at Phuket View restaurant.
100
Indian Ocean.
While tourism is the leading money-earner for the
island, other industries such as rubber, tin, agriculture
and fishing still play a major part in Phuket’s
economy.
is approximately 10 kilometres (6 miles).
The official currency of Thailand is the Thai Baht.
TOUR B
|
PHUKET LIFESTYLE TOUR – Phuket, Thailand
DURATION 5 hours
Departing from the pier we shall begin with a drive into
Phuket town for a sightseeing tour of the old part of town
with time given to explore the old Sino-Portuguese
Buildings which make up this part of town. These are a
stunning example of typical “Old Phuket” architecture. We
shall also make a visit to the “Tai Ha Museum” to learn the
history of Phuket itself.
We shall then make a stop at Koh Sirae on the East side of
the town to take time to inspect the local Sea Gypsy Village.
Here we can watch some of the locals perform one of their
traditional “Rong Ngang” dances and a local band that
perform with their traditional home made instruments. In
previous times these “Sea Gypsies” were made up of
itinerant tribal people who moved frequently to follow the
TOUR C
|
fish and hence known as “gypsies”. Now settled in Phuket
they have established themselves in several villages around
the island, therefore making themselves “Stateless”. They
live outside the usual world of Thai citizens and hence as a
result many will remain stateless.
total of 17 steps will be encountered throughout the tour. This
tour is not suitable for passengers wishing to use wheelchairs
as locations are not wheelchair accessible.
Our final stop before getting lunch will be Wat Chalong, one
of the island’s most famous temples. In the tranquil Wat we
shall hear the tale of the gilt statues of monk hero Luang
Pho Chaem and his aid Luang Pho Chuang enshrined in the
temple and perhaps learn a little Buddhism along the way.
A Thai seafood set lunch will be served at Kan Eang at the
Pier Restaurant with a little time to shop if we wish.
TOUR NOTES: Walking is very limited on this tour; however a
PHUKET SIGHTSEEING WITH PATONG EXPLORER – Phuket, Thailand
DURATION: 5 hours
We shall begin our tour with a drive into Phuket Town, first
passing the local “wet market” famous for its fresh vegetables,
seafood, fish and local spices. Our guide will give us detailed
information on all the local produce of this market. Many
hotels and restaurants as well as local shop owners can be
found here every morning for their daily fresh produce.
We shall then continue on for a short sightseeing tour around
the old part of town and be given some time to explore the old
Sino-Portuguese Buildings which make up this part of town
and are a stunning example of typical“Old Phuket”architecture.
A short stop will then be made at “Thai Hua Museum” which
was built in 1934. It is a splendid example of European-SinoThai architecture of the 1930s, when Phuket architecture
began to change from the Straits Settlements style.
Continuing on we shall head for the stunning view point on
top of Rang Hill overlooking Phuket Town and the central areas
of the island before heading to Sala Bua for lunch.
Sala Bua is located on the beachfront in the heart of Patong
and creates enticing authentic Thai delicacies that are truly
sensational. The Thai Orchestra band will entertain us with
classical music during lunch.
Time permitting we may be able to have a short while to pick
up those last minute souvenirs before returning to our
awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: There is a very limited amount of walking involved
in this tour and approximately 3 steps to negotiate.
101
Cochin, India
Cosmopolitan Cochin, the commercial capital of
Kerala, glories in the title of ‘Queen of the Arabian
Sea’. A city of peninsulas and islands with a mainland
centre, Cochin has a magnificent natural harbour,
almost in the middle of the city, created by the
underwater Malabar mudbanks that ensure calm
waters. It is one of India’s largest ports and a major
naval base, which is the headquarters of the Southern
Command of the Indian Navy.
A trading port since at least Roman times, Cochin was
on the main trade route between Europe and China.
Arabs, Chinese, Portuguese, Dutch and British followed
the sea route to Cochin and left their impressions
TOUR A
|
here. With its wealth of historical associations, the
fascinating city perfectly reflects the eclecticism of
Kerala. We can see the oldest church in India; winding
streets crammed with 500 year-old Portuguese
houses; cantilevered Chinese fishing nets; a Jewish
community whose roots date back to the Diaspora; a
16th century synagogue; and a palace built by the
Portuguese and given to the Raja of Cochin.
is approximately ten kilometres (six miles). Passengers
are reminded that beggars may be a prominent sight
when visiting India, we respectfully ask that you do
not give them money. If you would like to make a
donation, our local agent will be happy to put you in
contact with local charity organisations and
development projects to which you may donate
money or other useful items.
For your reference the coaches used will not have
toilet facilities onboard and may not have seatbelts
(as these are not required by Indian law). A deep step
may be encountered in order to board the coaches.
Air-conditioned coaches are very limited, therefore
will be allocated to the longer tours first.
The official currency of Cochin is the Indian Rupee.
Cochin is now officially called Kochi.
CITY HIGHLIGHTS & HARBOUR CRUISE – Cochin, India
DURATION: 5 hours
For those of us not wishing to travel too far, this combination
of a city tour and harbour cruise rolled into one offers an
ideal choice.
Departing from the quayside we shall join our tour vehicle
and begin with a tour of the city. Our tour will take us to the
Mattancherry area where we shall visit the Dutch Palace,
built by the Portuguese in 1555 and renovated by the Dutch
in 1663. Although this quadrangular palace, with a temple
in the inner courtyard, is not an opulent building – white
walls with sloping brown roofs – it is an interesting historical
site. Next we shall take a walk through the Jewish Street,
lined by picture-postcard houses on both sides, with shops
selling a variety of items from spices to antiques, before
stopping to visit the Jewish Synagogue.
We will then continue to the Fort Cochin area for a visit to St
Francis Church, the oldest European church in India. Having
died in Cochin in 1524, Vasco da Gama was buried here for
14 years before his remains were taken to Lisbon; his
tombstone can still be seen in the church. Our concluding
stop on the city tour is to visit the Chinese Fishing Nets,
which have become a unique symbol of centuries old
Chinese influence along this coast.
With the city tour concluded, we shall stop at Brunton’s
Boatyard for refreshments before joining our boat for a
journey into Cochin Harbour. During our voyage we shall
pass by the islands of Vallerpadam, Gundu and Bolghatty.
We will also pass by fishermen and glimpse the locals going
about their daily lives on the various islands.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that the transport used may not
be air-conditioned. There is a moderate amount of walking
involved in this tour; therefore it may not be suitable for
passengers with limited mobility or wheelchair passengers.
Approximately 18 steps will be encountered at the Dutch
102
Palace. We recommend passengers wear comfortable shoes
and bring along a hat or umbrella for sun protection.
Photography is not permitted in the Dutch Palace. Toilet
facilities will be basic. The itinerary detailed above may
operate in a different order to that described.
TOUR B
|
COCHIN CITY HIGHLIGHTS – Cochin, India
DURATION: 4 hours
Departing from the quayside we shall join our tour vehicle and
begin with a tour of the city. Our tour will take us to the
Mattancherry area where we shall visit the Dutch Palace, built
by the Portuguese in 1555 and renovated by the Dutch in 1663.
Although this quadrangular palace, with a temple in the inner
courtyard, is not an opulent building – white walls with sloping
brown roofs – it is an interesting historical site. Next we shall
take a walk through the Jewish Street, lined by picture-postcard
houses on both sides, with shops selling a variety of items from
spices to antiques, before stopping to visit the Jewish
Synagogue.
We will then continue to the Fort Cochin area for a visit to St
Francis Church, the oldest European church in India. Having died
in Cochin in 1524, Vasco da Gama was buried here for 14 years
TOUR C
|
before his remains were taken to Lisbon; his tombstone can still
be seen in the church. Our concluding stop on the city tour is to
visit the Chinese Fishing Nets, which have become a unique
symbol of centuries old Chinese influence along this coast.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that the transport used may not be airconditioned. There is a moderate amount of walking involved in
this tour; therefore it may not be suitable for passengers with
limited mobility or wheelchair passengers. Approximately 18
steps will be encountered at the Dutch Palace. We recommend
passengers wear comfortable shoes and bring along a hat or
umbrella for sun protection. Photography is not permitted in the
Dutch Palace. Toilet facilities will be basic. The itinerary detailed
above may operate in a different order to that described.
HERITAGE TRAIL – A WALK THROUGH FORT COCHIN – Cochin, India
DURATION: 3 hours
A walk through the Fort Cochin area is a journey back in time!
Once a small fishing village within the kingdom of Cochin, it was
assumed by the Portuguese in 1503, and during their reign they
built a fort near the waterfront to protect their commercial
interests.
The name Fort Cochin comes from Fort Emmanuel, which was
later destroyed by the Dutch.To the rear of the fort, the Portuguese
built their community and a wooden church, which was rebuilt in
1516 as a permanent construction, is today known as the St
Francis Church.
Departing the quayside by coach, we shall proceed to Padua
House, where we will begin our walking tour. We shall begin by
passing St Francis Church, Loafer’s corner, Princess Street and the
TOUR D
|
Santacruz Basilica – the Catholic Church, which was also built by
the Portuguese in the 1500’s and was later destroyed by the
British and rebuilt near the end of the 19th century. We shall also
walk past the parade ground, the Dutch cemetery and perhaps
the most interesting site, the Chinese Fishing Nets, believed to
have been introduced by Chinese traders in the early 1300’s.
We will also pass colonial private homes of indo-European
architecture, including the pierce Leslie Bungalow, Koder House,
Vasco House and the old Harbour House. Our tour will conclude
with a stop at a local hotel for refreshments, before returning to
the quayside.
hours of walking and standing, and is therefore not recommended
to passengers with limited mobility. We recommend passengers
wear comfortable shoes and take a hat or umbrella with them to
use as protection against the sun.
TOUR NOTES:The itinerary detailed above may operate in a different
order to that described. This tour will involve approximately two
ALLEPPEY BACKWATER CRUISE – Cochin, India
DURATION: 5½ hours
Departing from the quayside, our approximate one and a half
hour journey will take us to the start of the backwaters of
Alleppey, rightly dubbed as the ‘Venice of the East’. The
backwaters are comprised of a myriad network of waterways
and lagoons, at times only a few yards inland from the sea.
These fresh water canals wind their way through tropical
jungles of palm and fruit trees, vibrant green paddy fields
and small, water based settlements. All along the water edge
are churches, temples, villages, fishermen and the famous
Chinese cantilevered fishing nets, hanging eerily over the
water.
Upon arrival in Alleppey, we will embark upon our motor
launch for an approximate two hour cruise. During our cruise
we shall be invited to enjoy views of typical village life in
Kerala and the backwaters. Narrow backwater canals and the
daily village life surrounding them are perhaps the most
attractive parts of the cruise. We should hopefully be able to
see women engaged in the daily chores of homely work,
children going to school and men working in the fields.
Following our cruise, we shall be transferred back to Cochin
and our awaiting ship.
upper deck where plastic seats will be arranged for us. The
upper deck will be covered with a canopy to help protect
against the sun.
TOUR NOTES: Comfortable shoes and hats for protection
against the sun are highly recommended. A bottle of water will
be supplied during our return comfort stop. The tour boats are
boarded from the jetty and there will be a ladder (with
approximately five steps) to negotiate in order to reach the
103
TOUR E
|
COCHIN BY ‘TUK TUK’ – Cochin, India
DURATION: 3½ hours
PARTICIPANTS: Limited to 40 – 2 passengers per ‘Tuk Tuk’
Departing from the port by coach we shall head towards
the Fort Cochin area where we will visit the St. Francis
Church, the oldest European Church in India built by the
Portuguese. Since Fort Cochin was under the possession of
the Portuguese, the Dutch and the British at different points
of time, the region still bears the influence of European
architecture.
Our next stop will be a visit to the Chinese Fishing Nets,
which have become a unique symbol of century’s old
Chinese influence along this coast. We shall then take a
walk past the local Fish Market where people like to have
their catch cooked and served right there!
convoy of Tuk Tuks, each vehicle can accommodate two
passengers. We will need to negotiate one step to board the
Tuk Tuk; these vehicles do not have seatbelts, as Indian law
does not require them to. Our driver will be able to answer
any questions, however their command of the English
language may be very basic. Approximately 18 steps will
need to be negotiated in the Dutch palace, however walking
is very limited in this tour. Photography in the Dutch Palace
or St. Francis Church is forbidden and video cameras are not
The main attraction on our tour will then begin as we board
the local mode of transportation – an ‘auto rickshaw’
popularly known as a “Tuk Tuk”. Tuk Tuks are small threewheeled motorised carts and are considered the principal
mode of transport in India and throughout South and East
Asia.
As we ride through the narrow lanes of Cochin we shall pass
by heritage homes including an old spice warehouse.
Arriving in the Mattancherry area we shall visit the Dutch
Palace which was built by the Portuguese in 1555 and
renovated by the Dutch in 1663. Even though it is austere in
its appearance, the Mattancherry Palace of Cochin has a
quaint charm of its own. We shall take a visit to the Jewish
Synagogue which is a tiny but delightful structure built in
1568. Its eclectic décor includes a floor paved with handpainted blue and white Cantonese porcelain tiles and a
glass, oil-burning chandelier from Belgium.
Finally a short walk through Jew Town will take us back to
our awaiting coaches for our journey back to the ship.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that we will be travelling in a
TOUR F
|
CULTURAL EXTRAVAGANZA – Cochin, India
URATION: 4 hours
Leaving the port behind us we shall begin our tour today
with a short orientation tour of Fort Cochin, taking in a drive
past St. Francis Church and making a photo stop at the
Chinese Fishing Nets, which have become a unique symbol
of century’s old Chinese influence along this coast.
Continuing on we shall head for a hotel in Cochin to view a
Kerala Art performance. Firstly we will be able to watch as
the performers apply their make-up and costumes and then
view them in full outfit as they perform for us.
Kathakali is the classical dance-drama of Kerala, South India
which dates from the 17th century and is rooted in Hindu
mythology. It is a harmonious combination of five forms –
Literature (Sahithyam), Music (Sangeetham), Painting
(Chithram), Acting (Natyam) and Dance (Nritham). The role
104
of each of these art forms is very vital in the making of
Kathakali what it is, the King of performing arts, particularly
theatre.
The Kathakali dance performance will be followed by a
short Kalaripayattu performance. Kalaripayattu is a martial
art that originated in the temples of Kerala. A rigorous
discipline is enforced on the students and a display of this
martial art will leave us exhilarated.
TOUR NOTES: This tour has very limited walking involved with
2 steps to enter the hotel for our performance; therefore
making it suitable for passengers with limited mobility. The
itinerary detailed above may operate in a different order to
that described.
permitted in the Jewish Synagogue. It is recommended that
ladies cover their knees and shoulders when entering the
Jewish Synagogue. Bags & pouches are not permitted in the
Synagogue due to high security. Due to our visit being made
on a Sunday St. Francis Church is not available for entry
inside until after 11.30am, therefore if you reach this site
before such time, only an outside visit can be made. The
order of visit may differ slightly to that described above
depending upon traffic conditions.
TOUR G
|
TAJ MAHAL OVERLAND – Cochin, India
DURATION: 2 Nights
The Taj Mahal is regarded as one of the new Seven Wonders
of the World, and some historians have even noted that its
architectural beauty has never been surpassed, especially
when viewed at dawn or sunset. On a foggy morning, the Taj
Mahal appears as if it is suspended in the air, when viewed
from across the Jamuna River!
Constructed over a period of 22 years, employing 20,000
workers, it was eventually completed in 1648 CE at a cost of
32 million Rupees. The construction documents show that its
master architect was Ustad ‘Isa, the renowned Islamic
architect of his time.
Our overland tour will enable us to visit Delhi as well as the
world-renowned Taj Mahal.
SUNDAY 27TH MARCH - COCHIN – DELHI
Departing our ship shortly after our arrival, we shall be
transferred to the local airport for our connecting flight to
Delhi. En-route we shall take in a brief orientation drive of
Cochin City where we shall get the chance to view the
Chinese Fishing nets and take a photo stop at the St. Francis
Church (outside view only) before taking in an early brunch
at a local hotel.
After brunch our coach will take us direct to the airport for
our flight to Delhi via Hyderabad.
On arrival, we will be transferred to this evening’s hotel,
where we shall receive a traditional Indian welcome. After
checking in and freshening up, we shall be able to enjoy an
evening buffet style meal before retiring for the evening.
MONDAY 28TH MARCH – DELHI – AGRA – DELHI
Following an early wake up with tea, coffee and cookies
served to us in the lobby we shall board our coach for the
transfer to the train station, where we shall board the
Shatabdi Express to Agra. Following an approximate twohour rail journey, we will arrive at Agra where we will be
transferred to a local banquet room for breakfast.
From here, we will proceed to the Taj Mahal, where we shall
be able to enjoy a guided tour of this wonderful site. The Taj
Mahal is the greatest love story ever told! After the death of
his beloved wife, Mumtaz Mahal, Shahjehan built her this
extravagant memorial. 20,000 men laboured for over 22
years to build this wealth of white marble and precious stone.
Standing on the banks of the River Yamuna, the palace
attracts millions of tourists each year from all over the
world.
Departing the Taj Mahal we shall be served lunch at a local
hotel before our visit to the Agra Fort which lies on the bend
of the River Yamuna, almost in the heart of town. Built as a
citadel by Akbar, during 1565-1573, the site is considered
one of the finest architectural accomplishments – with
imposing gates, walls of red sandstone and a moat all adding
to the Fort’s charm.
Behind its forbidding red sandstone battlements, lie palaces
that tell the story of the Moghul Empire. As we enter through
the Amar Singh Gate we will be able to discover Jehangir’s
Palace, the Diwan-i-Aam and Diwan-i-Khas and the
Musamman Burj – an octagonal tower, which was where
Shahjahan was imprisioned for his last seven years by
Aurangzeb.
Amazed and invigorated we shall be transferred from the
Agra Fort to a local hotel where we will have a short time to
use a limited number of rooms to freshen up before our
buffet dinner in the hotel banquet room. Once dinner is
complete we shall board our coaches for the return journey
to the railway station for our evening departure aboard the
Shatabdi Express back to Delhi, where we shall spend the
night in our hotel.
TUESDAY 29TH MARCH – DELHI – MUMBAI
Following breakfast at our hotel, we shall depart from our
hotel for the approximately two-hour return flight to
Mumbai. En-route we shall enjoy a panoramic tour of New
Delhi, passing by the Indian Gate; a memorial built in 1931 to
commemorate the Indian soldiers who died in World War I
and the Afghan wars. We will also pass by the Presidents’
House (Rashtrpati Bhawan) – this impressive building is built
on the Raisina Hills. With 340 rooms, this house certainly has
a commanding character overlooking Rajpath and the India
Gate.
Upon arrival into Mumbai we shall board our coaches and
head to the port to meet our awaiting ship. En-route we will
be taken on a brief orientation tour of Mumbai, passing some
of the main sights of the city, over the Bandra-Worli Sea Link,
the latest mark of Mumbai, Haji Alo Mosque, Marine,
University Building, High Court and Victoria Terminus.
will be over varying gradients. Each building inside the fort has
approximately 6-8 steps to negotiate. From New Delhi railway
station there is approximately 15 minutes walk to reach the
coach park from the platform.
All meals at the hotel will be buffet style and will include one
bottle of local beer or one soft drink during the evening meal
and one bottle of mineral water with breakfast. The rooms
given to us for our “freshen up” after our tour of the Agra Fort
will be limited, therefore we de request that you use these for
their purpose and vacate them for use by others. Please be
aware that passengers are able to purchase a snack on the
flight from Cochin to Delhi at their own expense as this is not a
full service carrier. Please note that flight schedules are subject
to revision or delays – decisions made to delay or revise flights
are made solely at the discretion of the transportation supplier.
Please note that cancellation charges will apply should you not
be able to participate on this tour after you have made a
booking. Participants are restricted to two items of luggage per
person on flights with a weight of no more than 20kg for hold
luggage and 7kg for hand luggage. It is recommended that
passengers carry hand luggage only for easy and quick exit out
of the airport. All restrictions on carrying any liquids on the
flights are as per the International Air Travel regulations.
It is possible that our group may not be seated together on the
flights, this will be dependant upon final numbers.
TOUR NOTES: The above tour excludes all items of personal use,
such as telephone calls, laundry, mini bars, additional drinks
and so on; these must be settled direct with the local hotel. This
tour will involve a considerable amount of walking and
standing, some of which may be over uneven ground. Steps will
also be encountered throughout the tour. At the Taj Mahal, our
tour vehicles will stop in a parking area, where we shall
disembark and join a battery bus for an approximate fiveminute journey to the security gates. At the security gate there
is approximately 500 metres of walking and 25 steps to reach
the entrance. At the Agra Fort there is a walk of approximately
one kilometre in order to reach the main complex – this walk
105
Goa, India
Goa, known as the Pearl of the Orient and a tourist’s
paradise is located on the Western Coast of India in the
coastal belt known as Konkan. The magnificent scenic
beauty and the architectural splendours of its temples,
churches and old houses have made Goa a firm favourite
with travellers around the world.
In 1498, Vasco da Gama became the first European to set
foot in India through a sea route when he landed in
Kerala, followed by an arrival in what is now known as
the Old Goa. Goa, then was the largest trading centre on
India’s western coast. The Portuguese arrived with the
intention of setting up a colony and seizing control of the
spice trade from other European powers. In the year
1510 the Portuguese admiral Alfonso de Albuquerque
defeated the then ruling Indian King and established a
TOUR A
|
permanent settlement in Velha Goa (Old Goa). Goa soon
became Portugal’s most important possession within
India, and was granted the same civic privileges as
Lisbon. The colony existed for approximately 450 years.
The Indian Army liberated Goa from Portuguese
colonization on December 19th, 1961.
Having been the meeting point of races, religions and
cultures of East and West over the centuries, Goa has a
multi-hued and distinctive lifestyle quite different from
the rest of India.
It is much more than just beaches and sea. It has a soul,
which goes deep into unique history, rich culture and
some of the prettiest natural scenery that India has to
offer. Much of the real Goa is in its interiors, north aside
its buildings and in the hinterland away from the coastal
area. Some very fine temples with an architectural style
different from traditional Indian style can be seen – it
exemplifies the strange but unique correspondence and
amity between the cultures, which exist in Goa.
Passengers are reminded that beggars may be a
prominent sight when visiting India; we respectfully ask
that you do not give them money. If you would like to
make a donation, our local tour operator will be happy to
put you in contact with a local charity organisation or
development project instead.
The coaches used will not have toilet facilities onboard
and may not have seatbelts (as these are not required by
Indian law). A deep step to board some of the coaches
may need to be negotiated.
The official currency of India is the Indian Rupee
OLD GOA & HIGH TEA – Goa, India
DURATION: 4¼ hours
For many, Goa conjures up images of beaches, but there is
much more to this tiny western state than sea, sand and
coconut palms. A living museum of colonisation, Goa is a
rich amalgam of Portuguese and Indian influences.
Departing from the quayside, we shall visit Old Goa and
the Basilica of Bom Jesus. Built in 1695, this is a fine
example of Jesuit architecture and has emerged as a
landmark in this history of Christianity. The Church has
recently been declared a World Heritage Monument and is
considered one of the richest churches in Goa, especially as
the floors are carpeted with marble and inlaid with
precious stones. The Basilica also contains the relics of St
Francis Xavier, patron saint of Goa.
From here, we shall continue onto the SE Cathedral, a
monument that truly represents the royalty of Goa during
the rule of the Portuguese. The elegant structure stands as
a symbol of the wealth, power and fame of the Portuguese.
With a Tuscan exterior, square towers reaching 30.3
metres high and one of the largest bells in Asia – this
cathedral is certainly worth a visit.
Continuing, we will proceed to St Cajetan’s Church, built of
laterite blocks and lime plastered. The façade, having two
towers on either side to serve as a belfry, has Corinthian
columns and pilasters supporting a pediment, and four
niches, which keep the statues of the apostles.
Modelled on the original design of St.Peter’s Church in
Rome, the church is architecturally Corinthian both
externally and internally while the gilded altars with rich
carvings are in baroque style. Italian friars of the Order of
Theatines who were sent by the Pope Urban III to preach
Christianity in the kingdom of Golconda built the Church.
As they were not permitted to work in Goa they settled
down and in 1655 obtained by Royal Order – the church
106
was finally completed in the 17th century.
Our last stop will be at an old Goan Mansion, where we
will be invited to enjoy High Tea before returning to the
quayside and our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: Unfortunately this tour is not suitable for
wheelchair passengers, as many of the stops made are not
wheelchair accessible. There is an approximate 60-minute
walk to reach Bom Jesus and SE Cathedral, as will as
approximately 5 steps at the Cathedral and Church to
negotiate. Comfortable footwear and sun protection is
highly recommended. Both still and video cameras are not
permitted for use in the churches or cathedrals visited. For
reference, our coach journey will be approximately two and
a half hours in total.
TOUR B
|
TEMPLES & SPICES OF GOA – Goa, India
DURATION: 4 hours
Our tour today provides an opportunity for a wonderful
insight into India’s religious philosophy as well as the
chance to rediscover our senses!
Departing from the quayside we shall make our way from
the city, through small towns and villages. We shall see
large elegant homes and brilliant green rice paddies. In the
lush valleys and forests of Ponda are hidden a number of
Hindu temples, built in the 17th and 18th centuries by
those attempting to practice their traditional religion
away from the prying eyes and persecution of the
Portuguese. Although the temples are fairly modern by
Indian standards, their deities are ancient, and revered by
the local people, as well as by the thousands of pilgrims
who visit from other parts of southern India.
TOUR NOTES: Unfortunately this tour is not suitable for
wheelchair passengers, as both stops made are not
wheelchair accessible. There will be approximately 15 steps
at the Temple and 20-30 steps at the plantation with uneven
ground to be negotiated at both venues. We recommend
you wear comfortable shoes and bring a hat for protection
against the sun. Both still and video cameras are not
permitted for use in the temple visited. All passengers will be
asked to remove their shoes before entering the temple,
therefore a pair of socks may prove to be a handy addition
to your bag. Lunch will be a buffet and will include one
bottle of mineral water per person.
Our first stop will be at Sahakari plantation which will
refresh our mind and soul. The property’s varied terrain,
which includes both flat wetlands and hillsides, allows for
the cultivation of a wide variety of plants and trees. We
will take a guided walk with an expert through the spicy
world of black pepper, cinnamon, cardamom, clove,
nutmeg etc. before enjoying afternoon refreshments and
snacks in the natural surroundings.
After our short refreshment stop we shall proceed to visit
a Hindu temple. The Nageshi Temple, situated in Bandora
village, approximately four kilometres to the east of Ponda
is dedicated to Lord Shiva. The presiding deity is Shri
Nagesh Maharudra. This temple has a beautiful tank in
front, with a Nandi Bull in lack granite standing tall at its
entrance. The water is ever flowing and crystal clear. On
the Southern and Northern sides the idols of Shri
Laxminarayan and Shri Ganapati are installed. The
mandapa (Assembly hall) has a gallery on both sides that
contains exquisite specimens of intricate wood carvings
that narrate stories from the Hindu epics.
luxury on board.
107
TOUR C
|
CHURCHES OF OLD GOA & A GLIMPSE OF PANJIM – Goa, India
DURATION: 4 hours
Departing from the Quayside we shall head towards Old
Goa which stands testimony not only to the reality of the
Portuguese rule in the country, but also to the grandeur
and wealth of the city during their reign.
Our first visit of the day will be the St. Cajetan Church
which was modelled on St. Peter’s in Rome and built of
laterite blocks and lime plastered. The façade, having two
towers on either side to serve as a belfry, has Corinthian
columns and pilasters supporting a pediment, and four
niches, which keep the statues of the apostles. Hidden
beneath the church is a crypt where the embalmed bodies
of Portuguese governors were kept in lead coffins before
they were shipped back to Lisbon. Forgotten for a time,
the last batch was removed only in 1992.
Continuing on our next stop will be the Basilica of Bom
Jesus which was built by the Jesuits in the 16th century
and is one of the most important churches in Goa. The
embalmed body of St. Frances Xavier is enshrined here in
a marble mausoleum, which is exposed to the public once
every ten years.
Our final visit will be to the Panjim ‘Fontainhas’ area
where we shall take a walk through. The Fontainhas is the
Latin Quarter built by the Portuguese and we will be able
to view from the outside the church and old villas. Later
on we shall drive through Panjim, the capital city where
we will pass through streets lined with old villa
characteristic of Portuguese Goa before our return back to
our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: Unfortunately this tour is not recommended
for wheelchair passengers, as many of the stops made are
not wheelchair accessible. Comfortable footwear and hats
for sun protection are recommended. Walking is very
limited in this tour, however 8 steps will need to be
negotiated in the Church and 15 optional steps in both
TOUR D
|
BEACH TRANSFER – Goa, India
DURATION: 3 hours
Goa is well known for its golden sandy beaches. This tour
will give us the opportunity to relax at the poolside of a
hotel or sunbathe on the beach.
Departing the pier we shall take a short drive to Bogmallo
Beach Resort where we can enjoy a relaxing 2½ hours
before taking our transfer back to the ship.
TOUR NOTES: This tour is not recommended for wheelchair
passengers as 5-8 steps will need to be negotiated in order to
reach the beach. A bottle of water will be supplied for each
passengers, further drinks will be payable locally.
108
Panjim latin Quarters and the fruit and vegetable market.
Toilets will be available but very basic. For reference this
tour may operate in a different order to prevent overcrowding at the monuments.
Mumbai, India
Mumbai is a cluster of seven islands and was first home
to the Koli fishing folk, who still occupy parts of the city
shoreline today. Mumbai, the local name for Bombay
was derived from Mumba or Maha-Amba – the name of
the Hindu goddess ‘Mumbadevi’ and ‘Aai’ – Mother in the
local Marathi language. The islands were ruled by a
succession of Hindu dynasties, invaded by Muslims in
the 14th century and then ceded to Portugal by the
Sultan of Gujarat in 1534. The Portuguese called it Bom
Baim (Good Bay) and set up a trade centre. The
Portuguese did little to develop them before the major
island of the group was included in Catherine of
Braganza’s dowry where she married England’s Charles II
in 1661.
The British Government took possession of all seven
islands in 1665 but leased them three years later to the
English East India Company for a meagre rent of £10 per
TOUR A
|
annum. The company found the deep harbour on the
East Coast of the islands to be ideal for setting up their
first port in the sub-continent. The population quickly
rose from 10,000 in 1661 to 60,000 in 1975; in 1687
the British East India Company transferred its
headquarters from Surat to Bombay.
The opening of the Suez Canal in 1869 transformed
Mumbai into one of the largest seaports on the Arabian
Sea. Over the next 30 years, the city grew into a major
urban centre, spurred by an improvement in
infrastructure and the construction of many of the city’s
institutions. After India’s independence in 1947, it
became the capital of Bombay State.
Today, Mumbai is the commercial and entertainment
centre of India. It is one of the top ten centres of
commerce by global financial flow, home to such
important financial institutions as the Reverse Bank
of India. The city also houses India’s Hindi film and
television industry; known as Bollywood. Mumbai’s
business opportunities as well as its high standard
of living attract migrants from all over India, and in
turn, make the city a potpourri of many communities
and cultures.
Passengers are reminded that beggars may be a
prominent sight when visiting India; we respectfully ask
that you do not give them money. If you would like to
make a donation, our local tour operator will be happy to
put you in contact with a local charity organisation or
development project instead.
The coaches used will not have toilet facilities onboard
and may not have seatbelts (as these are not required by
Indian law). A deep step to board some of the coaches
may be encountered.
The official currency of India is the Indian Rupee.
MUMBAI CITY HIGHLIGHTS – Mumbai, India
DURATION: 4½ hours
Departing from the quayside, we will be invited to enjoy
many of the prominent landmarks that Mumbai is famous
for.
Our first stop will be in the Mani Bhaven, which today is a
museum, however this was the residence of the Father of
the Nation, Mahatma Gandhi, when he stayed in Mumbai
between 1917 and 1934. It was from here that Gandhi
initiated the Non-cooperation and Khadi Movements. En
route to Mani Bhawan, we will see the Rajabhai Clock
Tower, Mumbai University, the High Court, Chhatrpati
Shivaji Maharaj Terminus (Victoria Terminus) and Crawford
Market.
Next we shall visit the Jain Temple, which dates back to
1905. The temple is an active shrine with believers coming
to perform prayers throughout the day. The temple was
built in 1904 and was dedicated to Jain Tirthankara,
Adinath. Members of the peace-loving Jain community are
known to be exceptional in the world of business! The
beautifully decorated and adorned Jain Temple of Mumbai
has an entrance flanked by two stone elephants. The
downstairs, houses an array of deities and saints, including
an image of Lord Ganesha that recalls historical links
between Jainism and Hinduism.
of Silence, Mahalaxi Temple and the racecourse before
arriving at Dhobi Ghat, the open-air laundry site which is
still popular with citizens despite the advent of the washing
machine!
Upon arrival, we will have some free time for a photo
opportunity of this noteworthy scene before we depart for
a photo stop at the Gateway of India. En route, we will see
the Rajabhai Clock Tower, Mumbai University, the High
Court, Chhatrpati Shivaji Maharaj Terminus (Victoria
Terminus) and Crawford Market.
Our concluding visit will be to the Prince of Wales Museum,
which was founded in the early 20th century to help
commemorate the visit of the Prince of Wales, the future
Kind Edward VII. It was declared that the building should
have a handsome and noble structure befitting the site
selected, and in keeping with the best style of local
architecture.
The museum houses rare and ancient exhibits of Indian
history as well as objects from foreign lands. It also has
Indus Valley Civilisation artefacts, relics from ancient India
from the time of the Guptas and examples of Mauryan art.
TOUR NOTES: We recommend you wear comfortable shoes
and do not forget your sun protection. A pair of socks may
prove to be a handy addition to your bag, as all passengers
will be asked to remove their footwear when visiting the
Jain Temple. There will be a camera fee for both cameras and
video cameras in the Prince of Wales Museum should you
wish to use either. There is a moderate amount of walking
involved in this tour, and there will be steps to negotiate at
each of the sites.
From here, we shall proceed to the Hanging Gardens.
Beautifully terraced and landscaped, they are also known as
the Ferozeshah Mehta Gardens. The gardens are one of the
best sites in Mumbai, from where we can have amazing
views of the city and the Arabian Sea in the horizon. One of
the unique features of the gardens is that their hedges have
been trimmed in such a way, that they resemble various
animals, including elephants. The garden is also home to a
wonderful flower clock.
Rejoining our tour vehicles, we will pass by the Parsi Towers
109
TOUR B
|
PANORAMIC MUMBAI – Mumbai, India
DURATION: 3½ hours
In the heart of the city we will find some of the most
beautiful buildings dating from the British period.
A panoramic drive will take us along Marine Drive, a
windswept promenade, past the Old Town Hall and the
Mumbai University, which is dominated by the famous
Rajabai Clock Tower. Next we shall see the High Court,
topped with the statues of Justice and Mercy and the
highlight of all the buildings from the Victorian era, the
Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj, formerly the Victorian Railway
Terminus. This neo-gothic terminus boasts flying buttresses,
friezes and stained glass.
sit back and enjoy refreshments.
TOUR NOTES: This tour involves minimal walking and is suited
to passengers with limited mobility or wheelchair passengers
who are able to board the tour coaches. A photo stop will be
made at the Gateway to India monument, however
passengers may remain on the coach should they wish. There
is an approximate five-minute walk to reach the banqueting
rooms where our performance will be held.
Our tour will conclude with a stop at the Banqueting Rooms,
where we will witness a folk dance performance whilst we
TOUR C
|
ELEPHANTA ISLAND & THE CAVES – Mumbai, India
DURATION: 5 hours
For those of us wanting an insight into the Hindu religion,
this is the tour for us! Departing from the quayside, we shall
proceed by coach to the gateway of India, where we will
board our motor launches for an approximate one hour’s
journey to Elephanta Island.
Upon our arrival, we will have the option to either take the
mini train or walk approximately 15 minutes to the base of
the 120 steps at the entrance to the caves. The caves date
from the 8th century and have remarkable statues in basreliefs that unfold a story carves in stone.
Our guides will bring to life the panels as they elucidate
stories from Indian mythology. The carvings centre on the
life of Lord Shiva, the Destroyer, but the most impressive
TOUR D
|
panel is that of the trinity of Brahma, Vishnu and Shiva; the
Creator, the Preserver and the Destroyer.
Our return will be by motor launch to the Gateway of India,
where we shall board our awaiting coaches for the journey
back to our ship.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that we cannot guarantee that the
train will always be working at Elephanta Caves. This tour will
involve approximately two hours of walking and standing over
varying terrains, there are also 120 steps to negotiate in order to
reach the cave entrance. Single Dolis or palanquins carried by
two people are available for hire for passengers who do not wish
to climb the steps. At the time of print, the cost for this service
UNEXPLORED MUMBAI – Mumbai, India
DURATION: 3½ hours
Mumbai is a bustling city of skyscrapers but there are still
areas that have managed to retain their Old World charm.
are picturesque houses built in typical Portuguese style
with carved balconies and small gardens.
We will have a guided visit to Banganga, a sacred tank
surrounded by 400-year-old temples and modern
skyscrapers. Our guide will provide us with detailed
explanations as we explore part of the ancient temple
complex, where amongst the narrow streets we may be
able to find the local barber, blacksmith cobbler and local
residents of the area going about their daily life.
We will be invited to stop for tea and refreshments at a local
home, with the possibility of interacting with the locals
before we return to Mumbai.
Our next stop is in the busy locality of Girgaum – cocooned
in the midst of the bustling city is a residential area called
Kotachiwadi, which belongs to the coastal community of
Christians from Maharashtra and Goa. In the narrow streets
110
TOUR NOTES: Please note that this tour involves a moderate
amount of walking, as well as several steps to negotiate to
Banganga (depending upon where the coach parks, we may
have to negotiate 40 steps). We recommend you wear
comfortable walking shoes and don’t forget your sun
protections.
was US$10.00 each way. Unfortunately photography is not
permitted at the caves. We recommend you wear comfortable,
sturdy shoes and don’t forget to bring sun protection.
TOUR E
|
VISION BEYOND SIGHT – Mumbai, India
DURATION: 2½ hours
This tour will give us the chance to interact with some of
the visually challenged children of Mumbai. The Happy
Home & School for the Blind is a special place where 200
happy, smiling boys cross barriers of language, religion and
creed and make us forget trivial problems.
This unique institution works to highlight the courage of
visually impaired children and the resourcefulness of the
human spirit. At Happy Home, students view teachers as
friends and role models and many return to join the HHSB
as faculty members. Adding to the teaching reservoir is the
steady group of talented volunteers who have stayed with
HHSB walking the children from inception through to their
departure and beyond.
TOUR F
|
During our approximate one and a half hour stay at the
school we will be able to play a game or sing a song with the
children and share their thoughts, aspirations and efforts.
direct from the school). It is possible to purchase items made
by the students during the tour.
TOUR NOTES: This tour includes very little walking, however
approximately 30 steps will be encountered in order to reach
the 1st and 2nd floors of the school; therefore this tour is not
suitable for wheelchair uses. A small donation is included in
the price of this tour which will contribute towards one days
lunch cost for the students. If you are wishing to make any
further donations it would have to be given in Indian Rupee,
due to local regulations or transfer money once home from
your account to the school account (details can be obtained
LOCAL LIFE – Mumbai, India
DURATION: 5 hours
Experience the sights and sounds of every day life in the busy
city of Mumbai, the commercial capital of India.
Departing the pier we shall drive past the Asiatic library in the
Fort area towards the Municipal Corporation building, the
Central Telegraph Office and drive past the masterpiece of
them all, the Gothic style Victoria Terminus now renamed the
“Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj Terminus”. The first train in India
started from this station in 1853.
TOUR NOTES: Please note this tour does involve
approximately 1½ hours of walking in total with
approximately 30 steps to encounter to descend at
Mahalkshmi train station. Lifts are not available; therefore
this tour is not suitable for those passengers with walking
difficulties or wheelchair uses. Comfortable footwear and a
hat for sun protection is recommended.
Continuing on to Dhobi Ghat we shall make a photo stop at the
open air Indian laundry which is still popular with the citizens
despite the advent of the modern washing machine.
We shall then board a local train for a brief ride to Churchgate
station. Local trains of Mumbai are called the life line of the city
carrying as many as one million people to work each day. On
arriving at Churchgate station we will get to watch the activity
of the famous Dabbawalas, known for their accurate delivery of
lunch boxes to thousands of people residing in the suburbs of
Mumbai and going to work in the city. Today we shall watch the
collection of the lunch boxes to be taken back to the client’s
homes. Though the work sounds simple, it is actually a highly
specialized trade that is over a century old ad which has become
integral to Mumbai’s culture. The dabbawala originated when
a person named Mahadeo Havaji Bachche started the lunch
delivery service with approximately 100 men. Nowadays, Indian
businessmen are the main customers from the dabbawalas
and the service often includes cooking as well as delivery.
Departing the station we shall once more board our coach
to head towards the Gateway of India where we shall stop
for a brief photo stop before proceeding to Crawford
Market, the whole sale vegetable and fruit market. We shall
have the chance to walk through the market where we can
watch vendors sell their produce before we return to our
awaiting ship.
111
Dubai, UAE
The United Arab Emirates (UAE) consists of seven
Emirates’ and Dubai is the most popular destination
of them all. It is situated on the southern shore of the
Persian Gulf on the Arabian Peninsula. Dubai is the
second largest Emirate after Abu Dhabi and is usually
recognised as the ‘Pearl of the Persian Gulf’.
Dubai’s population is estimated at 1.5 million, a huge
difference from 183,200 in 1975. Dubai is one of the
most multicultural cities in the world with the
TOUR A
|
expatriate community covering most of the
population, with less than 20% of the total being
national Emiratis. The state of Dubai is commonly
referred to as a city because it has been distinguished
as the most modern and cosmopolitan environments
in the Emirates, especially due to its rapid technological
transformation over the past few decades.
with a stretch of historical buildings by the Creek.
Whilst some may view this as a conflict of old meeting
new, it is also considered to be a captivating city that
offers both extremes; a traditional past interlinked
with modern day.
The official currency of Dubai is the Arab Emirates
Dirhams.
Although Dubai has been transformed into a manmade hi-tech city, it still has a strong Islamic culture
WONDERS OF DUBAI – Dubai, UAE
DURATION: 6 hours
Boarding our coach we shall proceed by coach to the Palm
Island, the artificial islands in Dubai on which major
commercial and residential infrastructure is constructed.
Each settlement is in the shape of a palm tree, topped with
a crescent, and has a large number of residential, leisure
and entertainment centres. The Palm Island is located off
the coast of The United Arab Emirates in the Persian Gulf
and add 520 kilometres of beaches to the city of Dubai.
After a short photo stop we shall continue on to Atlantis
the Palm. The resort is modelled after the Atlantis, Paradise
Island resort in Nassau, Bahamas. The resort also includes
a water Aquaventure theme park covering approximately
160,000 square metres and a dolphin bay covering
approximately 45,000 square metres where guests can
swim and interact with dolphins at Atlantis.
Our next destination will be the Burj Al Arab for an outside
view only. The luxury hotel that was built on a man made
island where we shall make a short stop for some stunning
photographs before making our way to the Mall of the
Emirates, the ultimate leisure, entertainment and shopping
resort. This 223,000 square metre centre offers a full range
of shopping, leisure and entertainment and it features
472 international brands including department, fashion,
lifestyle, sports, electronics and home furnishing stores,
the largest Carrefour in the city and over 60 outlets that
are unique to the centre. The compelling family leisure
offerings include a Magic Planet family entertainment
area, a 14-screen multiplx cinema, the world-renowned
Ski Dubai, a five star Kempinkski Hotel and 70 coffee shops
and restaurants.
Ski Dubai is the first indoor ski resort in the Middle East
and offers an amazing snow setting to enjoy skiing,
snowboarding and tobogganing or just playing in the
show. Young or old, this is something for everyone, from
the beginner to the snow sport enthusiast. Ski Dubai is a
unique mountain themed attraction that offers guests the
opportunity to enjoy real snow in Dubai all year round.
After approximately one hour in this amazing complex we
112
shall take to our coach once more and visit Souk Al Bahar
(“Market of the sailor”), an Arabesque shopping mall and
entertainment destination located in the heart of the
prestigious Downtown Burj Khalifa, on the Old Town
Island. Souk Al Bahar features over 100 shops in an eclectic
retail mix that includes 22 restaurants, cafes and lounges
framing the souk’s extensive waterfront promenade. The
cultural theme flows throughout the mall, the boutique
shops showcasing the Arabian heritage through a mix of
authentic handicrafts, fashion wear, perfumes, carpets and
furnishings.
Our final drive will be past the Burj Khalifa tower, the
tallest building in the world. At over 800 metres (2625
feet) and more than 160 stories, Burj Khalifa holds the
following records: Tallest building in the world, tallest
free-standing structure in the world, highest number of
stories in the world, highest occupied floor in the world,
highest outdoor observation deck in the world, elevator
with the longest travel distance in the world and tallest
service elevator in the world.
The final visit of the day will be the Dubai Fountains. Set
on the 30-acre Burj Dubai Lake, the fountain shoots water
jets as high as 150 metres (500 feet), equivalent to that of
a 50-storey building. The fountain is 275 metres (900 feet)
long and has five circles of varying sizes and two central
arcs. It has been designed by California-based WET, the
creators of the Fountains of Bellagio in Las Vegas.
From the Dubai Fountains we shall return to the port.
TOUR NOTES: This tour will include approximately one hour
within the Mall of the Emirates where lifts are available as
this covers several floors. Approximately 45 minutes of
walking will be involved at the Souq Al Bahar and at the
Dubai Fountain all over flat terrain.
TOUR B
|
SHARJAH CITY TOUR – Dubai, UAE
DURATION: 4½ hours
The Emirate of Sharjah, neighbouring Dubai, was voted
the Cultural Capital of The Arab World in 1998 – a tribute
to the city’s rich Islamic heritage.
minutes at the fish, fruit and vegetable market including
3-4 steps and 35 minutes at the Souk Al Markazi including
4-6 steps; therefore this tour is not recommended for
those with very limited mobility. Conservative dress is
required – men and women should have their shoulders
and knees covered.
We will begin our tour with a drive to Sharjah with a slow
drive, passing the University City where we will see a huge
six-campus development near to the airport. The University
was founded in 1997 and consists of the American
University of Sharjah, Sharjah Men’s University, Sharjah
Women’s University, the Higher College of Technology for
Men, the Higher College of Technology for women a
pioneering project in the country providing students with
professional training. It also includes Sharjah Policy
Academy and the Sharjah library. We shall take a drive past
the Ladies Club and the Sharjah Ruler’s Palace which has
been turned into a Majlis and on to the creek side for a
photo stop.
Moving on our next stop will be the Al Naboodah House
Museum. The house was owned by a rich trader, Al
Naboodah and is known for its architecture. Whilst at this
location we shall also make a visit to the Al Arsa Souq, a
traditional souq.
Back on our coach once more we shall drive to the fish,
fruit and vegetable market where we shall make a brief
stop to get a feel of the local life of this region. Continuing
on, our final stop will be the Souk Al Markazi, popularly
known as the Blue Souk because of the colour it is painted.
Here we will find retail shops selling a fabulous variety of
merchandise including gold, carpets, antiques and
perfumes.
On our return journey to our awaiting ship we shall drive
past the King Faisal Mosque.
TOUR NOTES: This tour involves approximately 40 minutes
of walking at Al Naboodah House and Al Arsa Souk, 40
TOUR C
|
DOLPHIN BAY SHALLOW WATER INTERACTION – Dubai, UAE
DURATION: 2½ hours
PARTICIPANTS: Limited to 10: Early booking recommended
Upon arrival at Atlantis the Palm, the Dolphin Bay
representative will escort us to Dolphin Bay to begin our
dolphin experience. We will be given a wet suit to change
into firstly before moving into the classroom where one of
the Marine Mammal Specialists will give a short presentation
about the dolphins we are about to meet, their anatomy
along with the do’s and don’ts to ensure everyone including
the dolphins enjoy their interaction. The Marine Mammal
Specialists will lead us out to the lagoon and into the water.
Once in the water we will be introduced to the dolphin we
will be spending the next 30 minutes with and guided
through the behaviours and an interaction which will allow
us to hug and kiss the dolphin. We shall learn about this
fascinating creature and enjoy the singing, dancing, jumping
and so much more. After the interaction we will be invited to
enjoy a soft drink or water and be given the opportunity to
ask any questions we wish.
women or children under the age of 12 unless accompanied by
a full paying adult in the water. Young children may participate
and be held by an adult if they are unable to stand.
TOUR NOTES: The maximum group size in the water at one
time is 10 people. A wet suit or vest will be provided and be
required to wear but please do not forget your swim wear!
Please do not apply any type of tanning oil prior to entering the
water as these are harmful to the dolphins. Sunscreens and sun
blocks are permitted if applied in moderation but please
remember you will be wearing a wet suit which does provide
some sun protection. This tour is not suitable for pregnant
113
TOUR D
|
BALLOON ADVENTURE – Dubai, UAE
DURATION: 4 hours
PARTICIPANTS: Limited to 20; Early booking recommended
Ballooning in Dubai is a true desert adventure. On this tour
we will be able to experience the desert as only a few have
seen it – from a gently floating hot air balloon.
Feel the cool air as we float only a few metres above the
red dunes, then be awestruck as the mesmerising
landscape unfolds below. View the giant sand dunes, the
moon-like landscaper of the rugged Hajjar Mountains to
the east and the ‘21st century’ sky line of Dubai to the
west as we rise high into the immense blue of the desert
sky. In the end it is not just a flight over the desert, we will
also land among sand dunes.
The fun does not stop at the end of the ride, on landing we
will experience desert driving at its best before we return
TOUR E
|
to our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: Comfortable loose clothing including trousers
for ladies is recommended for this tour as you will be required
to climb in and out of the basket; therefore participants must
be fairly agile. A sun hat is also recommended. Avoid wearing
high-heeled shoes, trainers are ideal. The entire outing
normally takes about 4-5 hours with limited access to toilets.
The balloon flies with the wind, which determines direction
and distance so the views differ from flight to flight. Visibility
is completely dependent on weather conditions. The exact
return time to the port depends on where the balloon lands
and the traffic conditions in the city. The ballooning company
DUNE DINNER SAFARI – Dubai, UAE
DURATION: 6½ hours
Climbing into a rugged 4x4 vehicle we will venture along
the desert’s giant sand dunes with this safari adventure,
featuring the flavours of a BBQ dinner and the entertainment
of a belly dancer.
Departing from the pier aboard our 4x4, we will pass
through camel camps before arriving at an exclusive camp
in the desert, which is maintained in traditional Arabic style.
Here, surrounded by huge sand dunes, we will be enchanted
by the sunset and the starry sky.
become acquainted with the Bedouin way of transportation:
riding a camel.
TOUR NOTES: This excursion involves travelling along rough
and bumpy surfaces and is not suitable for guests with
physical disabilities, back ailments, heart conditions and
pregnant ladies. Toilet facilities are available at the camp.
Please be aware that the jeeps are all fitted with seatbelts
that you are required to wear at all times.
Savour a wonderful BBQ dinner, be entranced with the lithe
movements of a belly dancer and enjoy time at leisure. A
henna artist will show us how, for special occasions, the
people of this region have their feet and hands painted with
the delicate colours of henna. If we like, we may even
TOUR F
|
DUNE DRIVE IN THE DESERT – Dubai, UAE
DURATION: 4 hours
This safari will give us the opportunity to discover the desert
within a few hours.
Experience the thrill of driving over tall soft sand dunes in
powerful 4WD vehicles driven by very experienced desert
safari drivers. We can enjoy the climbs up the dunes and the
stomach stopping drops into valleys negotiated by our
skilful drivers.
We will make a stop at our campsite in the desert where we
will be able to enjoy a break for soft drinks, Arabic coffee
and nibble on delicious dates and an assortment of nuts.
Whilst on this break we can take the opportunity to just
relax or for the more adventurous we will be able to try our
hand at sand boarding down steep dunes or take a camel
ride along the soft sand.
114
TOUR NOTES: This tour has a very limited amount of walking
involved, however the terrain is sandy, therefore this tour is
not suitable for the less mobile. Toilets and running water will
be available at the camp site.
will try their best to be in the air at sunrise, but this cannot
always be guaranteed. This tour does involve a very early start
in the morning.
TOUR G
|
DHOW CRUISE & LUNCH – Dubai, UAE
DURATION: 3½ hours
For those of us who want a relaxed afternoon, this tour is
ideal.
Dubai’s skyline at any point in the day is breathtaking and
the best way to get a glimpse of both the modern structures
as well as the older traditional buildings is to take a cruise in
a traditional wooden dhow (Arabic boat) in Dubai Creek.
The slow pace of the boat, the light music and the cool
breeze create an unforgettable atmosphere and we can
relax and enjoy a buffet lunch and sip our drinks taking in
the views along the creek.
TOUR NOTES: This tour involves very little walking but
approximately 4-5 steps will be encountered in order to board
the dhow via a gangplank.
Once back on dry land once more we will re-board our coach
for the return journey to our ship.
TOUR H
|
MODERN DUBAI WITH HIGH TEA AT BURJ – Dubai, UAE
DURATION: 5 hours
This tour is designed to give first time visitors to Dubai an
idea of what Dubai will look like in the next few years and
also give us an opportunity to visit one of the world’s most
popular hotels and the landmark of the city.
drive past Burj Dubai, which will be the tallest building in
the world once it is completed and will be in the centre of
the new downtown area. We shall then make our return
journey to our awaiting ship.
the Madinat Souk where some cobbled floors will be
Departing from the port we shall begin with a visit to the
Burj Al Arab. Upon arrival at the hotel we will proceed to a
private room for our high tea. The history of afternoon tea
comes from Anna, the 7th Duchess of Bedford and is often
credited with the invention of the tradition of afternoon tea
in the early 1840’s. During this period, dinner was not
served until 20.30 or 21.30 in the evening and the Duchess
often became hungry, so she ordered small meals of bread,
butter and other niceties to be brought secretly to her
boudoir. When she was exposed, she was not ridiculed as
she feared, but her habit caught on and the concept of a
small meal of niceties became popular and eventually
known as “afternoon tea”. Now it is a ceremony of
celebration for many people and a real social event.
TOUR NOTES: This tour will include approximately 1 hour at
private room.
encountered, therefore this tour is not suitable for those
passengers with limited mobility or wheelchair uses. Lifts
will be available at the Burj Al Arab in order to reach our
After high tea we will make a visit to the Madinat Souk
which is part of the famous Madinat Jumeirah. This is a
modern market built to resemble the traditional souqs and
it is famous for its many boutique shops and restaurants.
Thereafter we shall begin a unique drive through some
parts of the city to view the modern Dubai.
We shall begin with a drive to the Marina and take a short
break to walk through, overlooking the lagoon before
continuing on through the Jumeirah Beach Residence area
into the Emirate Hill and The Springs and Meadows, which
are today the most sought after residence areas.
Continuing on we shall drive via the famous Mall of the
Emirate which houses the 3rd largest indoor ski dome and
onto Sheikh Zayed road which is presently Dubai’s
Downtown area and is the ‘Manhattan of Dubai’. We shall
115
TOUR I
|
PRIVATE TOURS – Dubai, UAE
DURATION: 4 or 8 hours
If a private car is what you are looking for to take you around
Dubai for either a half day or a full day then look no further.
This option offers you the freedom of deciding where you
would like to go, how long for and when. With the choice of
cars including saloon cars, BMWs, stretch limos, mini buses
and more the choice is yours. These come with either an
English speaking driver or a guide depending on what you
would like.
If this sounds like the ideal tour for you then please call the
shore tours department to make a reservation.
TOUR NOTES: Tours must last for a duration of either 4 or 8
hours. To secure a booking it is best to pre-book as cars cannot
be guaranteed once onboard. Unfortunately wheelchair
adaptable cars are not available in Dubai, however saloon
cars are available if passengers are able to transfer themselves
from their wheelchair to the car.
Salalah, Oman
Salalah is the capital and seat of the governor or Wali
of the southern Omani province of Dhofar. The
population of Salalah was 178,469 as of 2005.
Salalah is the second largest town in the Sultanate of
Oman and a traditional stronghold and birthplace of
the Sultan, Qaboos bin Said. The Sultan traditionally
lives in Salalah rather than in Muscat, the capital and
largest city in Oman; Qaboos has bucked this trend,
TOUR B
|
however, and he has lived in Muscat since he
ascended to the throne in 1970. He does however
visit Salalah fairly regularly to meet with influential
tribal and local leaders; his last visit was in 2006 and
before that he visited in 2002.
Salalah is a city of antiquity, boasting both the ruins
of a palace reputed to have belonged to the Queen of
Sheba and the resting place of the biblical prophet
Job in the nearby Jabal al Qar. It is also the alleged
resting place of Nabi Imran, father of the Virgin Mary.
Modern Oman is also represented by the Port of
Salalah, located approximately 15 km to the
southwest of the city. The strategic location of this
port has made it one of the major entry points to
India, the Middle East, and Africa.
The official currency of Oman is the Omani Rial.
able to take some pictures from our coach. The palace is the
personal residence of His Majesty, the Sultan of Oman.
Continuing on we will make our next stop at the Al Husn
Souq where we will have some time to stroll amongst the
many stalls selling frankincense, myrrh, incense, bottles of
fragrant perfume oils and a large variety of fascinating
artefacts.
Our last stop is the site of Prophet Saleh’s sacred camel
footprint. The story of the footprint embedded in rock of the
Prophet’s sacred camel is mentioned in the Quran.
SERENE SALALAH – Salalah, Oman
DURATION: 3¼ hours
Leaving the port we shall make our way to the Salalah
Museum where we shall make a brief stop before continuing
on to Al Balid archaeological site. A city known as Dhufa
grew between the 12th and 16th centuries and the ruins of
this magnificent city can be seen at the Al Balid
archaeological site in the Haffa district of Salalah. It was
once surrounded by water and a massive wall complete
with gates and turrets. There is evidence of a grand mosque,
palace, houses and tombs that indicate the historical
standing of the area. There was a thriving export of
frankincense and Arab horses to India and the Far East from
Al Balaid.
Reboarding our coach we will take a drive through the
grounds of the magnificent Al Husn Palace where we will be
TOUR D
|
Once back at our coach we will continue on to the Shanfari
Mosque with its exquisite art work and stained tiles. We will
be able to view and take pictures of this magnificent
building from outside. We will drive onwards and passed
the garden city which is like a tropical paradise before
arriving at the fresh fruit stalls where fresh coconut water
will be served. Salalah is famous for its fresh fruit.
Leaving this area we will take our last look at Salalah with a
short panoramic tour passing through the most exclusive
areas of the city before arriving back at our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: There is a small amount of walking involved in
this tour, some of which may be over uneven ground.
Unfortunately this tour is not suitable for passengers with
limited mobility or wheelchair uses. Passengers are advised to
wear comfortable, non-slip shoes. Toilets will be available at
Al Husn Souq and Al Balid site.
TOMB, BEACH & SOUQ – Salalah, Oman
DURATION: 4½ hours
This tour will allow us to discover Salalah by driving into the
surrounding area to see the contrast between the lush
vegetation of the Garden City and the barren, bleak
landscape of the desert.
Our first stop will be at Job’s Tomb where according to
legend the remains of the Moslem and the Old Testament
prophet Job can be found. This is a sacred place of pilgrimage
for Moslems, Christians and Jews. Here we will be able to
take photographs and admire the panoramic views of the
striking Qara Mountains and the Jubriah plain before
proceeding to the Sultans Palace.
Reboarding our coach we will take a drive past the grounds
of the magnificent Al Husn Palace where we will be able to
116
take some pictures from our coach. The palace is the
personal residence of His Majesty, the Sultan of Oman. The
view will be limited due to the imposing towering walls of
the palace. Continuing on we will make our next stop at the
Al Husn Souq where we will have some time to stroll
amongst the many stalls selling frankincense, myrrh,
incense, bottles of fragrant perfume oils and a large variety
of fascinating artefacts.
Our final stop will be at the Mughsail beach which is nearly
two miles of unspoilt white sandy beaches with high cliffs
at both ends and many picnic areas. If our stop coincides
with high tide we may be lucky enough to view the beach’s
spectacular “Blow Holes”.
After a short stop at the beach we will make our way back to
our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: There is a small amount of walking involved
in this tour, some of which may be over uneven ground. If
you are wishing to see the blow holes at the beach (if
applicable) there are approximately 34 steps to take and
the paths are rocky. Unfortunately this tour is not suitable
for passengers with limited mobility or wheelchair users.
Passengers are advised to wear comfortable, non-slip
shoes. Shorts, beachwear and sleeveless tops are not
allowed except at the beach and ladies must cover their
head with a scarf at Job’s tomb.
Safaga, Egypt
Located on Egypt’s Red Sea coast, Safaga is the key to
Upper Egypt and the valley of the Nile, reached by a
journey across the empty eastern desert to Luxor and
Karnak. Nowhere else in Egypt do the great monuments
TOUR A
|
|
surpasses all other temple complexes in the entire ancient
world) and the West bank necropolis of ancient Thebes,
setting of the celebrated tombs of the Valley of the Kings.
The official currency of Safaga, is the Egyptian Pound.
KARNAK, LUXOR & VALLEY OF THE KINGS – Safaga, Egypt
DURATION: 13 hours
Departing from our ship we shall embark on a memorable
trip to the Land of the Pharaohs and the old Capital of Egypt,
Luxor.
Our three-and-a-half hour drive will lead us to the Karnak
Temple. Built over a period of two millennia by generations of
Pharaohs, the 62-acre Temple of Karnak was dedicated to the
God Amun. It would take days to explore all of the numerous
pylons, obelisks and smaller temples within. The great
“Hypostyle Hall” alone is a veritable forest of giant pillars
rising 23 metres toward the sky. At the height of its glory,
Karnak Temple collected annual tribute from over 65 cities
and towns in the region.
Continuing on we shall cross the river Nile to reach West Bank
where we will explore the Valley of the Kings. A vast city of
the dead where, to date, 62 magnificent tombs have been
discovered. Potentially hundreds were originally carved into
the desert rocks, intricately painted with various mineral and
stone dyes which, today have maintained their rich hues, and
TOUR B
of the Pharaohs unfold a more vivid and compelling story
than here. It is the Site of the majestic Temples of Luxor
and Karnak (the latter with over 100 acres of Pylons,
hypostyle halls and sacred buildings – a scale that
are filled with treasures for use in the afterlife by many
dynasties of Pharaohs.
Back aboard our coach we will take a photo stop at the
temple of Queen Hatchepsut. Rising out of the desert plain in
a series of brilliant white terraces, the Mortuary Temple of
Queen Hatshepsut merges with the sheer limestone cliffs
that surround it. Forming a natural rock amphitheatre, the
temple was an important religious and funerary site. Ancient
Egypt’s only female Pharaoh dedicated the temple to the cult
of Hathor, the cow goddess of beauty, and Anubis, leader of
the king to the underworld.
shoulders and legs should be covered. Comfortable walking
shoes with good grip are advisable on this tour as much of the
ground encountered is uneven and sandy, therefore this tour is
not suitable for those passengers with limited mobility or
wheelchair uses. Photography is totally prohibited inside any of
the Tombs at the Valley of the Kings or at the open area.
Our return journey will be made via coach where we shall be
given our snack boxes and time to relax before arriving back
at our waiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: Roads at the Valley of the Kings are winding and
bumpy, there could be a few steps at the entrance of the tombs
to negotiate. As respect to the Egyptian customs and religions,
TEMPLES OF LUXOR & KARNAK – Safaga, Egypt
After taking the approximate three-and-a-half hour journey
we shall head towards the Karnak Temple. Built over a period
of two millennia by generations of Pharaohs, the 62-acre
Temple of Karnak was dedicated to the God Amun. It would
take days to explore all of the numerous pylons, obelisks and
smaller temples within. The great “Hypotyle Hall” alone is a
veritable forest of giant pillars rising 23 metres toward the
sky. At the height of its glory, Karnak Temple collected annual
tribute from over 65 cities and towns in the region.
reined 1390-53BC built this beautiful temple and dedicated
it to Amon-Re, king of the gods, his consort Mut, and their son
Khons. This temple has been in almost continuous use as a
place of worship right up to the present day. It was completed
by Tutankhamun and Horemheb and added to by Rames II.
Towards the rear is a granite shrine dedicated to Alexander
the Great.
After lunch, that will be served at a leading hotel in Luxor we
shall proceed to the Temple of Luxor to accomplish our visit
through the Old history of Egypt. Standing close to the Nile
and parallel with the riverbank, King Amenhotep III who
TOUR NOTES: As a respect to Egyptian customs and religions,
shoulders and legs should be covered. Comfortable walking
shoes with good grip are advisable as the tour includes some
walking over sandy and uneven ground, therefore this tour is
TOUR C
|
not suitable for those passengers with limited mobility or
wheelchair uses.
We shall then rejoin our coach once more for our return drive
back to our awaiting ship in Safaga.
FULL DAY BEACH RESORT – Safaga, Egypt
DURATION: 8 hours
Board our coach for an approximate 45 minute transfer to
take in the sun and sand of the Red Sea. Once at the resort
we shall be able to enjoy a day at the resort which is located
near to the Port of Safaga. The resort has a variety of water
sports activities along with swimming and plenty of golden
yellow sand to lay back and relax on.
TOUR NOTES: This tour is a transfer to and from the resort
only, all other activities are at your own expense and need to
be settled locally.
117
Sokhna, Egypt
Like Port Said, Port Sokhna is the key to Cairo. It’s big,
it’s bustling and is the capital city of Egypt, the largest
city in Africa and the Arab World. Even before Cairo
was established in the 10th century, the land
composing the present-day city was the site of
TOUR A
|
national capitals whose remnants remain visible in
parts of Old Cairo. Cairo is also associated with Ancient
Egypt due to its proximity to the Great Sphinx and the
pyramids in adjacent Giza.
Tour spaces are very limited in Sokhna and will be sold
on a first come first served basis, after this point we
shall not be able to obtain any further tour spaces.
Transfers to a local beach resort will be available to
book once onboard the ship.
The official currency of Egypt is the Egyptian Pound.
PYRAMIDS OF GIZA WITH SOUND & LIGHT SHOW – Sokhna, Egypt
DURATION: 9 hours
An approximate two hour drive will take us from Sokhna
port to the outskirts of Giza, the site of the magnificent
Pyramids of Giza. These stark and lonely sentinels in the
desert are simply an awesome sight. The Great Pyramid of
Cheops is considered to be one of the Seven Wonders of the
Ancient World, and is said to have 2.3 million stone blocks,
each one weighing 2.5 tons. What makes these statistics
truly astonishing is that the pyramids of Giza were built
around 2000BC.
Continuing on our next stop will be at the Sphinx. With the
face of a man and the body of a lion, the Sphinx has puzzled
travellers for centuries with its inscrutable expression. It
looks to the sun rising in the east, is carved from natural
rock and measures 190 feet long by 66 feet tall.
After our visit to the Sphinx, we shall be served at early
dinner at the Mena House Oberoi Hotel where we will
have the chance to freshen up before attending the Sound
and Light show. For 40 minutes we will sit at the foot of
the pyramids listening to the Sphinx relay tales of centuries
past and the glory of the Pharaohs. The drama of lights
and shadows gives the pyramids an impressive
dimension.
Re-boarding our coach once more we shall make the drive
back to Sokhna and our awaiting ship.
118
TOUR NOTES: The terrain at the pyramids of Giza is winding,
bumpy, uneven and sandy, therefore this tour is not suitable for
passengers with mobility problems or those passengers wishing
to use a wheelchair. This tour does involve a large amount of
walking, and if participants choose to make an inside visit to
the pyramids a good level of fitness will be needed.
Now that your cruise is getting close, this is just the time to consider upgrading to enjoy a little bit more luxury on board.
start from as little as £2 per person per night!
(Not available on split cruise sectors.)
Fred. Olsen Cruise. If you’re fly-cruising to the
Caribbean, did you know that we offer premium
seating on the flight?
If you’re currently in an inside cabin, why not find
out how little extra you need to pay to have that
all important outside view?
reservations team on 01473 292 444 to ask
about upgrading either your cabin or flight –
you’ll be glad you did!
Upgrading from an outside cabin to a superior
cabin allows more space to relax, more natural
light from a picture window and you’ll be that
much closer to all that happens on board!
Our premium accommodation offers the very
best on board ranging from private balconies
for your own outdoor space to separate
bedrooms & sitting areas as well as mini-bar
and complimentary Canapés. Cruising in one of
our suites gives a whole new dimension to your
TOUR B
|
PYRAMIDS OF GIZA & WALKING TOUR – Sokhna, Egypt
DURATION: 9 hours
An approximate two hour drive will take us from Sokhna
port to the outskirts of Giza, the site of the magnificent
Pyramids of Giza. These stark and lonely sentinels in the
desert are simply an awesome sight. The Great Pyramids of
Cheops is considered to be one of the Seven Wonders of the
Ancient World, and is said to have 2.3 million stone blocks,
each one weighing 2.5 tons. What makes these statistics
truly astonishing is that the pyramids of Giza were built
around 2000BC.
massive fortified Fotouh Gate to the beautifully designed
Zuweila gate. This stretch contains more listed buildings per
metre than any other street in the world. In this part of the
bazaar, where Egyptians themselves go to bargain for
everyday items, our guide will give us explanations of
passing liquorice-tea-sellers, spice markets with obscure
roots and magical powders, black-swathed women and
brightly-painted
donkey
carts
overflowing
with
watermelons and mangos.
Continuing on we shall make a stop at the Sphinx. With the
Re-boarding our coach once more we shall make our return
journey back to the port of Sokhna.
After enjoying the magnificent site of this iconic symbol of
Egypt we shall continue on to Khalili Bazaar where we shall
be able to recall a time when the area was the heart of the
old walled city of Cairo. The ancient thoroughfare, will lead
us along some of the most traditional parts of the bazaar
where life has hardly changed for centuries. It runs from the
TOUR NOTES: The terrain at the pyramids of Giza is winding,
bumpy, uneven and sandy, therefore this tour is not suitable
for passengers with mobility problems or those passengers
wishing to use a wheelchair. This tour does involve
approximately 2 hours of walking at the bazaar, and if
participants choose to make an inside visit to the pyramids a
good level of fitness will be needed.
119
TOUR C
|
HIGHLIGHTS OF CAIRO OVERLAND TOUR – Sokhna, Egypt
DURATION: 2 nights
MONDAY 11TH APRIL – SOKHNA – CAIRO
Boarding our coach we shall begin with an approximate
two and a half hour drive along the scenic desert road to
Cairo, the capital of Egypt.
Upon arrival in this vast city we shall proceed to our hotel to
check in and freshen up before heading to the Giza plateau
to attend the Sound and Light show. Narrated by the
enigmatic Sphinx, the show will lead us on a fascinating
tour through the history of the Pyramids. An unforgettable
experience! Following the show we shall drive back to our
hotel for a buffet dinner and overnight stay.
TUESDAY 12TH APRIL – CAIRO
After breakfast this morning we shall head to the Egyptian
Museum of Antiquities which is located in the heart of
Cairo. There is a beautiful contrast between the welltrimmed garden outside and the façade of the museum,
designed in Classical style by a French architect. Once we
enter the museum, we shall wander through time, starting
from the Archaic Pre-Dynastic Period and into the Old,
Middle and New Kingdoms. It houses the world’s most
important collection of Egyptian antiquities from 2700BC
to the 6th century AD. There are thousands of statues,
jewels and artefacts from nearly every period of ancient
Egypt. We will have time to admire the amazing treasures
of the boy king, Tutankhamen, including his famous funeral
mask made out of solid gold, still perfectly preserved. There
are 12 rooms filled with treasures from King Tut’s tomb,
which was discovered in 1922, virtually untouched.
On departing the museum we shall drive to the Citadel of
Saladin which is a spectacular medieval fortress perched
on a hill above the city. Originally built by Salah El-Din in
1176 to fortify the city against the Crusaders, it has never
been without a military garrison. We will have the chance
to enjoy the beautiful and graceful Mohamed Ali Mosque,
which was built from 1830 to 1857. The mosque also
became the site of the great Ottoman ruler’s tomb.
Continuing on to El Azhar Park restaurant we shall have a
buffet style lunch before driving back to our hotel to
freshen up.
This evening we shall depart our hotel and head towards
the River Nile bank to board our Nile Cruising Restaurant
where we can enjoy a set menu dinner whilst cruising
down the River Nile, watching traditional Egyptian
entertainment.
WEDNESDAY 13TH APRIL – CAIRO – ALEXANDRIA
After a buffet breakfast at the hotel we shall take a drive to
the Step Pyramid of Sakkara – the vast necropolis of ancient
Memphis. The pyramids here include the distinctive Step
Pyramid, dating back to 2686 BC, believed to be the oldest
stone structure on earth. It was built at the decree of King
Zoser and thus began the tradition of pyramid building. A
colonnaded temple lies in ruins in the same area and is
120
thought to be part of the necropolis walls. Finally this
morning we shall be given some time to browse the souvenir
shop to take some of our memories home with us.
This afternoon we shall head towards the Giza, the site of
the magnificent pyramids of Giza. These stark and lonely
sentinels in the desert are simply an awesome sight. The
Great Pyramids of Cheops is considered to be one of the
Seven Wonders of the Ancient World, and is said to have
2.3 million stone blocks, each one weighing 2.5 tons.
What makes these statistics truly astonishing is that the
pyramids of Giza were built around 2000BC.
Continuing on we shall make a visit at the Sphinx. With the
Before heading back to our awaiting ship in Alexandria we
shall enjoy a buffet lunch at the Mena House Oberoi Hotel.
TOUR NOTES: Please be aware that much of the terrain that
will be encountered on this tour is uneven, bumpy, sandy and
hilly, therefore this tour is not suitable for those passengers
with limited mobility or wheelchair uses. A certain amount of
fitness will be needed in order to cope with the changing
terrains encountered. Approximately 52 steps will need to be
negotiated at the Egyptian Museum in order to enter. A lift is
available, however is very often out of order. Approximately
35 steps will need to be negotiated in order to board the boat
for the cruise on the Nile and a further 30 steps at the Mena
House Oberoi restaurant. Photography is strictly forbidden
inside the Egyptian Museum of Antiquities and inside any of
the Pyramids of Giza. All meals stated above are included in
the tour, along with 1 glass of local wine or bottled beer,
mineral water, soft drink, tea or coffee – all further drinks will
be payable locally. All personal costs, for example telephone
calls, mini bar expenses, laundry etc will need to be settled
with the hotel before departure at your own expense.
Alexandria, Egypt
The second largest city in Egypt, Alexandria – known as
‘The Pearl of the Mediterranean’ – has an atmosphere
that is more Mediterranean than Middle Eastern; its
ambience and cultural heritage, distance it from the rest
of the country although it is actually only 225 kilometres
(140 miles) from Cairo.
TOUR A
|
Founded by Alexander the Great in 331 BC, Alexandria
became the capital of Graeco-Roman Egypt. It was the
site of the legendary lighthouse (Pharos) that was one of
the Seven Wonders of the World, and also the setting for
the stormy relationship between Cleopatra and Mark
Antony.
Generations of immigrants from Greece, Italy and the
Levant settled here, making today’s city synonymous
with commerce, cosmopolitanism and bohemian culture;
it is as important to enjoy the atmosphere as it is to see
the sights.
The official currency of Alexandria is the Egyptian Pound.
PANORAMIC ALEXANDRIA – Alexandria, Egypt
DURATION: 3 hours
We depart the port for our city tour. Alexandria is a true
waterfront city where the desert meets the sparkling waters
of the Mediterranean. Our drive today will take us along the
cornice (seafront road) – which is nearly 20 kilometres (12
miles) long – passing by the main square, the city centre and
many other landmarks.
We arrive at Montazah Palace, which was built by Khedive
Abbas II. This was the summer residence of the Royal Family
before the 1952 revolution and King Farouk’s abdication. It
overlooks magnificent gardens and groves. The adjacent
Salamlek Hotel, also built by Abbas II, was designed in the
style of a chalet to please his Austrian mistress. The
magnificent luxuriant surroundings and the semi-private
beaches make this an ideal place to relax. The palace and its
museum are open only for official visits. The grounds, which
once featured a menagerie of lions, tigers and bears, include
Palestine Hotel, which is a little west of the Salamlek. We
shall pause for photos in the Montazah gardens.
Driving back towards the eastern harbour, along the front of
the cornice, we will see that the area is mostly used by fishing
boats and pleasure craft. We shall pass by the Mosque of Abu
aloAbbas Mursi, a modern but impressive example of Islamic
architecture. Algerians built the original mosque on this site
in 1767, over the tomb of a 13th century Muslim saint. The
present structure was erected in 1943 when the largely
decayed original building was demolished.
Continuing to Fort Qait Bat, we will make a photo stop at the
15th century Mamluk Fort which overlooks the entrance to
the eastern harbour. It was built on the foundations of the
Pharos lighthouse and incorporates both a castle and a
mosque within its walls. This is one of the Seven Wonders of
The Ancient World. (no internal visits are made). We shall
then return to the port, to rejoin our ship.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that there is a small amount of
walking involved at the Montazah Palace Gardens (there is no
visit to the palace itself or hotels), and at the photo stop at Fort
Quait Bay, where some steps will be encountered. For reference
the cost of this tour includes the movement of coaches and
guides from Cairo, in order to guarantee the highest quality.
121
TOUR B
|
PYRAMIDS, SPHINX & EGYPTIAN MUSEUM – Alexandria, Egypt
Our tour begins with a coach ride of approximately three
hours to the outskirts of Giza, where upon arrival, we can
embark on an unforgettable tour of the Pyramids of Giza. The
pyramids were built in approximately 2500 BC for the
Pharaohs Cheops, Chephren and Mycerinus, with blocks of
limestone from the plateau and Turah Hills on the outskirts
of Cairo. As we stand beside these incredible Egyptian
monuments, we can marvel at the sheer size of them and the
enormity of their construction. The Great Pyramid of Cheops
alone – the only present-day survivor of the Seven Wonders
of the Ancient World – required over 2,300,000 blocks of
stone, each weighing approximately two and a half tonnes,
while at its base it covers 13 acres of land. For literally
thousands of years, it was the tallest structure on earth.
Carved from a natural rock, the Sphinx, which has the body of
a lion and the face of a man, is 58 metres (190 feet) long and
20 metres (66 feet) tall at its highest point. The face, which is
approximately five metres (16 feet) high, looks towards the
rising sun in the east, symbolising the return of life each day.
Almost a thousand years after its construction, King Thutmose
IV placed a stela (an inscribed slab) between the front paws
of the Sphinx, describing how it had spoken to the then
prince in a dream, promising him kingship if he cleared away
the desert sand that was choking the Sphinx. We can explore
this and many other legends surrounding this timeless regal
figure.
We shall then transfer to a local souvenir shop, where we
have an opportunity to purchase gifts. Next we drive to a
local hotel where we can enjoy a buffet lunch. Feeling
refreshed, we proceed to the Egyptian Museum of Antiquities,
which exhibits over 120,000 objects in its 107 halls.
Completed in 1902, the Museum is considered to house the
world’s finest collection of Pharaonic artefacts. We can view
objects dating back to 4000 BC, including the palette of King
Narmer, the New Kingdom Hathor Shrine of Tuthmosis III,
and treasures from the world-famous tomb of the boy-king
Tutankhamun.
We then re-board our tour coach for our return drive to
Alexandria and our awaiting ship.
122
TOUR NOTES: This tour involves a lot of walking around the
Egyptian Museum and uneven, sandy ground will be
encountered near the Pyramids. There are approximately 12
steps to enter the Egyptian Museum (a ramp is available) and
30 steps to access the second floor. A lift is available but most of
the time is out of order. A total walking time of approximately
three hours can be expected. There are steps leading up to the
Museum and also inside it.
There will be an opportunity to enter one of the Pyramids (not
the Great Pyramid), however this experience is not
recommended for any passengers suffering from claustrophobia,
heart conditions or breathing or circulation problems.
At the panoramic viewpoint of Giza, there may be a chance for
a short camel ride. This is not included in the price of this tour,
and participation is at the passengers’ own risk. The price is US
$3 per person (price correct at the time of printing) for a short
ride, or US $1 to sit on the camel for a photograph, and is
payable directly to the camel owner.
The use of still cameras and video cameras is free within the
area of the Pyramids and Sphinx, however the use of either
inside the Pyramids and the Egyptian Museum is strictly
prohibited.
Regulations are correct at the time of printing, but are subject
to alteration without notice.
For reference, the drive from Alexandria to the outskirts of Giza
will take approximately three hours each way. For our
convenience, there is a toilet on the coach, and complimentary
mineral water is available. Lunch is served with refreshments,
including soft drinks, tea or coffee, a glass of local wine or a
bottle of beer
TOUR C
|
ALEXANDRIA CITY TOUR – Alexandria, Egypt
DURATION: 4½ hours
The second largest city in Egypt, Alexandria, known as the
‘Pearl of the Mediterranean’, has an atmosphere more
Mediterranean than Middle Eastern. Its ambience and
cultural heritage distance it from the rest of the country,
although it is actually only 225 kilometres (140 miles)
from Cairo.
suitable for passengers with limited mobility or wheelchair
users. A complimentary bottle of mineral water will be
supplied on the coach. For reference, the cost of this tour
includes the movement of coaches and guides from Cairo, in
order to guarantee the highest quality.
Departing the quayside, we drive to Fort Qait Bay. This 15th
century Mumluk fort overlooks the entrance to the eastern
harbour in Alexandria. Built on the foundations of the
Pharos lighthouse – one of the Seven Wonders of the
World – it incorporates both a castle and a mosque within
its walls. Just north of Qait Bay lies the site of the famous
underwater excavation where hundreds of pillars, statues
and sphinxes were found.
Next we proceed to the Roman Amphitheatre, the only
one in Egypt. It was discovered quite recently, during the
foundation digging for a new apartment building. The
well-preserved theatre once stood with 13 semi-circular
tiers of white marble imported from Europe. It contains
galleries, sections of mosaic flooring and marble seats for
up to 800 spectators. At one point, it may have even been
roofed over to serve as an Odeon for musical performances,
and some inscriptions suggest that it was sometimes used
for wrestling contests.
Our final visit is to the Bibliotheca Alexandrina. It is not
just a library, it’s also an integrated cultural complex, with
libraries, museums, exhibition areas, educational centres
and an international conference centre. The principal
objective of reviving the Bibliotheca Alexandrina is to
establish a comprehensive research library. The new library
is designed as a modern state of art translation of the old,
adequate for crossing the frontiers and meeting the
challenges of the 21st century.
Following our visit, we re-board our tour coach for the
return journey to our ship.
TOUR NOTES: This tour involves approximately three hours
of walking and standing, and there are approximately 30 to
40 steps to negotiate at the Amphitheatre, therefore it is not
123
TOUR G
|
PYRAMIDS OF GIZA & LUNCH ON THE RIVER NILE – Alexandria, Egypt
DURATION: 12 hours
PARTICIPANTS: Minimum 80 required
Departing from Alexandria we shall travel for
approximately three hours along desert roads to Cairo, the
capital of Egypt.
Upon arrival in this vast city we will proceed to the world
famous and unforgettable Pyramids of Giza and the
Enigmatic Sphinx. As we stand beside these incredible
Egyptian monuments, we will marvel at the sheer size of
them and the enormity of their construction. The great
Pyramid of Khufu (Cheops) rightly deserves its place as one
of the Seven Wonders of the World. For literally thousands
of years it was the tallest structure on earth.
Carved from a natural rock, the Sphinx – which has the
body of a lion and the face of a man – is 58 metres (190
TOUR H
|
feet) long and 20 metres (66 feet) tall at its highest point.
The face which is approximately five metres (16 feet) high,
look towards te rising sun in the east, symbolising the
return of life each day.
number of steps at the riverbank (approximately 35). The
riverboat is boarded by gangplank
After our visit we will proceed to the River Nile to board a
floating restaurant, which cruises along the river as we
dine.
Following our fascinating visit to the Pyramids of Giza and
our exciting lunch experience, we shall return by coach to
our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that there is approximately two
hours of walking involved in this tour. This will include a
ROMAN ALEXANDRIA – Alexandria, Egypt
DURATION: 4½ hours
We will begin our tour by heading from the port to the
Roman Amphitheatre in Egypt, discovered quite recently,
during the foundation digging for a new apartment building.
The well preserved theatre once stood with 13 semi-circular
tiers of white marble imported from Europe. It contains
galleries, sections of mosaic-flooring and marble seats for up
to 800 spectators. At one point it may have even been roofed
over to serve as an Odeon for musical performances and
some inscriptions suggest that it was sometimes also used
for wrestling contests.
Continuing on we shall visit the famous catacombs of Kom El
Shogafa which is the largest Roman burial site discovered in
Egypt to date, consisting of three tiers of tombs and chambers
cut into the bedrock to a depth of approximately 35 metres.
Constructed in the 2nd century AD as single-family crypt,
these tombs represent the last existing major construction
for the sake of the old Egyptian religion. They were later
expanded to hold more than 300 individual tombs.
Our next stop will be Pompey’s Pillar. It is a 27 metre high and
2 metre thick column of polished Aswan rose granite, which
stands before the scant remains of the splendid Temple of
Serapis, one of ancient Alexandria’s most important buildings.
Erroneously named by the Crusaders, the pillar was actually
raised in honour of Diocletian in the 4th century AD, and it
probably supported a statue of the emperor.
Our final stop will be the National Museum. The collection in
this newly opened museum includes thousands of items
spanning from the Pharaonic Era, through Greco Roman
times, to the Modern Era. Papyrus scrolls, ancient perfume
bottles and painted mummy cases are tastefully displayed as
well as classic Greek statues showing the physical beauty
that represent the ideals of that culture.
Our drive back to our awaiting ship will be approximately
30 minutes.
124
TOUR NOTES: Please be aware that the Catacombs of Kom
El Shougafa are not wheelchair accessible and involve 3
levels with approximately 85 steps on a spiral staircase.
Approximately 60 steps will be encountered at the
National Museum and a further 15 at the Roman
Amphitheatre. Photography is totally prohibited inside
the Catamcombs of Kom El Shougafa and the National
Museum of Alexandria.
Valletta, Malta
Malta became a British possession in 1814. This little
island bravely supported Britain throughout both
World Wars and earned a unique George Cross for its
heroism during World War II. Despite obtaining
independence in 1964, it still remained part of the
TOUR C
|
commonwealth. Malta became a republic in 1974 and
joined the EU on 1st May 2004.
fascinating city is completely surrounded by
fortifications and dates back to the mid-16th century.
The capital of Malta is Valletta, which is built on the
northern part of the Scriberras peninsula, separating
the Grand Harbour from Marsamxett Harbour. This
The official currency of Valletta is the Euro.
HARBOUR CRUISE – Valletta, Malta
DURATION: 4 hours
We begin our tour with a drive to Sliema, where we shall
embark our boat. Onboard, we shall witness Malta’s living
past from the water as we ply around the two natural
harbours on either side of Valletta – Marsamxett Harbour
and the Grand Harbour.
A detailed commentary will unfold the history of the three
cities of Vittoriosa, Senglea and Cospicua – connected with
the two great sieges of 1565 and 1942 – as well as other
places of notable interest. These include the historic forts,
settlements and various creeks. We can enjoy a nonalcoholic drink as we soak up the sights onboard.
On completion of our harbour cruise, we drive back to
Valletta where we can enjoy some free time prior to
returning to the quayside.
TOUR NOTES: This tour is dependent upon favourable weather
conditions. It involves walking from the coach park to the
boat, and vice versa. Uneven ground will be encountered, and
there will also be steps to negotiate to embark and disembark
the boat, which has toilet facilities onboard. The boat will not
be exclusive to Fred. Olsen passengers. Walking during our
period of free time is at the discretion of the individual. Our
harbour cruise will last for approximately one and a half
hours. Please note that the roads in Malta can be bumpy. For
reference, shops are closed on a Sunday, although there is a
flea market in Valletta on this day.
TOUR G
|
VALLETTA & THE MALTA EXPERIENCE – Valletta, Malta
DURATION: 4 hours
Departing the quayside, we drive to the main gate of
Valletta, where upon arrival, we walk to the Upper Barracca
Gardens, which date back to the 18th century. From here we
can enjoy a magnificent panoramic view of the city of
Valletta, with its two natural harbours and surrounding
landscape. Our walk then continues to St John’s CoCathedral, Malta’s greatest treasure. Here we will have the
opportunity to see the famous painting by Caravaggio – The
Beheading of St John the Baptist. Sir Walter Scott called the
baroque interior the most striking he’d ever seen. Following
our visit, we can enjoy some free time to explore the area at
leisure.
Our tour continues with a walk to the Malta Experience for
a 45-minute spectacular show about Malta’s history. We
can relax as the magical experience unfolds on the giant
screen and Malta’s past is brought to life – from the mystery
of Stone Age temples and the coming of Romans and Arabs,
to the rule of knights and the determined wartime spirit
that captured the imagination of the world.
From here we board our tour coach for the journey back to
the quayside and our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: Please note that this is primarily a walking tour,
therefore it is not suitable for passengers with limited mobility
or wheelchair users. There will be approximately 15 minutes
of walking to the Upper Barracca Gardens over partially
cobbled terrain, 15 minutes to St John’s Co-Cathedral, some
walking inside, plus some steps and 15 minutes of walking to
the Malta Experience (some of which will be downhill).
Walking during the period of free time is at the discretion of
the individual. Passengers are advised to wear flat, comfortable
walking shoes. There will be an opportunity to purchase
souvenirs and refreshments during our visit to the Malta
Experience (at passengers’ own cost). Please note that St
John’s Co-Cathedral is not open for visits on a Sunday, in
which case we will visit the National Museum of Archaeology
instead. Shops are also closed on a Sunday, however a flea
market is held in Valletta on this day.
125
TOUR H
|
ISLAND PANORAMIC – Valletta, Malta
DURATION: 4 hours
We begin our island tour with a coach ride to Vittoriosa, one
of the three historic cities of Malta. Originally called Birgu,
the name of Vittoriosa was given as a result of its victorious
stand in the Great Siege of 1565. The city is still rich in
history despite the damage that was suffered in the
bombing of World War II. Here we shall see the outside of
the Church of St Lawrence, which was the church of the
Order when the knights settled at Birgu.
Next, we travel to Marsaxlokk, Malta’s largest fishing
village. We shall have some free time here to explore this
picturesque village. Continuing, we drive through tiny
coastal villages until we reach the Blue Grotto at Wied izZurrieq. Situated on the south coast of Malta, the Blue
Grotto mirrors the brilliant colours of the underwater flora.
We can enjoy the spectacular view from above, before
continuing with our journey.
We then proceed to Dingli Cliffs, where we can admire the
view from Malta’s highest point. From here, we shall drive
through Rabat around the perimeter of Mdina, Malta’s old
capital city. Also known as the Silent City, Mdina is a
medieval town with narrow, quiet streets, and commands a
magnificent view of Malta. We shall stop briefly outside the
city walls for a photo opportunity.
Continuing our tour, we shall pass through Mosta, a town
situated in the middle of the island. The main attraction
here is the Rotunda, a round church with what is believed to
be the third largest unsupported dome in Europe (please
note, no stop will be made here, instead the dome will be
TOUR J
|
viewed as our coach drives past). We shall then make our
way back to Valletta and our awaiting ship.
wheelchair users, however passengers can remain on the
TOUR NOTES: This tour involves a limited amount of
compulsory walking, and there will be some steps to negotiate.
Unfortunately our stop at Dingli Cliffs is not accessible to
and uneven ground. Please note that all passengers must be
coach if they wish. The walking at Vittoriosa will be over hilly
able to board the coach unaided. For reference, the roads in
Malta can be bumpy.
BLUE GROTTO BOAT & MARSAXLOKK – Valletta, Malta
DURATION: 4 hours
Departing from the quayside accompanied by our guide we
will drive through various typical Maltese villages towards
the south of the island where we will stop at Blue Grotto.
Here we will have the opportunity of taking in the view of the
impressive natural rock structures of Wied iz Zurrieq. Time for
photographs will be given before we make our descent down
the hill towards the boats.
shall take a lovely boat trip to all of the impressive caves and
Situated on the south coast of Malta, the Blue Grotto mirrors
the brilliant colours of the underwater flora. Once aboard we
of places to take lovely pictures of colourful Maltese fishing
lovely colourful coral formation under the clear blue sea.
Once back on dry land we will have some time at leisure
before continuing on our way to Marsaxlokk fishing village,
the largest in Malta. Again we will have some time on our
own to explore this area with a busy market place and plenty
boats our time will soon be up.
We shall then make our way back to Valletta and our
awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: A small amount of walking will be involved in
this tour, however most is at your own discretion. Approximately
20 uneven steps will need to be negotiated in order to reach the
boats which will run weather permitting. Please note that all
passengers must be able to board the coach unaided. For
reference, the roads in Malta can be bumpy.
Gibraltar
Gibraltar is a British overseas territory located on the
southern end of the Iberian Peninsula and Europe at
the entrance of the Mediterranean overlooking the
Strait of Gibraltar. The territory covers 6.843 square
kilometres (2.642sq mi) and shares a land border with
Spain to the north. Gibraltar has historically been an
126
important base for the British Armed Forces and is the
site of a Royal Navy base.
Gibraltar is one of the most densely populated
territories in the world, with a population of 29,286
estimated in 2008, approximately 4,290 inhabitants
per square kilometre (11,100/sq mi). The growing
demand for space is being increasingly met by land
reclamation; reclaimed land currently comprises
approximately one tenth of the territory’s total area.
The official currency of Gibraltar is the Gibraltar Pound
which is exchangeable for the British Pound at par
value.
TOUR A
|
THE ROCK TOUR – Gibraltar
DURATION: 1½-2 hours
The rock of Gibraltar, overlooking the entrance to the
Mediterranean and standing nearly 425 metres (1,400 feet)
above sea level, is reputed to be one of the legendary Pillars of
Hercules. With its policemen, pillar-boxes and pubs, Gibraltar is
still staunchly British.
hospital, but was never used.
Departing the quayside, we drive towards the airfield runway
to reach the British Frontier with Spain. Continuing, we travel
to Europa Point, the southernmost point of Gibraltar and the
site of the only Trinity Lighthouse outside of the United
Kingdom. We shall stop here briefly for panoramic views of the
busiest shipping lane in the world and to see the mingling of
the Mediterranean Sea and Atlantic Ocean, and two
continents.
Continuing our tour, we travel via the Upper Rock area to exit
the nature reserve, passing by the Moorish Castle and the
Tower of Homage. The tower is an impressive sight – not only
due to its striking construction but also because of its dominant
and strategic position. The Moorish Castle played a prominent
part in the Arab conquest of the Iberian Peninsula, which led to
Arab domination over part of Europe for more than 700 years.
We then proceed to the Upper Rock area and to St Michael’s
Cave, where we can appreciate the mass of oddly shaped
stalagmites and stalactites. The name of the cave is said to
have originated from a similar cave in Italy, where St Michael is
said to have appeared. The cave consists of the Upper Hall, with
five connecting passages leading to a smaller hall. During
World War II, the Upper Hall was prepared as an emergency
TOUR B
|
Next we stop at the Apes Den, where we will have the
opportunity to see the semi-wild primates at close proximity.
The apes are a breed of tail-less monkeys called Barbary
Macaques, and roam freely on the rocky slopes.
We then drive down the narrow winding roads to exit at Main
Street. Here, those of us who wish can exit to visit the shops, or
alternatively we return to the quayside and our awaiting ship.
TOUR NOTES: This tour includes a limited amount of walking
(approximately five minutes at the Apes Den and five minutes at
St Michael’s Cave over hilly terrain). There are approximately 75
steep steps to negotiate at the exit of the cave, however those
with limited mobility can leave via the entrance instead. Please
DOLPHIN WATCHING – Gibraltar
DURATION: 1¾ hours
Hercules and its important role in World War II – a unique
Rock tour by sea!
Few people are aware that Gibraltar is one of the best places
in the world to view cetaceans the whole year round. The
local waters are home to three species of dolphin – Striped,
Bottle-nosed and Common dolphins – along with seven
species of whale, flying fish, turtles and sunfish.
Our cruise onboard Dolphin World, lasting approximately
90 minutes, is ideal for viewing cetaceans in the bay and
straits of Gibraltar, with the coast of Africa only a stone’s
throw away. We can witness these fascinating creatures in
their natural environment without disturbing them.
Departing the quayside, we take a short coach ride to our
Dolphin World Pleasure Cruiser, on which we will be able to
combine seeing one of the most popular animals with a trip
along a visually spectacular and historic bay.
Upon returning to our berth, we will be transferred back to
our awaiting ship.
Described as ‘the highlight of the Costa del Sol’, this tour
will provide us with an entertaining commentary on the
lives of dolphins. We shall also hear about the history of
Gibraltar, including the Battle of Trafalgar, the Pillars of
TOUR C
|
exercise due care and attention in the caves, as they can be dark
and occasionally slippery. Passengers opting to stay in town at
the end of this tour are responsible for making their own way
back to the ship in time for sailing. Please note that the apes in
Gibraltar are semi-wild creatures and should not be touched,
however friendly they may seem. It is also an offence to feed the
apes here.
onboard. Souvenirs can also be purchased. At the end of this
tour, passengers who wish to walk approximately 300-metres
into town may do so, but will be responsible for making their
own way back to our ship in time for sailing.
TOUR NOTES: This tour is dependent upon weather conditions.
Please note that the gangplank used to board the Pleasure
Cruiser is not wheelchair accessible, and may include a few
steps. A bar (refreshments are at the passengers’ own cost),
toilet facilities and a dolphin information centre are available
PANORAMIC GIBRALTAR & FLAMENCO – Gibraltar
DURATION: Approximately 3 hours
Leaving our ship, we travel north, driving past Catalan Bay.
From this vantage point, overlooking a Genoese fishing
village, we can savour spectacular views of Spain and the
Costa Del Sol (weather permitting).
Next we retrace our steps and proceed along the outskirts
of town, passing the American War Memorial and the
Trafalgar Cemetery before we arrive at Europa Point – the
southernmost point of Gibraltar. Here we can see where the
Mediterranean Sea meets the Atlantic Ocean, and we can
appreciate why this territory was and continues to be of
such strategic importance to the British Navy.
border. Here we will see a performance by prestigious
Flamenco dancer Lola Ponce and her dance group Cuadro
Flamenco, whilst enjoying a tapas tasting, before returning
to the quayside and our awaiting ship.
We then continue to the main part of the tour, where we
can enjoy tapas and a Flamenco performance. We travel to
the El Barco restaurant, located in the beautiful natural area
known as Princess Sofia Park, near to the British/Spanish
TOUR NOTES: This tour involves a minimal amount of walking,
and is therefore suitable for passengers with limited mobility
(providing they can board the tour transportation unaided.
Toilet facilities are available at the restaurant.
127
Arriving in port
ARRIVING IN PORT
PASSPORT AND SHIP’S PASS
For security reasons in many of the larger ports around the
You will need to ensure you have your ship’s pass with you
world it is now not possible to walk from the ship to the port
whenever you go ashore. Our security personnel and sometimes
gates but transport is provided locally. If the ship is berthed
port staff will ask you to present it for inspection when re-
more than 15 minutes’ walking distance from the centre of the
entering the port area. Occasionally local regulations require
town or beach, a shuttle service will operate at regular intervals.
that you also carry your passport whilst ashore. Details of these
A small charge will be made for this service, which will be
ports, if any, will be published in the Daily Times.
detailed in your Daily Times.
TENDERS
Sometimes the ship will be at anchor outside the port and
passengers will be taken ashore by tender.
Tenders run a regular service between the ship and the jetty or
quay throughout the day. Our crew are always on hand to help
and we respectfully request that you follow their instructions
for your safety. Flat shoes are the most suitable when using a
tender to get ashore.
We regret that on health and safety grounds passengers
confined to a wheelchair are unable to use a ship to shore
tender service.
128
Cruise diary
DATE
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
NOTES
129
Terms and conditions for shore tours
All tickets are issued and all arrangements are made by Fred. Olsen Cruise Lines Limited as agents for
the air, rail, coach, hotel, restaurant, insurance and other companies, firms or persons whose services
are provided in connection with Shore Tours. Fred. Olsen Cruise Lines Limited will not under any
circumstances be held responsible for any loss, damage, injury, accident, delay, inconvenience or
irregularity caused by the acts or defaults of any such party.
All prices are based on operating costs, tariffs and rates of exchange at the time of printing and are
subject to change without notice.
If a tour is withdrawn, any payment will be returned to the passenger concerned, and all liability and
obligation in connection with Shore Tours shall thereupon cease. The itinerary of any Shore Tour may
be modified at the discretion of the providers of the tour, who also have the right to decline to accept
or retain any person as a member of any party at any time.
Although every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information contained in this
tour guide, no responsibility can be accepted by Fred. Olsen Cruise Lines for omissions or errors.
Please Note: If you have booked your cruise holiday via a Tour Operator, they are acting as principle
for the whole holiday package.
GOING ASHORE
The following symbols appear at the top of the tour descriptions, to highlight important information:
A snack or meal provided
Hot or cold refreshments provided
Free time available
Shopping opportunity
Opportunity to swim
USEFUL INFORMATION CONCERNING OUR TOURS:
The Tours Office is situated near the Reception Desk on Main Deck. Please check the notice board and
the Daily Times for opening times and booking deadlines.
More information about our ports of call and tours will be given in the port talks on board.
Please note the following important points:
* ALL tours are subject to a minimum and maximum number of passengers.
* ALL duration times and itineraries in this brochure are subject to change. Duration times are purely
included as a guideline, we cannot be held responsible for variations in the tour durations, due to
matters beyond our control such as traffic, road works and congestion at destinations visited.
Departure times are marked on your tickets, and appear in the Daily Times on board. You will need to
meet in the designated lounge 15 minutes before departure, 30 minutes should it be a tender port.
* FARES: The fares shown include the tour as described, meals and drinks where indicated, entrance
fees and guides; gratuities are at your own discretion. Children under 3 years – FREE (if not occupying
a seat); 3 to 12 years – child’s price as specified. Children and youths under the age of 16 years should
be accompanied by an adult.
* REFUNDS: No refund of any ticket can be made unless the ticket is surrendered to the Tours Office
before bookings close for the excursion involved. Details of closing times for bookings will be
announced on board. Cancellation of an overnight tour may incur a cancellation charge, depending
on the penalties forced on to us by our supplier. Should the conduct of one or more passengers result
in the loss of enjoyment of an excursion by others, Fred. Olsen reserve the right to ask those
concerned to leave the group. In these circumstances, a refund will not be made. This may also cause
us to exclude you from future tours. Animals in their natural environment are highly unpredictable,
therefore we are unable to guarantee sightings of any creature on tour, or refund tickets should a
sighting not occur. Similarly, what flora may be seen is dependent upon the season.
* DISABLED GUESTS (mobility impaired): Regrettably, unless able to board a vehicle unassisted, it will
not be possible for wheelchair-using passengers to participate in the organised shore excursions.
This includes those tours with minimal walking involved. If guests require the occasional use of a
wheelchair, we would appreciate advice of this. Wheelchairs may not be permitted on certain
vehicles, particularly in the case of boats and small aircraft. Unfortunately, venues often have
restricted access; do feel free to contact us for advice.
* DRESS: Please remember that other countries and cultures may have different dress codes from us,
for example, passengers wearing shorts or sleeveless tops may not be admitted when visiting places
of worship. It is advisable not to walk around town in swimwear. For most tours in the Caribbean, the
suggested attire is casual – T-shirt and shorts. Wear comfortable shoes such as trainers. If an
excursion includes an opportunity to swim, we recommend that you come already dressed in your
swimming costume, under your clothes. Don’t forget a towel! In the humid Amazon, light natural
materials (cotton or linen) are suggested. For tours which involve walking through the rainforest, it is
best to wear a long-sleeved shirt and trousers, to protect your skin against mosquito bites.
* TRANSPORT: While standards of transport vary considerably around the world, please be assured
that our tours utilise the best quality transportation possible in each port; air-conditioned vehicles
are not always available. Minibuses are frequently used in the Caribbean, and taxis may also carry
tour passengers. This is often due to the power of the local taxi associations, who refuse to allow
buses to transfer all tour participants. We would like to point out that although taxi prices in the
Caribbean may appear to be cheaper than the organised excursions, we would ask you to consider
the fact that admission prices will be in addition to the fare, the driver is not a qualified guide and
may not be able to speak fluent English and, in the unfortunate event of an accident, the vehicle may
not be insured (which could affect your own insurance). If you do wish to catch a local taxi, we
recommend that you agree a price before setting off. For the benefit of others, we kindly request that
all passengers refrain from smoking in any mode of transportation. Please note that, occasionally,
tour transport such as boats and trains may not be exclusive to Fred. Olsen Cruise Lines.
* WALKING: We endeavour to highlight tours that involve a considerable amount of walking, but we
ask you to bear in mind the fact that tours featuring museum visits will, by necessity, involve some
walking. Some city tours, due to the pedestrianisation of city centres, will also involve a certain
amount of walking. Only where specifically stated do tours NOT have any walking involved in them.
Please note that you may be required to walk a distance from the ship to the departure point of the
coaches/boats. This is now a more common occurrence since the implementation of the ISPS Code
(International Ship and Port Facility Security Code), on 1st July 2004. Many port authorities no longer
allow tour transport to come straight on to the quayside. Unfortunately, we are unable to confirm
the distance you may be required to walk, which also depends on the berth we are given on the day
of our call. Please bear in mind that on our tours you will be travelling in a group, and their success
relies on all participants being able to maintain a certain pace in order to complete the itinerary.
Tours made by boat will often require participants to have a certain amount of agility, to ‘jump’ in and
out or walk along a narrow gangplank. Swimming may sometimes be from the boat, rather than
from a beach.
* ACTIVITY TOURS: Tours that include snorkelling, kayaking, horse riding and so on are generally
suitable for passengers with varying degrees of experience, however, you may feel more comfortable
participating with at least a basic knowledge. If you require assistance on the tour, do not hesitate to
ask the guide for their help. Certain activities may not be covered by your travel insurance; check prior
to booking. Before participating in some tours, it is a requirement that an insurance waiver must be
signed. You should read this carefully before doing so, as you are declaring that you are aware of any
risks involved, and are fit enough to take part. By signing a waiver, you are indemnifying Fred. Olsen
Cruise Lines and their agents from any responsibility. It is a passenger’s own responsibility to assure
themselves that they are capable of participating in a tour. Avoid swimming directly after a meal, as
this can cause cramp, or when under the influence of alcohol. Remember not to go swimming while
wearing loose, expensive jewellery.
* SPECIAL REQUESTS: If there is an activity which doesn’t appear in this brochure but one you’d like to
participate in (such as deep-sea fishing), we would be happy to investigate the possibility for you
through our tour agents. A handling fee will be charged for this service. Please note that we do not
arrange scuba diving. If you wish to scuba dive, we suggest that you contact the local tourist office in
advance of the cruise, or recognised PADI/NAUI dive centres.
* FACILITIES: Bathroom stops, where possible, are incorporated into the tour itineraries, and the best
available facilities are used. However, please note that due to their size, some boats do not have
provision for a toilet. In some countries it is usual to make a nominal charge for the use of toilets.
* TOUR ITINERARIES: Subject to traffic conditions and at the discretion of the local tour operator,
places of interest may be visited in a different order from that shown in the tour description.
Sometimes places may be omitted due to local conditions. Excursions will not be operating in ports
omitted from this brochure.
* ARTSCLUB: Occasionally tours will be offered that complement the various ArtsClub themes. Look
out for flyers, which may be included in your ticket pack.
* FOOD: If you are taking a full-day tour that includes lunch, and you have special dietary
requirements, please inform our Shore Excursion Staff at the time of booking; they will do their
best to accommodate your needs, taking into consideration any restrictions of the country
and/or culture visited. Meals may be presented as a buffet or a set 2- or 3-courses (unless a boxed
lunch is specified).
* WEATHER: We are frequently asked what weather conditions can be expected in the ports of call
visited. Unfortunately, much as we may wish, we cannot guarantee sunshine, so we advise you to be
prepared for any eventuality. The Caribbean sun can be very strong, so we recommend that you take
along a hat or cap, sunglasses and high-factor suncream; mosquito repellent may also prove handy.
Hot temperatures and high humidity can be expected in the Amazon, where the wet season runs
approximately from January to June. Some tours are subject to cancellation due to bad weather.
* SHOPPING: Shopping opportunities may be limited if the day of our call falls on a Sunday or a Bank
Holiday. If you intend to buy souvenirs ashore, it is advisable to be aware of current exchange rates,
so that you can make sure you are not paying too much for items. We cannot recommend how much
currency to take, but we would ask you to consider what purchases you are thinking of making
before going ashore. Have some local currency to hand in case you might need a drink or a snack (or
visit the toilet – as in some countries this is the norm), or you see some postcards that you’d like to
send. Remember that what appears to be a bargain isn’t always so. Please be warned that the quality
of goods is sometimes less than we would expect, for example, in the case of videocassette
recordings. Fred. Olsen Cruise Lines assumes no responsibility or liability for the quality or delivery of
any goods purchased while participating in a shore tour; any merchandise or services purchased
ashore are solely between passenger and vendor. Please familiarise yourself with Customs’
Regulations, which stipulate, for instance, that it is illegal to bring items such as animal furs and skins
back into the United Kingdom.
* PHOTOGRAPHY: In some venues, the use of cameras, flash photography or video cameras is
prohibited, or a charge may be levied. Where known, this is highlighted in the tour description. It is
polite to ask someone before taking their picture.
* INSURANCE: Please ensure that your personal holiday insurance policies will cover you to participate
in any of our activity and/or flightseeing tours.
* YOUR SAFETY: When visiting many ports and cities around the world, we encourage you to take
some precautions when leaving the ship for organised or independent tours. For example :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
If you are on an organised tour, stay with the group – do not wander off on your own.
Do not walk alone on streets, particularly at night.
Walk only in well-lit areas and avoid obscure alleys.
Do not invite attention by wearing exposed jewellery or watches.
When taking taxis, use only those that are clearly marked as taxis.
Keep your valuables, including travel documents, safely stored on board ship.
Check, when getting on and off any form of transport, that you have all your personal
belongings with you. Never leave your belongings unattended.
8. Don’t accept packages from strangers.
9. Be careful when eating and drinking ashore.
10. Avoid off the beaten track locations (such as deserted beaches).
Please don’t hesitate to ask our Tours Staff if you have any questions or queries.
Join us!
New Reservations 01473 742 424
Passenger Services 01473 292444
Oceans Reservations 01473 746 160
www.fredolsencruises.co.uk
Fred. Olsen House
White House Road
Ipswich
IP1 5LL

around the world - Fred. Olsen Cruise Lines

Transcription

Similar documents

Lucas Greenhouse Overdevest Nurseries Centerton

The Teetotaler`s Tour

Omvivo Corian Invite - [v] style + imagery

brochure - Cades Cove Heritage Tours

Summer Tour July 14-16, 2016 Being Good Stewards for the Next

QUIT B FIT TOUR - Wellington Aboriginal Corporation Health Service

Womenfest Guide 2016

Omaha Mob Tour - Excite Experiences

Cavalia inc. 5100, rue Hutchison, suite 300 Montréal (Québec) H2V

Insuresoft Website